lisp/ldefs-boot.el

   1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
   2 ;;
   3 ;;; Code:
   4
   5 \f
   6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
   7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
   8
   9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
  10 Play 5x5.
  11
  12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
  13 squares you must fill the grid.
  14
  15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
  16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
  17 Flip                        \\[5x5-flip-current]
  18 Move up                     \\[5x5-up]
  19 Move down                   \\[5x5-down]
  20 Move left                   \\[5x5-left]
  21 Move right                  \\[5x5-right]
  22 Start new game              \\[5x5-new-game]
  23 New game with random grid   \\[5x5-randomize]
  24 Random cracker              \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
  25 Mutate current cracker      \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
  26 Mutate best cracker         \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
  27 Mutate xor cracker          \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
  28 Solve with Calc             \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
  29 Rotate left Calc Solutions  \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
  30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
  31 Quit current game           \\[5x5-quit-game]
  32
  33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
  34
  35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
  36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
  37
  38 \(fn)" t nil)
  39
  40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
  41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
  42
  43 \(fn)" t nil)
  44
  45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
  46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
  47
  48 \(fn)" t nil)
  49
  50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
  51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
  52 Mutate the result.
  53
  54 \(fn)" t nil)
  55
  56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
  57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
  58
  59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
  60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
  61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
  62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
  63
  64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
  65
  66 ;;;***
  67 \f
  68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
  69 ;;;;;;  0 0))
  70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
  71
  72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
  73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
  74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
  75 extensions.
  76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
  77 the file name.
  78
  79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
  80
  81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
  82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
  83
  84 \(fn)" t nil)
  85
  86 ;;;***
  87 \f
  88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
  89 ;;;;;;  0 0))
  90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
  91
  92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
  93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
  94
  95 \(fn)" t nil)
  96
  97 ;;;***
  98 \f
  99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
 100 ;;;;;;  0 0))
 101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
 102
 103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
 104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
 105 Completion is available.
 106
 107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
 108
 109 ;;;***
 110 \f
 111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
 113
 114 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
 115
 116 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
 117 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
 118 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
 119 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
 120 outside a function.")
 121
 122 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
 123
 124 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
 125 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
 126 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
 127
 128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
 129
 130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
 131 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
 132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
 133 being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
 134 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
 135 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
 136
 137 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
 138
 139 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
 140 Prompt for a change log name.
 141
 142 \(fn)" nil nil)
 143
 144 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
 145 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
 146
 147 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
 148 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 149 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
 150 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
 151
 152 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
 153 simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
 154 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
 155
 156 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
 157 current buffer to the complete file name.
 158 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
 159
 160 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
 161
 162 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
 163 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
 164 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
 165 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
 166
 167 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
 168 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 169
 170 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
 171
 172 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
 173 never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
 174 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
 175
 176 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
 177 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
 178 after a comma on an existing line.
 179
 180 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
 181 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
 182 the same person.
 183
 184 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
 185 permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
 186 notices.
 187
 188 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
 189 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
 190
 191 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
 192
 193 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
 194 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
 195 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
 196 the change log file in another window.
 197
 198 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
 199
 200 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
 201 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
 202 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
 203 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
 204 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
 205 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
 206
 207 \\{change-log-mode-map}
 208
 209 \(fn)" t nil)
 210
 211 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
 212 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
 213
 214 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
 215 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
 216
 217 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
 218 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
 219 identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
 220 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
 221 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
 222
 223 Has a preference of looking backwards.
 224
 225 \(fn)" nil nil)
 226
 227 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
 228 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
 229 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
 230 the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
 231 or a buffer.
 232
 233 Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
 234 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
 235
 236 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
 237
 238 ;;;***
 239 \f
 240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
 241 ;;;;;;  0 0))
 242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
 243
 244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
 245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
 246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
 247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
 248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
 249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
 250 old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
 251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
 252 it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
 253 interpreted as `error'.")
 254
 255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
 256
 257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
 258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
 259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
 260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
 261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
 262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
 263 be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
 264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
 265
 266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
 267
 268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
 269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 270
 271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 272
 273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
 274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 275
 276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 277
 278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
 279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
 280
 281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
 282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
 283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
 284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
 285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
 286
 287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
 288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
 289 the new one.
 290
 291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
 292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
 293 goes.  POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
 294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
 295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
 296
 297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
 298 initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
 299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
 300
 301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
 302
 303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
 304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
 305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
 306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
 307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
 308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
 309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
 310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
 311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
 312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
 313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
 314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
 315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
 316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
 317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
 318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
 319
 320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
 321
 322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
 323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
 324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
 325
 326   (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 327     [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 328     BODY...)
 329
 330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
 331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
 332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
 333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
 334     see also `ad-add-advice'.
 335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
 336     instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
 337     before/around/after-advices will be used.
 338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
 339     All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
 340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
 341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
 342     function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
 343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
 344
 345 Semantics of the various flags:
 346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
 347 any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
 348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
 349
 350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
 351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
 352
 353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
 354 advised function should be compiled.
 355
 356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
 357 during activation until somebody enables it.
 358
 359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
 360 time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
 361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
 362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
 363
 364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 365           [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 366           BODY...)
 367
 368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
 369
 370 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
 371
 372 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
 373
 374 ;;;***
 375 \f
 376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21298 17013 0 0))
 377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
 378
 379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
 380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
 381 BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
 382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
 383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
 384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
 385 rule's `separate' attribute).
 386
 387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
 388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
 389 `separate' attribute set.
 390
 391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
 392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
 393 `align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
 394 on the format of these lists.
 395
 396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 397
 398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
 399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
 400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  Interactively, this function
 401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
 402
 403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
 404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
 405
 406     Fred (123) 456-7890
 407     Alice (123) 456-7890
 408     Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
 409     Joe (123) 456-7890
 410
 411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
 412 using a REGEXP like \"(\".  Interactively, all you would have to do is
 413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
 414
 415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
 416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\".  In normal interactive use,
 417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
 418 you enter it.  You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
 419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
 420
 421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
 422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
 423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
 424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
 425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
 426 throughout the line.
 427
 428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
 429
 430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
 431   (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
 432
 433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
 434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
 435
 436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
 437
 438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
 439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
 440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
 441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
 442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
 443 align that section.
 444
 445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 446
 447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
 448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
 449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
 450 so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
 451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
 452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
 453 been used to align that section.
 454
 455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 456
 457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
 458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
 459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
 460 that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
 461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
 462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
 463 to be colored.
 464
 465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 466
 467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
 468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
 469
 470 \(fn)" t nil)
 471
 472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
 473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
 474
 475 \(fn)" t nil)
 476
 477 ;;;***
 478 \f
 479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
 480 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
 481 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
 482
 483 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
 484 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
 485
 486 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
 487
 488 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
 489
 490 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
 491 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
 492
 493 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
 494 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
 495
 496 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
 497 `allout-auto-activation'.
 498
 499 \(fn)" nil nil)
 500
 501 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
 502 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
 503
 504 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
 505 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
 506 file variable `allout-layout'.
 507
 508 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
 509 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
 510 specified layout is applied.
 511
 512 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
 513 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
 514
 515 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
 516 Auto-layout is not.
 517
 518 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
 519
 520 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
 521
 522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 523
 524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
 525
 526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 527
 528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 529
 530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 531
 532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 533
 534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 535
 536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
 537
 538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 539
 540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 541
 542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 543
 544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 545
 546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
 547
 548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
 549
 550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 551
 552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 553
 554 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
 555 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
 556
 557 \(fn)" nil t)
 558
 559 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
 560 Toggle Allout outline mode.
 561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
 562 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 564
 565 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
 566 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
 567 outline oriented formatting and manipulation.  It enables
 568 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
 569 exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
 570 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For example,
 571 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
 572 outline.)
 573
 574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
 575
 576  - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
 577    repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
 578  - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
 579  - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
 580  - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
 581  - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
 582  - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
 583  - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
 584
 585 and many other features.
 586
 587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
 588 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the
 589 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
 590 features.  Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
 591 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
 592
 593 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
 594 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'.  We recommend customizing
 595 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
 596 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
 597 bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
 598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
 599 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
 600 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
 601 un-control-shifted command letters.  This is described further in
 602 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
 603
 604         Exposure Control:
 605         ----------------
 606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
 607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
 608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
 609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
 610 \\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
 611
 612         Navigation:
 613         ----------
 614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
 615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
 616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
 617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
 618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
 619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
 620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
 621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
 622      if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
 623      and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
 624
 625
 626         Topic Header Production:
 627         -----------------------
 628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
 629 \\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
 630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
 631
 632         Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
 633         ---------------------------------
 634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
 635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
 636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
 637             current topic
 638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
 639             its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
 640             are alternated according to nesting depth.
 641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings --
 642            the offspring are not affected.
 643            With repeat count, revoke numbering.
 644
 645         Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
 646         ----------------------------------
 647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
 648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
 649 \\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    Kill line, attending to outline structure.
 650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
 651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
 652                              depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
 653                              heading (ie, prefix sans text).
 654 \\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
 655
 656         Topic-oriented Encryption:
 657         -------------------------
 658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
 659           Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
 660
 661         Misc commands:
 662         -------------
 663 M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
 664                             and establish a default file-var setting
 665                             for `allout-layout'.
 666 \\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
 667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
 668                             Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
 669                             buffer with name derived from derived from that
 670                             of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
 671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
 672                             Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
 673                             prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
 674                             format.
 675 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
 676                             Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
 677                             auto-activation.
 678
 679                   Topic Encryption
 680
 681 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
 682 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
 683 pending encryption on save.
 684
 685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
 686 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
 687 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
 688 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
 689 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
 690
 691 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
 692 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
 693 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out.  That
 694 can take several minutes.  (Decryption of other entries is not
 695 affected.)  Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
 696 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
 697 signal.
 698
 699 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
 700 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
 701 for details.
 702
 703                  HOT-SPOT Operation
 704
 705 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
 706 navigation and exposure control.
 707
 708 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
 709 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
 710 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
 711 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
 712 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
 713
 714 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
 715 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
 716 single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
 717 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
 718 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
 719
 720 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
 721 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
 722 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
 723 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
 724 immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
 725 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
 726 at the beginning of the current entry.
 727
 728                              Extending Allout
 729
 730 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
 731 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
 732 without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
 733
 734 `allout-mode-hook'
 735 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
 736 `allout-mode-off-hook'
 737 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
 738 `allout-structure-added-functions'
 739 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
 740 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
 741 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
 742 `allout-post-undo-hook'
 743
 744                             Terminology
 745
 746 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
 747
 748 ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
 749 TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
 750         and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
 751 CURRENT ITEM:
 752         The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
 753 DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
 754         The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
 755         called the:
 756 LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
 757
 758 ANCESTORS:
 759         Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
 760 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
 761         of the ITEM.
 762 OFFSPRING:
 763         The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
 764 SUBTOPIC:
 765         An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
 766 CHILD:
 767         An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
 768 SIBLINGS:
 769         TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
 770
 771 Topic text constituents:
 772
 773 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
 774         text.
 775 ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
 776         the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
 777 BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
 778 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
 779         ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
 780         to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
 781         PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
 782         number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
 783         siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
 784         space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
 785         the PREFIX.
 786
 787         The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
 788         of the ITEM.
 789 PREFIX-LEAD:
 790         The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
 791         It can be customized by changing the setting of
 792         `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
 793
 794         When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
 795         programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
 796         program code without interfering with processing of the text
 797         (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
 798         setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
 799         programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
 800         docstring for more detail.
 801 PREFIX-PADDING:
 802         Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
 803         bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
 804 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
 805         the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
 806         `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
 807         plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
 808         TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
 809         provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
 810         TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
 811         significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
 812         convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
 813         more details.
 814 EXPOSURE:
 815         The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
 816         of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
 817 CONCEALED:
 818         TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
 819         text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
 820
 821         CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
 822 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
 823 OPEN:   A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
 824
 825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 826
 827 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
 828
 829 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
 830 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
 831
 832 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
 833 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
 834
 835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 836
 837 ;;;***
 838 \f
 839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
 840 ;;;;;;  62196 0 0))
 841 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
 842 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
 843
 844 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
 845 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
 846
 847 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
 848
 849 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
 850
 851 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
 852 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
 853
 854 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
 855 visiting an outline.
 856
 857 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
 858 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
 859
 860 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
 861 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
 862 you want allout widgets operation.
 863
 864 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
 865
 866 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
 867
 868 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 869
 870 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
 871 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
 872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
 873 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 875
 876 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
 877 graphical decoration of outline structure.  It is meant to
 878 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
 879
 880 The graphics include:
 881
 882 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
 883
 884 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
 885   has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
 886
 887 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
 888   for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
 889
 890 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
 891 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
 892 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
 893
 894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 895
 896 ;;;***
 897 \f
 898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 0
 899 ;;;;;;  0))
 900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
 901
 902 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
 903
 904 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
 905 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
 906 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
 907 for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
 908 may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
 909 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
 910
 911 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
 912
 913 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
 914
 915
 916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
 917
 918 ;;;***
 919 \f
 920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 0
 921 ;;;;;;  0))
 922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
 923
 924 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
 925 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
 926 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
 927 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
 928 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
 929 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
 930 in the current window.
 931
 932 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
 933
 934 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
 935 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
 936 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
 937  When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
 938 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
 939 buffer if one does not exist.
 940
 941 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
 942
 943 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
 944 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
 945 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
 946 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
 947 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
 948
 949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
 950
 951 ;;;***
 952 \f
 953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 0
 954 ;;;;;;  0))
 955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
 956 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
 957
 958 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
 959 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
 960
 961 \(fn)" t nil)
 962
 963 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
 964 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
 965
 966 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
 967 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
 968 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
 969 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
 970
 971 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
 972 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
 973
 974 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
 975
 976 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
 977
 978 ;;;***
 979 \f
 980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
 981 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
 982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
 983 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
 984
 985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
 986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
 987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
 988 the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
 989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
 990 \\[yank].
 991
 992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
 993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
 994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
 995 the rules.
 996
 997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
 998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
 999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1001
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1012
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1014
1015 ;;;***
1016 \f
1017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1019
1020 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1021 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1022 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1023 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1024 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1025 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1026
1027 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1028
1029 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1030 Toggle checking of appointments.
1031 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1032 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1033
1034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1035
1036 ;;;***
1037 \f
1038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1040
1041 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1042 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1043 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1044 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1045
1046 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1047 kind of objects to search.
1048
1049 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1050
1051 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1052 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1057
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 variables, not just user options.
1060
1061 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1062
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1065 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1066 like `apropos-user-option'.
1067
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1069
1070 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1071
1072 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1073 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1078
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1080 noninteractive functions.
1081
1082 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1083 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1084
1085 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1086 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1087
1088 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1089
1090 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1091 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1092
1093 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1094
1095 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1096 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1097 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1098 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1099
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1104
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1106 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1107
1108 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1109
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111
1112 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1113 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1114 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1115 thus be found in `load-history'.  If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1117
1118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1121 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1122 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1123 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1124 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1125 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1126
1127 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1128 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1129 names and values of properties.
1130
1131 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1132
1133 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1134
1135 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1136 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1137 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1138 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1139 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1140 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141
1142 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1143 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file.  With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1144 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1145 documentation strings.
1146
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1155
1156 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1157 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1158 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1159 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1160 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1161 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1162
1163 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1164 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1165 archive.
1166
1167 \\{archive-mode-map}
1168
1169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1170
1171 ;;;***
1172 \f
1173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1175
1176 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1177 Major mode for editing arrays.
1178
1179   Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1180 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1181 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1182
1183   The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1184
1185   TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1186 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1187 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1188
1189   Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1190 several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1191 supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1192 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1193 The variables are:
1194
1195 Variables you assign:
1196      array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1197      array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1198      array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1199      array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1200      array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1201                        row numbers in the buffer.
1202
1203 Variables which are calculated:
1204      array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1205      array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1206
1207   The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1208 take a numeric prefix argument):
1209
1210     *   \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]        Move forward one column.
1211     *   \\[array-backward-column]         Move backward one column.
1212     *   \\[array-next-row]        Move down one row.
1213     *   \\[array-previous-row]    Move up one row.
1214
1215     *   \\[array-copy-forward]    Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1216     *   \\[array-copy-backward]   Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1217     *   \\[array-copy-down]       Copy the current field into the row below.
1218     *   \\[array-copy-up]         Copy the current field into the row above.
1219
1220     *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1221     *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1222     *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1223     *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1224
1225         \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1226                   between that of point and mark.
1227
1228         \\[array-what-position]   Display the current array row and column.
1229         \\[array-goto-cell]       Go to a particular array cell.
1230
1231         \\[array-make-template]   Make a template for a new array.
1232         \\[array-reconfigure-rows]        Reconfigure the array.
1233         \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1234                   newlines inside rows)
1235
1236         \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1237
1238 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1239
1240 \(fn)" t nil)
1241
1242 ;;;***
1243 \f
1244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1245 ;;;;;;  0 0))
1246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1247 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1248
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1254
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1256
1257  Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1258
1259
1260 How to submit a bug report
1261
1262  Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1263
1264
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1266
1267  mouse-2
1268  shift mouse-2  Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269                 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270                 below).
1271
1272  mouse-1
1273  shift mouse-1  Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274                 or pastes:
1275
1276                 Operation       Not shifted               Shifted
1277                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278                 Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1279                                                           to new point
1280                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281                 Line            Line in any direction     Straight line
1282                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283                 Rectangle       Rectangle                 Square
1284                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285                 Poly-line       Poly-line in any dir      Straight poly-lines
1286                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287                 Ellipses        Ellipses                  Circles
1288                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289                 Text            Text (see thru)           Text (overwrite)
1290                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291                 Spray-can       Spray-can                 Set size for spray
1292                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293                 Erase           Erase character           Erase rectangle
1294                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295                 Vaporize        Erase single line         Erase connected
1296                                                           lines
1297                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298                 Cut             Cut rectangle             Cut square
1299                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300                 Copy            Copy rectangle            Copy square
1301                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302                 Paste           Paste                     Paste
1303                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304                 Flood-fill      Flood-fill                Flood-fill
1305                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306
1307                 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308                   or diagonally.
1309
1310                 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down.  When you
1311                   release the button, the point is set.  If you want a segment
1312                   to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313                   mouse-1 button.  Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314                   poly-lines.
1315
1316                 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317                   will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318                   overwrite means the opposite.
1319
1320                 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321                   _endpoints_ are connected.  See also the variable
1322                   `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1323
1324                 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1325
1326                 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327                   See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1328
1329                 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330                   In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331                   are currently drawing something.
1332
1333                 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334                   some time to fill.
1335
1336
1337  mouse-3        Erases character under pointer
1338  shift mouse-3  Erases rectangle
1339
1340
1341 Settings
1342
1343  Set fill       Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1344
1345  Set line       Sets the character used when drawing lines
1346
1347  Erase char     Sets the character used when erasing
1348
1349  Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1350
1351  Trimming       Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352                 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1353
1354  Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1355
1356
1357 Drawing with keys
1358
1359  \\[artist-key-set-point]               Does one of the following:
1360                 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361                 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362                 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363                 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364                 When pasting: Pastes
1365
1366  \\[artist-select-operation]    Selects what to draw
1367
1368  Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1369
1370  \\[artist-select-fill-char]    Sets the character to use when filling
1371  \\[artist-select-line-char]    Sets the character to use when drawing
1372  \\[artist-select-erase-char]   Sets the character to use when erasing
1373  \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]       Toggles rubber-banding
1374  \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]    Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375  \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]    Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1376
1377
1378 Arrows
1379
1380  \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]          Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381                 of the line/poly-line
1382
1383  \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]         Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384                 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386
1387 Selecting operation
1388
1389  There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1390
1391  \\[artist-select-op-line]      Selects drawing lines
1392  \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]     Selects drawing straight lines
1393  \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394  \\[artist-select-op-square]    Selects drawing squares
1395  \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396  \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]        Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397  \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]   Selects drawing ellipses
1398  \\[artist-select-op-circle]    Selects drawing circles
1399  \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]     Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400  \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]    Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401  \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402  \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]    Set size for the spray-can
1403  \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]        Selects erasing characters
1404  \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]   Selects erasing rectangles
1405  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]     Selects vaporizing single lines
1406  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]    Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407  \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]     Selects cutting rectangles
1408  \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]    Selects copying rectangles
1409  \\[artist-select-op-paste]     Selects pasting
1410  \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]        Selects flood-filling
1411
1412
1413 Variables
1414
1415  This is a brief overview of the different variables.  For more info,
1416  see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1417
1418  artist-rubber-banding          Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419  artist-first-char              What to set at first/second point...
1420  artist-second-char             ...when not rubber-banding
1421  artist-interface-with-rect     If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422  artist-arrows                  The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423  artist-aspect-ratio            Character height-to-width for squares
1424  artist-trim-line-endings       Trimming of line endings
1425  artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426  artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally   Update display while filling
1427  artist-pointer-shape           Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428  artist-ellipse-left-char       Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429  artist-ellipse-right-char      Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430  artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1431  artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432  artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433  artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434  artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1435  artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1436  artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1437
1438 Hooks
1439
1440  Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1441
1442
1443 Keymap summary
1444
1445 \\{artist-mode-map}
1446
1447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1448
1449 ;;;***
1450 \f
1451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21291 53104
1452 ;;;;;;  0 0))
1453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1454
1455 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1456 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1457 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1458
1459 \\[asm-colon]   outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1460 \\[tab-to-tab-stop]     tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1463
1464 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1465 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1466
1467 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1468 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1469
1470 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1471
1472 Special commands:
1473 \\{asm-mode-map}
1474
1475 \(fn)" t nil)
1476
1477 ;;;***
1478 \f
1479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1480 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1482
1483 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1484 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1485 expiring.  Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1486 let-binding.")
1487
1488 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1489
1490 ;;;***
1491 \f
1492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1494
1495 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1496 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1497 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1498
1499 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1500
1501 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1502 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1504 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1505 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1506
1507 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1508 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1509 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1510 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1511 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1512 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1513 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1514 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1515
1516 For example:
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1518 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1519 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1520 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1521 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1522
1523 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1524
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1526
1527 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1528 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1529 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1532 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1533
1534 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1535
1536 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1537 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1539 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1541
1542 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1543 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1544 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1545
1546 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1547
1548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1549
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1553 ;;;;;;  0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1555
1556 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1557 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1558
1559 \(fn)" t nil)
1560
1561 ;;;***
1562 \f
1563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 0
1564 ;;;;;;  0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1566
1567 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1568 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1569 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1570
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1572
1573 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1576 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1577
1578 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1579
1580 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1581 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1582 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1585 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1586
1587 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1588
1589 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1590 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1592 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1594
1595 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1596 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1597
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1599
1600 ;;;***
1601 \f
1602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1603 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
1604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1605
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1607
1608 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1609
1610 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1611 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1612 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1613
1614 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1615 autoloads are written into that file.  Otherwise, the autoloads
1616 file is determined by OUTFILE.  If called interactively, prompt
1617 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1618 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1619
1620 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1621
1622 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1623
1624 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1625 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1626 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1627 single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1628 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1629
1630 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1631 directory or directories specified.
1632
1633 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1634 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1635 `generated-autoload-file' to this value.  When called from Lisp,
1636 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.  If any Lisp
1637 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1638 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1639
1640 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1641
1642 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1643 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1644 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1645 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1646 should be non-nil).
1647
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1649
1650 ;;;***
1651 \f
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 0
1653 ;;;;;;  0))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1655
1656 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1657 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1659 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1661
1662 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1663 buffer.  When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1664 disk changes.
1665
1666 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1667 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1668 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1669
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1671
1672 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1673 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1674
1675 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1676   (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1677
1678 \(fn)" nil nil)
1679
1680 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1683 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1684 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1685
1686 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1687 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This
1688 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1689 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1690 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1691
1692 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1693 you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1694 writing before you save the file!
1695
1696 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1697
1698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1699
1700 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1701 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1702
1703 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1704   (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1705
1706 \(fn)" nil nil)
1707
1708 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1709 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1710 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1713 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1714
1715 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1716
1717 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1718 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1720 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1722
1723 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1724 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk.  Use
1725 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1726
1727 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1728 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1729 documentation of that variable.  It ignores buffers with modes
1730 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1731 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1732
1733 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1734 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1735 specifies in the mode line.
1736
1737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1738
1739 ;;;***
1740 \f
1741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 35662 356409 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1743
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1749
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1751
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1756
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1760
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762  * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763  * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764      and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765  * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766      a random distance & direction.
1767  * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768  * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769  * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1770
1771 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1772 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1773 definition of \"random distance\".)
1774
1775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1776
1777 ;;;***
1778 \f
1779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 53104
1780 ;;;;;;  0 0))
1781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1782
1783 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1784
1785 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1786 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1787
1788 Start a new script from `bat-template'.  Read help pages for DOS commands
1789 with `bat-cmd-help'.  Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1790 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1791
1792 \\{bat-mode-map}
1793
1794 \(fn)" t nil)
1795
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1800  (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1801
1802 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1803 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1804 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1805 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1806
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1808
1809 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1810 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1811 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1814 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1815
1816 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1817
1818 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1819 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1821 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1823
1824 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1825 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1826 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1827 seconds.
1828
1829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1830
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1834 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1836
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1845
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1855
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1865
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1871 ;;;;;;  0 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1873
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1880 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1881 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1882 already set.  If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1883
1884 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1885 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1886 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1887
1888 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1889
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1891 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1892
1893 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1894
1895 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1896 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1897 to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1898 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1899
1900 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1901 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1902 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1903 entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1904 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1905
1906 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1907 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1908
1909
1910 Special information:
1911
1912 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1913
1914 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1915 by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1916 start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1917 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1918 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1919 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1920 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1921 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1922 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1923 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1924 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1925
1926 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1927 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1928 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1929 of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1930 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1931 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1932 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1933 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1934
1935 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1936
1937 ----------------------------------------------------------
1938 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1939 if that value is non-nil.
1940
1941 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1942
1943 \(fn)" t nil)
1944
1945 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1946 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1947 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1948 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'.  Otherwise the search
1949 is limited to the current buffer.  Optional arg START is buffer position
1950 where the search starts.  If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1951 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1952 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1953 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1954 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1955 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1956 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1957
1958 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1959
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1963 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1965
1966 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1967 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1968
1969 \(fn)" t nil)
1970
1971 ;;;***
1972 \f
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1975
1976 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1977 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1978
1979 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1981 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1982
1983 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1984
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1987
1988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1989
1990 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1991 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1992
1993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1994
1995 ;;;***
1996 \f
1997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
1998 ;;;;;;  0 0))
1999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2000
2001 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2002 Play blackbox.
2003 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2004
2005 What is blackbox?
2006
2007 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2008 Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2009 balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
2010 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2011 the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2012 your score.
2013
2014 Overview of play:
2015
2016 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
2017 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2018 four.
2019
2020 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2021 movement keys.
2022
2023 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2024 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2025
2026 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2027 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2028
2029 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2030 press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
2031 not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
2032 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2033 placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2034 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2035
2036 Details:
2037
2038 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2039
2040         Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2041                 where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
2042                 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2043                 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2044
2045         Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2046                 it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
2047                 denoted by the letter `R'.
2048
2049         Hit:    the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
2050                 not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
2051                 denoted by the letter `H'.
2052
2053 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2054 example.
2055
2056 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
2057 be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
2058 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2059 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2060 described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
2061 points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
2062 ray.
2063
2064 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2065 degree deflection it causes.
2066
2067     1
2068   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2069   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2070 1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
2071   - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
2072   - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
2073   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
2074   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
2075   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
2076                                 2                         3
2077
2078 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2079 it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
2080
2081
2082   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2083   - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2084 R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
2085   - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
2086   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2087   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2088   - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2089   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2090
2091 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2092 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2093 its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
2094 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2095 ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
2096 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2097 emerging from the box.
2098
2099 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2100
2101   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2102   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
2103   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
2104   - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
2105   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
2106 H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2107   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2108   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2109
2110 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2111 a reflection.
2112
2113 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2114
2115 ;;;***
2116 \f
2117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2118 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2119  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2120  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2121  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2122
2123 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2124 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2125 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2126 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2127 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2128 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2129  (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2130
2131 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2132 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2133 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2134
2135 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2136 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2137 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  The most recently set bookmark
2138 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2139 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2140 recent one.
2141
2142 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2143 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2144 yank successive words.
2145
2146 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2147 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2148 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2149 large document.  If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2150 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2151
2152 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2153 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2154 the list of bookmarks.)
2155
2156 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2157
2158 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2159 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2160 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2161 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2162 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2163 this.
2164
2165 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2166 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2167 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2168 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2169
2170 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string).  It can also be a
2171 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2172
2173 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2174 bookmark.  It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'.  A typical value for
2175 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2176
2177 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2180 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window.  See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2181
2182 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2183
2184 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2185 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2186
2187 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2188 the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2189 after a bookmark was set in it.
2190
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2194 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2195
2196 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2197 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2198
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2200
2201 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2204 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2205 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2206 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2207
2208 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2209 as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2210 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2211
2212 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2213 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2214 name.
2215
2216 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2219 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2220 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2221
2222 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2223 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2224 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2225 this.
2226
2227 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2228
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2230 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2231
2232 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2233 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2234 not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2235 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2236 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2237 probably because we were called from there.
2238
2239 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2240
2241 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2242 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2243 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2244
2245 \(fn)" t nil)
2246
2247 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2248 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2249 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2250 `bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2251 \(second argument).
2252
2253 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2254 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2255 pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2256 instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2257 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2258
2259 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2260 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2261 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2262 `bookmark-default-file'.
2263
2264 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2265
2266 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2267 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2268 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2269 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2270 destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2271 while loading.
2272
2273 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2274 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2275 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2276 place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2277 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2278 explicitly.
2279
2280 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2281 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2282 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2283 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2284
2285 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2288 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2289 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2290 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2291 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2292
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2294
2295 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2296
2297 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2298
2299 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2300 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2301
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2303
2304 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2305
2306 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2307
2308 ;;;***
2309 \f
2310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21361 65337
2311 ;;;;;;  555586 0))
2312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2313
2314 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2315 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2316 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2317 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2318
2319 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2320 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2321 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2322 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2323 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2324
2325 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2326
2327 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2329 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2330 interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2331 `browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2332 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2333
2334 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2338 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2339 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2340 narrowed.
2341
2342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2345 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2346
2347 \(fn)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2351
2352 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2357 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2358 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2359 first, if that exists.
2360
2361 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2365 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367
2368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2372 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2373 but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2374 `browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2375 to use.
2376
2377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2380 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2381 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2382 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2383
2384 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2389 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2390
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2393 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2395
2396 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2397 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2398 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2399
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2408 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2409
2410 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2411 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2412 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2413 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414
2415 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2416 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2417 new tab in an existing window instead.
2418
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2427 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2428 Firefox.
2429
2430 When called interactively, if variable
2431 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2432 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2433 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2437 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2438 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2439
2440 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2441 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442
2443 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2444 ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2445 command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2447 are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2448 URL in a new window.
2449
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2455 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2456 Chromium.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2463 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2464
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469
2470 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2471 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2472 new tab in an existing window instead.
2473
2474 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2475 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2487 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2488
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2491 existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2492 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2493
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2501
2502 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2503 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2504 program is invoked according to the variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2506
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2511
2512 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2513 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514
2515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2519 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520
2521 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2522 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2523 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2524
2525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2526 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2527 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2528 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529
2530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2538
2539 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2540 non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2541 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2550 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2551 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2552
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2557 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2558 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2559 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2560 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2569
2570 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2571 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2572 otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2573 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2579
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2581 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2582 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2583 recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2585 current one.
2586
2587 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2588 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2589 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2590 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2591
2592 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2593 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594
2595 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2596
2597 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2598 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2599 Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2600 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2601 `browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2602 don't offer a form of remote control.
2603
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2609
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2614 Default to the URL around the point.
2615
2616 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2617 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2618
2619 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2620 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2621
2622 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623
2624 ;;;***
2625 \f
2626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2628 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2629
2630 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2631 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2632 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2633 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2634
2635 \(fn)" t nil)
2636
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2638 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2641
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2645 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2646
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2648
2649 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2650 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2651 \\<bs-mode-map>
2652 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2653 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2654 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2655 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2656
2657 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2658 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2659 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2660 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2661 name of buffer configuration.
2662
2663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2664
2665 ;;;***
2666 \f
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 0
2668 ;;;;;;  0))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2670
2671 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2672 Play Bubbles game.
2673 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2674 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2675 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2676 connected bubbles of the same color.  Unsupported bubbles fall
2677 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2678 columns on its right towards the left.
2679
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2684
2685 \(fn)" t nil)
2686
2687 ;;;***
2688 \f
2689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2690 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2692
2693 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2694
2695 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2696 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2698 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
2699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2700
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2702
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2705
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2707
2708 ;;;***
2709 \f
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2711 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716
2717 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2718
2719 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2720 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2721 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2722 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2723 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2724 else the global value will be modified.
2725
2726 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2727
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing.  Otherwise, if the
2731 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2734
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2738 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2739 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2740
2741 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2742
2743 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2745 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2747
2748 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2749 compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However, if the prefix argument
2750 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files.  A nonzero
2751 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2752 compile it.  A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2753 before scanning it.
2754
2755 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2756 that already has a `.elc' file.
2757
2758 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2759 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2760
2761 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2762 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2763 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2764 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2765 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2766 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2767
2768 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2769
2770 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2772 Print the result in the echo area.
2773 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2778 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2779 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2780
2781 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2784 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2785 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2786 them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2787 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2788 all functions called by those functions.
2789
2790 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2791 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2792 cons, etc.).
2793
2794 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2795 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2796 invoked interactively.
2797
2798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2799
2800 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2801 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2802 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2803 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2804
2805 \(fn)" nil nil)
2806
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2808 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2812 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2813 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2814 already up-to-date.
2815
2816 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2820 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2821 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2822
2823 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2824 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2825 and corresponding effects.
2826
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2828
2829 ;;;***
2830 \f
2831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2832 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2834
2835 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2836
2837 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2842 ;;;;;;  0 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2850
2851 ;;;***
2852 \f
2853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2854 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2856
2857 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2858 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2859 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2860 from the cursor position.
2861
2862 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2863
2864 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2865
2866 ;;;***
2867 \f
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2870  (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2871
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2874
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2876
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2879
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2889
2890 \(fn)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2896
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2898
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2904
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2906
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2915
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2917
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2920
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2925
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2931
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 Define Calc function.
2936
2937 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2938 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2939 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2940
2941 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2942 actual Lisp function name.
2943
2944 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2945
2946 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2947
2948 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2949
2950 ;;;***
2951 \f
2952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2953 ;;;;;;  0 0))
2954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2955
2956 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2957
2958
2959 \(fn N)" t nil)
2960
2961 ;;;***
2962 \f
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 0
2964 ;;;;;;  0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2966
2967 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2968 Run the Emacs calculator.
2969 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2970
2971 \(fn)" t nil)
2972
2973 ;;;***
2974 \f
2975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 53104
2976 ;;;;;;  0 0))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2978
2979 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2980 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2981 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2982 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months.  The
2983 cursor is put on today's date.  If optional prefix argument ARG
2984 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2985
2986 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2987 into view.  Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2988 can be scrolled forward or backward.  The cursor can be moved
2989 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2990 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2991 cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the
2992 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  Use
2993 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2994 window.
2995
2996 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2997 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2998
2999 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3000 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3001 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies).  This variable can be
3002 overridden by `calendar-setup'.  As well as being displayed,
3003 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3004 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3005
3006 Runs the following hooks:
3007
3008 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3009 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3010    generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3011 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3012
3013 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3014
3015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3016
3017 ;;;***
3018 \f
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 0
3020 ;;;;;;  0))
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3022
3023 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3024 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3025
3026 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3027
3028 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3029 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3030 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3031 it fails.
3032
3033 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3034
3035 ;;;***
3036 \f
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3038 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3040
3041 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3042 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3044 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
3045 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3046
3047 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When
3048 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3049 letter in a symbol.  This is in addition to all the normal
3050 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables.  There is no
3051 restriction to ASCII.
3052
3053 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3054
3055   capitalizedWorDD
3056   ^          ^  ^^
3057
3058 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3059 marking commands such as \\[forward-word].  This mode does not affect word
3060 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3061
3062 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3063 where underscores aren't trendy enough.  Capitalization rules are
3064 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3065 such a style.  It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3066 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3067 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'.  It's unlikely to cause
3068 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3069
3070 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3071 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3072
3073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3074
3075 ;;;***
3076 \f
3077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3078 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3080 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3081
3082 ;;;***
3083 \f
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3085 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3089 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3090
3091 \(fn)" nil nil)
3092
3093 ;;;***
3094 \f
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3096 ;;;;;;  0 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3098
3099 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3100 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3101
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3103 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3104
3105 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3107
3108 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3109
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3113
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3115
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3118
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3122
3123 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3127
3128 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3129
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3133
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3138
3139 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3140 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 made from scratch.
3142
3143 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144
3145 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3146 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3147
3148 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3149
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3153
3154 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3158
3159 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3160 variables are guessed:
3161
3162 * `c-basic-offset', and
3163 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3164   `c-offsets-alist'.
3165
3166 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3167 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3168
3169 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3170 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3171
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3174 guess is made from scratch.
3175
3176 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3177 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3178
3179 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3180
3181 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3182 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3183 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3184 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3185
3186 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3187 `c-add-style'.  Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3188 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3189
3190 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3191
3192 ;;;***
3193 \f
3194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3195 ;;;;;;  0 0))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3197
3198 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3200 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3201 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3202 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3203 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3204 control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3205
3206 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3207  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3208  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3209  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3210  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3211  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3212  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3213  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3214  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3215
3216 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3217 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3219 c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3220 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3221 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{c-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232
3233 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3236 c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3237 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3238 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3239 message.
3240
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3242
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3245
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{c++-mode-map}
3248
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3250  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3251
3252 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3253 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3254 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3255 objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3256 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3257 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3258 message.
3259
3260 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3261
3262 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3263 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3264
3265 Key bindings:
3266 \\{objc-mode-map}
3267
3268 \(fn)" t nil)
3269  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3270
3271 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3272 Major mode for editing Java code.
3273 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3274 java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3275 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3276 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 message.
3278
3279 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3280
3281 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3282 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3283
3284 Key bindings:
3285 \\{java-mode-map}
3286
3287 \(fn)" t nil)
3288  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3289
3290 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3291 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3292 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3293 idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3294 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3295 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3296 message.
3297
3298 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3299
3300 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3301 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3302
3303 Key bindings:
3304 \\{idl-mode-map}
3305
3306 \(fn)" t nil)
3307  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3308  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3309
3310 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3313 pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 message.
3317
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3319
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3322
3323 Key bindings:
3324 \\{pike-mode-map}
3325
3326 \(fn)" t nil)
3327  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3328  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3329  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3330  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3331  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3332
3333 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3334 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3335 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3336 awk-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3337 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3338 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3339
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3341
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3344
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{awk-mode-map}
3347
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3349
3350 ;;;***
3351 \f
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3353 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3355
3356 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3357 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3358 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3359 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3360
3361 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3362
3363 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3364 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3365 might get set too.
3366
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3368 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3369 `set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3370 done in your init file.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3371 in this way.
3372
3373 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3374 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3375 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3376 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3377 a null operation.
3378
3379 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3380
3381 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3382 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3383 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3384 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3385
3386   ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3387
3388 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3389 VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3390 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3391
3392 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3395 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3396 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3397 offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3398 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3399
3400 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3405 ;;;;;;  0 0))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3407 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3408 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3409 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3410
3411 ;;;***
3412 \f
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 0
3414 ;;;;;;  0))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3416
3417 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3418 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3419
3420 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3421
3422 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3423 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3424
3425 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3426
3427 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3429
3430 This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3431 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3432 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3433 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3434 execution.
3435
3436 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3437
3438 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3439
3440 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3442
3443 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3444         (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3445          CCL_MAIN_CODE
3446          [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3447
3448 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3449 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3450 text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3451 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3452 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3453 `write' commands.
3454
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3456 executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3457 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3459
3460 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3461 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3462 semantics.
3463
3464 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3465
3466 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3467
3468 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3469
3470 STATEMENT :=
3471         SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3472         | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3473
3474 SET :=  (REG = EXPRESSION)
3475         | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3476         ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3477         | integer
3478
3479 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3480
3481 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3482 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3483 IF :=   (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3484
3485 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3486 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3487 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3488
3489 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3490 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3491
3492 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3493 BREAK := (break)
3494
3495 REPEAT :=
3496         ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3497         (repeat)
3498         ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3499         ;;           (repeat))
3500         | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3501         ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3502         ;;           (read REG)
3503         ;;           (repeat))
3504         | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3505         ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3506         ;;           (read REG)
3507         ;;           (repeat))
3508         | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3509
3510 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3511         ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3512         (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3513         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514         ;;           (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3515         | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3517         ;;           (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3518         | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3519         ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3520         ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3521         ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3522         ;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3523         ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3524         ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3525         | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3526
3527 WRITE :=
3528         ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3529         ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530         ;; representation.
3531         (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3532         ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3533         ;;           (write r7))
3534         | (write EXPRESSION)
3535         ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3536         ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537         ;; representation.
3538         | (write integer)
3539         ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3540         ;; buffer.
3541         | (write string)
3542         ;; Same as: (write string)
3543         | string
3544         ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3545         ;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3546         ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547         ;; representation.
3548         | (write REG ARRAY)
3549         ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3550         ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3551         ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3552         ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3553         ;; is the second code point of the character.
3554         | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3555
3556 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3557 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3558
3559 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3560 END := (end)
3561
3562 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3563 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3564 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3565
3566 ARG := REG | integer
3567
3568 OPERATOR :=
3569         ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3570         + | - | * | / | %
3571
3572         ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3573         | & | `|' | ^
3574
3575         ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3576         | << | >>
3577
3578         ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3579         ;;      (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3580         | <8
3581
3582         ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3583         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3584         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3585         | >8
3586
3587         ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3588         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3589         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3590         | //
3591
3592         ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3593         | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3594
3595         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3596         ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3597         ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3598         ;;      ((REG = CODE0)
3599         ;;       (r7 = CODE1))
3600         ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3601         ;; second code point of CHAR.
3602         | de-sjis
3603
3604         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3605         ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3606         ;; Shift-JIS code,
3607         ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608         ;;      ((REG = HIGH)
3609         ;;       (r7 = LOW))
3610         ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3611         ;; byte of SJIS.
3612         | en-sjis
3613
3614 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3615         ;; Same meaning as C code
3616         += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3617
3618         ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3619         ;;      ((REG <<= 8)
3620         ;;       (REG |= ARG))
3621         | <8=
3622
3623         ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3624         ;;      ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3625         ;;       (REG >>= 8))
3626
3627         ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3628         ;;      ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3629         ;;       (REG /= ARG))
3630         | //=
3631
3632 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3633
3634
3635 TRANSLATE :=
3636         (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3637         | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3638         ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3639 LOOKUP :=
3640         (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3641         | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3642         ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3643 MAP :=
3644      (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3645      | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3646      | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3647 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3648 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3649 MAP-ID := integer
3650
3651 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3652
3653 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3654
3655 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3656 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3658 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3659 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3660 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3661
3662 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3663
3664 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3665 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3666 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3667
3668 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3669
3670 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3675 ;;;;;;  0 0))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3677
3678 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3679 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3680 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3681 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3682
3683 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3684
3685 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3686
3687 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3688 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3689
3690 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3696 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3697
3698 ;;;***
3699 \f
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3701 ;;;;;;  0 0))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3703 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3704
3705 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3706 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3707 There are no special keybindings by default.
3708
3709 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3710 to the action header.
3711
3712 \(fn)" t nil)
3713
3714 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3715 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3716 There are no special keybindings by default.
3717
3718 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3719 to the action header.
3720
3721 \(fn)" t nil)
3722
3723 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3724 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3725 on the buffer contents
3726
3727 \(fn)" nil nil)
3728
3729 ;;;***
3730 \f
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3732 ;;;;;;  0 0))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3734 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3735
3736 ;;;***
3737 \f
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3739 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3741
3742 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3743 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3744 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3745
3746 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3749 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3750 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3751
3752 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3753
3754 ;;;***
3755 \f
3756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3757 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
3758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3759 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3764 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3768
3769 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3770
3771
3772 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3775
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3777 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3778 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3779 the users will view as each check is completed.
3780
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3782
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3784 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3785 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3786 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3787 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3788 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3789 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3790 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3791
3792 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3793
3794 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3795 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3796 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3797 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3798 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3799 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3800 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3801 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3802
3803 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3804
3805 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3806 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3807 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3808 doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3809 spacing are all verified.
3810
3811 \(fn)" t nil)
3812
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3814 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3815 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3816 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3817 otherwise stop after the first error.
3818
3819 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3820
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3822 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3823 Only documentation strings are checked.
3824 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3826 a separate buffer.
3827
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3831 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3832 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3833 save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
3834 is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3835
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3839 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3840 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3841 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3842 if there is one.
3843
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3845
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3849 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3850 if there is one.
3851 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3852
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3856 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3857 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3858
3859 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3862 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3863 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3864 documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
3865 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3866
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3870 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3871 Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
3872 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3873 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3874 space at the end of each line.
3875
3876 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3880 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3882
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3884
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3889
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3896
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3903
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3910
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3917
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3924
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3931
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3942 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3944 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
3945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3946
3947 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3948 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3949 checking of documentation strings.
3950
3951 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3952
3953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3954
3955 ;;;***
3956 \f
3957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3958 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
3959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3960
3961 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3962 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3963 Return the length of resulting text.
3964
3965 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3966
3967 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3968 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3969
3970 \(fn)" t nil)
3971
3972 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3973 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3974 Return the length of resulting text.
3975
3976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3979 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3980
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3982
3983 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3984
3985
3986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3987
3988 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3989
3990
3991 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3992
3993 ;;;***
3994 \f
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3996 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3997
3998 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3999 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4000 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4001 a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4002 command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4003 editing and the result is evaluated.
4004
4005 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4006
4007 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4008 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4009 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4010 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4011 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4012
4013 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4014
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4018 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4019 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4020 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4021 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4022
4023 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4024 and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
4025 \\{command-history-map}
4026
4027 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4028 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4029
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4031
4032 ;;;***
4033 \f
4034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4035 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4037
4038 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4039 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4040 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4041 `lisp-indent-function'.  INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4042 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4043 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  Browse the
4044 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4045 of this function.
4046
4047 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4048 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4049 this function should indent it.  Possible values for this
4050 property are:
4051
4052 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4053   i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4054
4055 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call.  The function should
4056   take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4057   PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4058   list-structure with respect to the containing lists.  For example, in
4059   ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1).  In other words,
4060   to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4061   the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4062   STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4063   `common-lisp-indent-function'.  SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4064   the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4065   NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4066   originally in.  This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4067
4068 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4069   function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4070   This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4071
4072 * a list.  The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4073   function argument.  If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4074   the last list element applies to all remaining arguments.  The accepted
4075   list elements are:
4076
4077   * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4078
4079   * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4080
4081   * &lambda.  Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4082
4083   * &rest.  When used, this must be the penultimate element.  The
4084     element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4085
4086   * &body.  This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4087     all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4088
4089   * &whole.  This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4090     function symbol.  This indentation is applied to the
4091     associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4092     arguments.  For example, an integer P means indent this
4093     argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4094     value specified by their associated list element.
4095
4096   * a symbol.  A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4097
4098   * a list, with elements as described above.  This applies when the
4099     associated function argument is itself a list.  Each element of the list
4100     specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4101
4102 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4103 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4104   * indent the first argument by 4.
4105   * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4106     of them.  The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4107     have an offset of 2+1=3.
4108
4109 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4110
4111 ;;;***
4112 \f
4113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4114 ;;;;;;  0 0))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4116 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4117
4118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4119
4120 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4121 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4122 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4123 stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4124 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4125 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4126
4127 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4128 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4129
4130 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4131
4132 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4133
4134 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4135
4136 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4137
4138 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4139
4140 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4141
4142 ;;;***
4143 \f
4144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4145 ;;;;;;  0 0))
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4147
4148 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4149 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4150 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4151 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4152
4153 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4154 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4155 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4156 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4157
4158 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4159 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4160
4161 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4162
4163 ;;;***
4164 \f
4165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4167
4168 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4169 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4170 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4171 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4172 of `scheme-program-name').
4173 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4174 it is given as initial input.
4175 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4176 discards input when it starts up.
4177 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4178 is run).
4179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4180
4181 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4182
4183 ;;;***
4184 \f
4185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4186 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4187
4188 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4189 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4190 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4191 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4192
4193 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4194 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4195
4196 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4197 displayed.  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4198 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4199
4200 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4201
4202 ;;;***
4203 \f
4204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4206
4207 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4208 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4209 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4210 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4211 inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4212 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4213 functions have already modified the buffer.
4214
4215 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4216
4217 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4218 either globally or locally.")
4219
4220 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4221 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4222 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4223 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4224
4225 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4226 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4227   `start-file-process'
4228 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4229   connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4230 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4231
4232 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4233 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4234
4235 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4236
4237 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4238
4239 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4240
4241 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4242 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4243 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4244 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4245 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4246 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already
4247 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4248 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4249 process as its initial input.
4250
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4252
4253 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4254
4255 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4256
4257 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4258 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4259 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4260 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4261 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4262 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4263
4264 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4265
4266 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4267 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4268 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4269 directory tracking functions.")
4270
4271 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4272 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4273 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4274
4275 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4276
4277 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4280 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4281 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4282
4283 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4284
4285 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4286
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to current process.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4291
4292 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4293
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4296 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4297 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4298
4299 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4300
4301 ;;;***
4302 \f
4303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4304 ;;;;;;  0 0))
4305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4306
4307 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4308 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4309 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4310 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4311
4312 This command pushes the mark in each window
4313 at the prior location of point in that window.
4314 If both windows display the same buffer,
4315 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4316 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4317
4318 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4319 `compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4320 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4321 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4322 don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4323 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4324 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4325 ignored.
4326
4327 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4328 this command work in interlaced mode:
4329 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4330 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4331 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4332
4333 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4334
4335 ;;;***
4336 \f
4337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21356 47422
4338 ;;;;;;  369946 0))
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4340
4341 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4342 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4343
4344 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4345
4346 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4347 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4348 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4349
4350 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4351
4352 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4353 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4354 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4355
4356 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4357
4358 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4359 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4360 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4361 started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4362 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4363
4364 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4365 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4366 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4367 compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4368 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4371 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4372 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4373 describing how the process finished.")
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4376 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4377 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4378 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4379 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4380
4381 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4382 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4383 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4384
4385 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4386
4387 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4388 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4389 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4390 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4391
4392 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4393
4394 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4395 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4396
4397 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4398 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4399
4400     (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4401        (lambda ()
4402          (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4403                      (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4404            (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4405                 (concat \"make -k \"
4406                         (if buffer-file-name
4407                           (shell-quote-argument
4408                             (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4409
4410 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4411 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4414 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4415 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4416 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4417
4418 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4419
4420 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4421 Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4422 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4423 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4424
4425 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4426 and move to the source code that caused it.
4427
4428 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4429 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4430
4431 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4432 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4433 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4434 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4435 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4436
4437 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4438 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4439 \\[rename-buffer].  Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4440 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4441
4442 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4443 kills its subprocesses.
4444
4445 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4446 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4447 to a function that generates a unique name.
4448
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4450
4451 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4452 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4453 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4454 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4455
4456 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4457 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4458
4459 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4460 to determine the buffer name.  Otherwise, the default is to
4461 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4462 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4463
4464 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4465 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4466 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4467
4468 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4469
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4471
4472 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4473 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4474 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4475 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4476 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4477
4478 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4479
4480 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4481
4482 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4483
4484 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4485
4486 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4487 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4489 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
4490 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4491
4492 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4493 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4494 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4495 See `compilation-mode'.
4496
4497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4498
4499 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4502 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
4503 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4504
4505 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4506 commands of Compilation major mode are available.  See
4507 `compilation-mode'.
4508
4509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4510
4511 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4512 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4513 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4514
4515 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4516
4517 ;;;***
4518 \f
4519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 0
4520 ;;;;;;  0))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4522
4523 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4524 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4525 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4528 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4529
4530 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4531
4532 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4533 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4535 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4536 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4537
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4539
4540 ;;;***
4541 \f
4542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4543 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
4544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4545
4546 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4547 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4548 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4549 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
4550 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4551 files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4552 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4553
4554 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4555 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
4556 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4557
4558 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4559 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
4560 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4561
4562 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4563 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4564 quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4565 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4566
4567 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4568 command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
4569 identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
4570 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4571 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4572 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4573 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4574
4575 \\{conf-mode-map}
4576
4577 \(fn)" t nil)
4578
4579 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4580 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4581 Comments start with `#'.
4582 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4583
4584 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4585
4586 \[Desktop Entry]
4587          Encoding=UTF-8
4588          Name=The GIMP
4589          Name[ca]=El GIMP
4590          Name[cs]=GIMP
4591
4592 \(fn)" t nil)
4593
4594 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4595 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4596 Comments start with `;'.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4598
4599 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4600
4601 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4602 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4603 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4604
4605 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4606 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4612 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4613 between `/*' and `*/'.
4614 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4615
4616 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4617 // another kind of comment
4618 /* yet another */
4619
4620 name:value
4621 name=value
4622 name value
4623 x.1 =
4624 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4625 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4626
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4628
4629 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4630 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4631 \"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
4632 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4633 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4634 `conf-space-keywords'.
4635 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4636 in an interactive fashion instead.
4637
4638 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4639
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4641
4642 image/jpeg                      jpeg jpg jpe
4643 image/png                       png
4644 image/tiff                      tiff tif
4645
4646 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4647 class desktop
4648 # Standard multimedia devices
4649 add /dev/audio          desktop
4650 add /dev/mixer          desktop
4651
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4653
4654 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4655 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4656 See `conf-space-mode'.
4657
4658 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4663 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4664
4665 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4666
4667 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>           : \"\\241\"     exclamdown
4668 <Multi_key> <c> <slash>                 : \"\\242\"     cent
4669
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4671
4672 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4673 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4674 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4675 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4676
4677 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4678
4679 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4680 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4681
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4686 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4688
4689 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4690
4691 *background:                    gray99
4692 *foreground:                    black
4693
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4695
4696 ;;;***
4697 \f
4698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 0
4699 ;;;;;;  0))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4701
4702 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4703 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4704 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4705 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4706 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4707 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4708
4709 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4710
4711 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4712 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4713 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4714 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4715
4716 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4717
4718 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4719 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4720 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
4721 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4722
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4724
4725 ;;;***
4726 \f
4727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4728 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4730 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4731 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4732 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4733
4734 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4735 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4736 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4737 the current year after them.  If necessary, and
4738 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4739 following the copyright are updated as well.
4740 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4741 interactively.
4742
4743 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4744
4745 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4746 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4747 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4748 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4749 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4750
4751 \(fn)" t nil)
4752
4753 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4754 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4755
4756 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4759 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4760 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4761
4762 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4763
4764 ;;;***
4765 \f
4766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4767 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
4768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4769 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4771 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4772 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4773 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4774 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4775 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4776
4777 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4778 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4779 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4780 Tab indents for Perl code.
4781 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4783
4784 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4785 sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4786 well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
4787 default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4788 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
4789 since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
4790 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4791 appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4792 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4793 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4794 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4795 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4796
4797 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4798
4799    if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4800    for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4801
4802 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4803
4804 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4805 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4806 she is most likely to want to be.  E.g., when the user types a space
4807 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4808 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
4809 type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
4810 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4811 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4812 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4813
4814 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4815
4816             bite if angry;
4817
4818 it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
4819 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
4820 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4821 to nil.)
4822
4823 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4824 return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4825 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4826
4827             foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4828
4829 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4830 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4831 appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
4832 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4833 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4834
4835 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4836
4837             if (A) { B }
4838
4839 into
4840
4841             B if A;
4842
4843 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4844
4845 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4846 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4847 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4848 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4849 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4850 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4851 control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4852 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
4853 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4854 `cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
4855 by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
4856 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4857 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4858
4859 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4860 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4861 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4862 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4863 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4864 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4865
4866 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4867 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4868 man via menu.
4869
4870 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4871 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
4872 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4873 secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4874 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4875
4876 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4877 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4878 span the needed amount of lines.
4879
4880 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4881 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4882 here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4883 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4884
4885 Variables controlling indentation style:
4886  `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4887     Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4888     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4889  `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4890     Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4891  `cperl-auto-newline'
4892     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4893     and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
4894     \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4895     Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4896     `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4897  `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4898     Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4899     Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4900  `cperl-indent-level'
4901     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4902     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4903     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4904  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4905     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4906     then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4907  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4908     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4909     This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4910  `cperl-brace-offset'
4911     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4912  `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4913     An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4914     this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4915  `cperl-label-offset'
4916     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4917  `cperl-min-label-indent'
4918     Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4919
4920 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4921   `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
4922   `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
4923   `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
4924   `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
4925   `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
4926
4927 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4928 corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
4929 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4930 \(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4931
4932 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4933 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4934 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4935 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4936 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4937 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4938 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4939
4940 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4941 column 0 is indented on
4942 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4943
4944 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4945 with no args.
4946
4947 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4948 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4949 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4950
4951 \(fn)" t nil)
4952
4953 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4954 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4955
4956 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4957
4958 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4959 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4960
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4962
4963 ;;;***
4964 \f
4965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4967
4968 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4969 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4970 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4971 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4972 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4973
4974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4977 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4978
4979 \(fn)" t nil)
4980
4981 ;;;***
4982 \f
4983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 0
4984 ;;;;;;  0))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4986
4987 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4988 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4989 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
4990 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4991
4992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4993 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4994
4995 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4996
4997 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4998 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5000 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5001 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5002
5003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5004
5005 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5006
5007 ;;;***
5008 \f
5009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5011
5012 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5013 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5014 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5015 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5016 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5017 matches the regexp `crm-separator'.  For example, if the separator
5018 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5019 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5020
5021 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5022 \"elements\".  In this example there are three elements.
5023
5024 Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5025 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5026 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5027
5028 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5029 with empty strings removed.
5030
5031 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5032
5033 ;;;***
5034 \f
5035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5036 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5038
5039 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5040 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5041
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5043
5044 ;;;***
5045 \f
5046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5047 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5049
5050 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5051 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5052 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5055 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5056
5057 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5058
5059 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5060 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5062 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5063 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5064
5065 CUA mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typed text
5066 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5067 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5068 bindings.  The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5069 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5070 normal function of these prefix keys.
5071
5072 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5073 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5074 options:
5075 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5076 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5077 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5078
5079 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5080 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5081 the prefix fallback behavior.
5082
5083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5084
5085 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5086 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5087
5088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5089
5090 ;;;***
5091 \f
5092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 53104
5093 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5095
5096 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5097 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5098 Activates the region if needed.  Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5099
5100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5101
5102 ;;;***
5103 \f
5104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5105 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5106
5107 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5108 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5109
5110 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5111
5112 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5113 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5114
5115 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5116
5117 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5118 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5119
5120 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5121
5122 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5123 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5124
5125 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5126 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5127
5128 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5129 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5130
5131 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5132
5133 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5134
5135 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5136 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5137 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5138
5139 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5140 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5141
5142 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5143 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5144
5145 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5146 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5147
5148 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5149
5150 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5151
5152 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5153 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5154 Return VALUE.
5155
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5157 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5158
5159 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5160 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5161
5162 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5163 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5164
5165 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5166
5167 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5168
5169 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5170 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5171 ELTS should be a list.  This function adds each entry to the
5172 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5173
5174 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5175 the resulting list value now.  Otherwise, add an entry to
5176 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5177
5178 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5179
5180 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5181 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5182 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5183 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5184 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5185
5186 \(fn)" t nil)
5187
5188 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5189 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5190 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5191 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5192
5193 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5196 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5197 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5198
5199 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5200
5201 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5202 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5203
5204 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5205
5206 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5207
5208 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5209 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5210
5211 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5212
5213 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5214
5215 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5216 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5217 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5218
5219 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5220
5221 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5222 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5223 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5224 as part of Emacs itself.
5225
5226 Each elements looks like this:
5227
5228      (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5229
5230 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5231 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5232 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5233 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5234 was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5235 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5236 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5237 and `defface'.
5238
5239 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5240
5241      (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5242                   '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5243                          (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5244                          (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5245                          (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5246
5247 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5248 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5249 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5250 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5251
5252 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5253
5254 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5255 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5256 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5257 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5258 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5259 release.
5260
5261 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5262 that were added or redefined since that version.
5263
5264 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5265
5266 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5268 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5269 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5270
5271 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5272
5273 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5274 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5275
5276 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5279 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5280 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5281
5282 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5283 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5284
5285 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5286
5287 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5288 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5289
5290 \(fn)" t nil)
5291
5292 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5293 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5294
5295 \(fn)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize all saved options and faces.
5299
5300 \(fn)" t nil)
5301
5302 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5303 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5304 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5305 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
5306 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of
5307 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5308
5309 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5310 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5311 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5312
5313 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5314
5315 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5316 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5317
5318 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5319
5320 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5322
5323 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5324
5325 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5326 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5327
5328 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5329
5330 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5331 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5332 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5333 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5334 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5335 that option.
5336 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5337
5338 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5339
5340 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5341 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5342 The result includes selecting that window.
5343 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5344 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5345 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5346 that option.
5347
5348 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5351 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5352
5353 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5354
5355 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5356 File used for storing customization information.
5357 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5358 as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5359 it should be an absolute file name.
5360
5361 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5362 last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5363 something like the following in your init file:
5364
5365 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5366 \(load custom-file)
5367
5368 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5369 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5370
5371 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5372 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5373 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5374 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5375 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5376
5377 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5378 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5379 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5380 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5381 present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5382 the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5383 want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5384 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5385 file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5386 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5387
5388 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5389
5390 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5391 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5392
5393 \(fn)" nil nil)
5394
5395 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5396 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5397
5398 \(fn)" t nil)
5399
5400 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5401 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5402 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5403
5404 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5405
5406 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5407 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5408 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5409 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5410 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5411
5412 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5413
5414 ;;;***
5415 \f
5416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5417 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5418
5419 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5420 Create or edit a custom theme.
5421 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.  If THEME
5422 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5423 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5424 from the Custom save file.
5425 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5426 named *Custom Theme*.
5427
5428 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5429
5430 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5431 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5432
5433 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5434
5435 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5436 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5437
5438 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5439
5440 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5441 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5442 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5443 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5444
5445 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5446
5447 ;;;***
5448 \f
5449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5450 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5452
5453 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5454 Mode used for cvs status output.
5455
5456 \(fn)" t nil)
5457
5458 ;;;***
5459 \f
5460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 0
5461 ;;;;;;  0))
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5463 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5464
5465 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5466 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5467
5468 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5469
5470 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5471 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
5472 C++ modes are included.
5473
5474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5475 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5476 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5477
5478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5479
5480 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5481
5482 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5483 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5484 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5487 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5488
5489 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5492 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5493 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5494 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5495 ARG is omitted or nil.
5496
5497 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5498 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5499 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5500
5501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5502
5503 ;;;***
5504 \f
5505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5506 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5508
5509 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5510 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5511
5512 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5513
5514 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5515 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5516
5517 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5518
5519 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5520 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5521 For readability, the table is slightly
5522 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5523
5524 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5525 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5526 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5527 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5528 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5529
5530 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5531
5532 ;;;***
5533 \f
5534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5536 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5537 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5538  (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5539  (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5540
5541 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5542 Completion on current word.
5543 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5544 and presents suggestions for completion.
5545
5546 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5547 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5548 completions.
5549
5550 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5551 then it searches *all* buffers.
5552
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5554
5555 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5556 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5557
5558 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5559 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5560 considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5561 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5562 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5563
5564 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5565 possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
5566
5567 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5568 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5569 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5570
5571 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5572 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5573
5574 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5575
5576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5577
5578 ;;;***
5579 \f
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5581 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5583
5584 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5585 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5586
5587 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5588
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21366 48109 32392 0))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5593
5594 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5595 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5596 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'.  HANDLER, being
5597 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5598 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5599
5600 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5601
5602 ;;;***
5603 \f
5604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5605 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5607
5608 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5609 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5610
5611 This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
5612 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5613 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5614
5615 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5616 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5617 Data lines are not indented.
5618
5619 Key bindings:
5620
5621 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5622 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5623
5624 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]         Save changed options
5625 \\[dcl-save-all-options]                Save all options
5626 \\[dcl-save-option]                     Save any option
5627 \\[dcl-save-mode]                       Save buffer mode
5628
5629 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5630
5631  dcl-basic-offset
5632     Extra indentation within blocks.
5633
5634  dcl-continuation-offset
5635     Extra indentation for continued lines.
5636
5637  dcl-margin-offset
5638     Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5639
5640  dcl-margin-label-offset
5641     Indentation for a label.
5642
5643  dcl-comment-line-regexp
5644     Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5645
5646  dcl-block-begin-regexp
5647  dcl-block-end-regexp
5648     Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5649     a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5650     Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5651     make it possible to define other places to indent.
5652     Set to nil to disable this feature.
5653
5654  dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5655     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5656     Two such functions are included in the package:
5657         dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5658         dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5659
5660  dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5661     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5662     One such function is included in the package:
5663         dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
5664
5665  dcl-tab-always-indent
5666     If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5667     If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5668     margin.
5669
5670  dcl-electric-characters
5671     Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5672     typed.
5673
5674  dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5675     Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5676     which words trigger electric indentation.
5677
5678  dcl-tempo-comma
5679  dcl-tempo-left-paren
5680  dcl-tempo-right-paren
5681     These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5682
5683  dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5684     Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
5685     SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5686     other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5687
5688  dcl-imenu-label-labels
5689  dcl-imenu-label-goto
5690  dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5691  dcl-imenu-label-call
5692     Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5693
5694 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5695 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5696 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5697 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5698
5699
5700 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5701
5702 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5703 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5704 $! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5705 $       i = 1
5706 $       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5707 $       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5708 $ label:
5709 $       if i.eq.1
5710 $       then
5711 $           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5712 $           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5713 $           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5714 $               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5715 $               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5716                        \"lined up with the command line\"
5717 $               type sys$input
5718 Data lines are not indented at all.
5719 $           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5720 $       endif
5721 $
5722
5723
5724 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5725 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5726
5727 \(fn)" t nil)
5728
5729 ;;;***
5730 \f
5731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5732 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5734
5735 (setq debugger 'debug)
5736
5737 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5738 Enter debugger.  \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5739 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5740 of the evaluator.
5741
5742 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5743 any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
5744 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5745
5746 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5749 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5750
5751 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5752
5753 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
5754 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
5755 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5756 its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5757 form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
5758 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5759
5760 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5761 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5762
5763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5764
5765 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5766 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5767 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5768 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5769 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5770
5771 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5776 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5778
5779 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5780 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5785 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5786 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5787 Upper-case letters are commands.
5788
5789 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5790 modify it.
5791
5792 The most useful commands are:
5793 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5794 \\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5795 \\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5796 \\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5797 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5798 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5799
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5801
5802 ;;;***
5803 \f
5804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5805 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5806 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5807
5808 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5809 Customization of `columns' group.
5810
5811 \(fn)" t nil)
5812
5813 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5814 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5815
5816 START and END delimits the text region.
5817
5818 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5819
5820 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5821 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5822
5823 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5824
5825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5826
5827 ;;;***
5828 \f
5829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5831
5832 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5833
5834 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5835 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5836 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5839 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5840
5841 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5842
5843 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5844 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5846 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
5847 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5848
5849 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5850 if the selection is active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5851 point regardless of any selection.
5852
5853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5854
5855 ;;;***
5856 \f
5857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5858 ;;;;;;  0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5860
5861 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5862 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5863
5864 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5865
5866 CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
5867 PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5868            or nil if there is no parent.
5869 NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5870 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5871            the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5872 BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
5873            hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
5874
5875 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
5876   arguments are currently understood:
5877 :group GROUP
5878         Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5879         The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5880 :syntax-table TABLE
5881         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5882         A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5883 :abbrev-table TABLE
5884         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5885         A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5886
5887 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5888
5889   (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5890
5891 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5892 without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
5893 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5894
5895 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5896 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5897
5898   (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5899     \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5900     (setq case-fold-search nil))
5901
5902 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5903 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5904
5905 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5906 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5907
5908 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5909
5910 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5911
5912 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5913
5914 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5915 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5916 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5917 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5918 the first time the mode is used.
5919
5920 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5921
5922 ;;;***
5923 \f
5924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 0
5925 ;;;;;;  0))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5927
5928 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5929 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5930 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5931 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5932 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5933 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5934 otherwise.
5935
5936 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5937
5938 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5939 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5940 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5941 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5942
5943 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5944 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5945 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5946
5947 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5948 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5949 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5950 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5951 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5952 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5953 relevant to POS.
5954
5955 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5956
5957 ;;;***
5958 \f
5959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
5960 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5961
5962 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5963 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5964 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5966 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5967 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5968
5969 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5970
5971 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5972 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5974 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5975 is omitted or nil.
5976
5977 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5978 one session to another.  In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5979 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save').  The next
5980 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5981
5982 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5983 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5984
5985 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5986 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5987
5988 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5989
5990 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5991
5992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5993
5994 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5995 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5996 The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
5997 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5998
5999 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6000
6001 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6002 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6003
6004 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6005 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6006 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6007
6008 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6009 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6010
6011 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6012 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6013 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6014
6015 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6016 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6017 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6018 evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6019
6020    (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6021
6022 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6023 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6024
6025 Handlers are called with argument list
6026
6027    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6028
6029 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6030
6031    `desktop-file-version'
6032    `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6033    `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6034    `desktop-buffer-point'
6035    `desktop-buffer-mark'
6036    `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6037    `desktop-buffer-locals'
6038
6039 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6040 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6041
6042 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6043 code like
6044
6045    (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6046    ...
6047    (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6048                 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6049
6050 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6051
6052 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6053
6054 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6055 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6056 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6057 List elements must have the form
6058
6059    (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6060
6061 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6062 function.
6063
6064 Handlers are called with argument list
6065
6066    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6067
6068 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6069
6070    `desktop-file-version'
6071    `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6072    `desktop-buffer-name'
6073    `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6074    `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6075    `desktop-buffer-point'
6076    `desktop-buffer-mark'
6077    `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6078    `desktop-buffer-misc'
6079
6080 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6081 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6082 created and set.
6083
6084 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6085 code like
6086
6087    (defun foo-desktop-restore
6088    ...
6089    (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6090                 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6091
6092 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6093
6094 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6095
6096 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6097
6098 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6099 Empty the Desktop.
6100 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6101 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6102 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6103 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6104 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6105 if different).
6106
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6108
6109 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6110 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6111 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6112 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6113 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6114 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6115
6116 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6117
6118 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6119 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6120 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6121
6122 \(fn)" t nil)
6123
6124 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6125 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6126 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6127 directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6128 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6129 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6130 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6131 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6132
6133 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6134
6135 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6136 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6137 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6138
6139 \(fn)" nil nil)
6140
6141 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6142
6143 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6144 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6145 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6146 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6147 directory DIRNAME.
6148
6149 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6150
6151 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6152 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6153
6154 \(fn)" t nil)
6155
6156 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6157 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6158
6159 \(fn)" t nil)
6160
6161 ;;;***
6162 \f
6163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6164 ;;;;;;  0 0))
6165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6166
6167 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6168 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6169 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6170 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6171 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6172 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6173
6174 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6175
6176 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6177 Repair a broken attribution line.
6178 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6179
6180 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6181
6182 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6183 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6184 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6185 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6186
6187 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6190 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6191
6192 \(fn)" t nil)
6193
6194 ;;;***
6195 \f
6196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6197 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
6198 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6199
6200 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6201 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6202 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6203 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6204 does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6205
6206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6209 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6210 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6211 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6212
6213 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6214 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at).  Note that
6215 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6216 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6217
6218 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6219 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6220
6221 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6222       diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6223       calendar-date-style 'european
6224       diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6225
6226 \(diary-mail-entries)
6227
6228 # diary-rem.el ends here
6229
6230 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6231
6232 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6233 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6234
6235 \(fn)" t nil)
6236
6237 ;;;***
6238 \f
6239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6240 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6241
6242 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6243 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6244
6245 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6246
6247 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6248 The command to use to run diff.")
6249
6250 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6251
6252 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6253 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6254 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6255 minibuffer.  The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6256 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6257 exists.  If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6258
6259 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6260 interactively for diff switches.  Otherwise, the switches
6261 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6262
6263 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6266 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6267 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6268 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6269 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6270 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6271
6272 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6275 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6276
6277 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6278
6279 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6280 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6281 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6282
6283 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6284
6285 ;;;***
6286 \f
6287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6288 ;;;;;;  0 0))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6290
6291 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6292 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6293 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6294 normal diffs.
6295
6296 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6297 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6298 headers for you on-the-fly.
6299
6300 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6301 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6302 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6303
6304    \\{diff-mode-map}
6305
6306 \(fn)" t nil)
6307
6308 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6309 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6311 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6313
6314 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6315
6316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6317
6318 ;;;***
6319 \f
6320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6322
6323 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6324 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6325 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6326
6327 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6328
6329 ;;;***
6330 \f
6331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21356 47422 369946 0))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6333
6334 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6335 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6336 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6337 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6338 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6339 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6340 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6341 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6342
6343 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6344
6345 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6346 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6347 Local to each Dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6348 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6349 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6350  (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6351
6352 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6353 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6354 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6355 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6356 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6357 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6358 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6359 list of files to make directory entries for.
6360 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6361 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6362 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6363
6364 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6365
6366 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6367  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6368
6369 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6370 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6371
6372 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6373  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6374
6375 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6376 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6377
6378 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6379
6380 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6381 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6382
6383 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6384
6385 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6386 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6387 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6388   (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6389   Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6390 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6391   compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6392   and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6393   files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6394   by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6395 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6396 The buffer is read-only.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6397 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6398 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6399   Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6400   if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6401   the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6402   to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6403   Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6404   to see why something went wrong.
6405 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6406 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6407 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6408 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6409   (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6410 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6411 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6412 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6413 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6414 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6415 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6416   This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6417 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6418
6419 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6420 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6421 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6422 again for the directory tree.
6423
6424 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6425 for more info):
6426
6427   `dired-listing-switches'
6428   `dired-trivial-filenames'
6429   `dired-marker-char'
6430   `dired-del-marker'
6431   `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6432   `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6433   `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6434   `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6435
6436 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6437
6438   `dired-before-readin-hook'
6439   `dired-after-readin-hook'
6440   `dired-mode-hook'
6441   `dired-load-hook'
6442
6443 Keybindings:
6444 \\{dired-mode-map}
6445
6446 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6447  (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6448
6449 ;;;***
6450 \f
6451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6453
6454 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6455 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6457 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6458 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6459
6460 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6461 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6462 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6463
6464 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6465 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6466 directory.
6467
6468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6469
6470 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6471 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6472 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'.  It looks for
6473 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6474 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6475 from `default-directory'.
6476
6477 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6478
6479 ;;;***
6480 \f
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6482 ;;;;;;  0 0))
6483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6484
6485 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6486 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6487 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6488 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6489 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6490 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6491
6492 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6493
6494 ;;;***
6495 \f
6496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 0
6497 ;;;;;;  0))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6499
6500 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6501 Return a new, empty display table.
6502
6503 \(fn)" nil nil)
6504
6505 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6506 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6507 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6508 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6509 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6510
6511 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6512
6513 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6514 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6515 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6516 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6517 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6518
6519 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6520
6521 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6522 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6523
6524 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6525
6526 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6527 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6528
6529 \(fn)" t nil)
6530
6531 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6532 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6533
6534 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6535 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6536
6537 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6538 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6539 byte.
6540
6541 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6542 in the default way after this call.
6543
6544 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6547 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6548
6549 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6552 Display character C using printable string S.
6553
6554 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6557 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6558 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6559 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6560
6561 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6562
6563 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6564 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6565 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6566 X frame.
6567
6568 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6571 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6572
6573 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6574
6575 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6576 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6577
6578 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6579
6580 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6581 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6582
6583 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6584
6585 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6586 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6587
6588 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6589
6590 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6591 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6592
6593 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6594
6595 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6596 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6597
6598 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6599 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6600
6601 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6602 disables it if negative.  Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6603
6604 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6605 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
6606 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6607 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6608
6609 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6610 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6611 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6612 in `.emacs'.
6613
6614 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6615
6616 ;;;***
6617 \f
6618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6619 ;;;;;;  0 0))
6620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6621
6622 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6623 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6624 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6625 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6626 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6627 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6628 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6629 Default is 2.
6630
6631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6632
6633 ;;;***
6634 \f
6635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6636 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6637
6638 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6639 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6640 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6641 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6642 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6643 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6644 private or ask).
6645 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6646 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6647 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6648 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6649 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6650
6651 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6656 ;;;;;;  0 0))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6658
6659 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6660 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6661 This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
6662 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6663 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6664 variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
6665 table and its own syntax table.
6666
6667 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6668
6669 \(fn)" t nil)
6670  (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6671
6672 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6673 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6674
6675 \(fn)" t nil)
6676
6677 ;;;***
6678 \f
6679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21312 16713 0 0))
6680 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6681
6682 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6683 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6684 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6685 OpenDocument format).
6686
6687 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6688
6689 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6690 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6691
6692 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer.  It displays PDF, PS
6693 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6694
6695 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6696 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6697 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6698
6699 \(fn)" t nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6702 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6703 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6704 to the next best mode.
6705
6706 \(fn)" nil nil)
6707
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6711 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6713
6714 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6715
6716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6717
6718 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6719
6720
6721 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6722
6723 ;;;***
6724 \f
6725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6727
6728 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6729 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6730
6731 \(fn)" t nil)
6732
6733 ;;;***
6734 \f
6735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6737
6738 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6739 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6741 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6742 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6743
6744 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6745 strings when pressed twice.  See `double-map' for details.
6746
6747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6748
6749 ;;;***
6750 \f
6751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6752 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6753 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6754
6755 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6756 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6757
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759
6760 ;;;***
6761 \f
6762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6763 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
6764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6765
6766 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6767
6768 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6769 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6770 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6771 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6772 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6773
6774 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6775 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6776 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6777 and disables it otherwise.
6778
6779 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6780 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6781 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6782 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6783
6784 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6785 documenting what its argument does.
6786
6787 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6788 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6789 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6790   If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6791   or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6792   arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.  If you supply a KEYMAP
6793   argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6794   MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6795
6796 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6797   It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6798   Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6799   alternating keywords and values.  These following special keywords
6800   are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6801   mode is global):
6802
6803 :group GROUP    Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6804                 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6805                 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6806                 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6807 :global GLOBAL  If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6808                 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6809                 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6810 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6811                 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6812 :lighter SPEC   Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6813 :keymap MAP     Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6814 :require SYM    Same as in `defcustom'.
6815 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6816                 the state of the mode.  This can be simply a different
6817                 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6818                 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6819                 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6820                 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6821                 sets it.  If you specify a :variable, this function does
6822                 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6823                 in :variable).
6824
6825 :after-hook     A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6826                 have been run.  It should not be quoted.
6827
6828 For example, you could write
6829   (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6830     :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6831     ...BODY CODE...)
6832
6833 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6834
6835 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6836
6837 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6838
6839 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6840
6841 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6842 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6843 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6844   and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6845 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
6846   defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6847   ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6848   which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6849   The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6850   `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6851   or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6852   are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6853
6854 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6855 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6856 correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
6857 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6858 call another major mode in their body.
6859
6860 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6861 after running the major mode's hook.  However, MODE is not turned
6862 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6863
6864 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6865
6866 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6867
6868 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6870 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6871 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6872 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6873 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6874 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6875
6876 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6877
6878   :name      Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6879   :dense     Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6880   :inherit   Parent keymap.
6881   :group     Ignored.
6882   :suppress  Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6883              'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6884
6885 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6886
6887 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6888 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6889 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function.  DOC is
6890 the constant's documentation.
6891
6892 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6893
6894 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6896 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6897
6898 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6899
6900 ;;;***
6901 \f
6902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6903 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
6904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6905
6906 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6907 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6908 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6909 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6910
6911 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6912 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6913 as a top-level menu bar item.
6914
6915 The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar
6916 item name.  It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6917 pairs:
6918
6919  :filter FUNCTION
6920     FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6921     argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6922     items to actually display.
6923
6924  :visible INCLUDE
6925     INCLUDE is an expression.  The menu is visible if the
6926     expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:included' is an
6927     alias for `:visible'.
6928
6929  :active ENABLE
6930     ENABLE is an expression.  The menu is enabled for selection
6931     if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:enable' is
6932     an alias for `:active'.
6933
6934 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6935 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6936
6937   [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6938
6939 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6940
6941 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6942 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6943
6944 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6945 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6946
6947 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6948
6949    [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6950
6951 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6952 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6953
6954  :keys KEYS
6955     KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6956     This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6957     usually computed automatically.  KEYS is expanded with
6958     `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6959
6960  :key-sequence KEYS
6961     KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6962     menu.  It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6963     keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6964     vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6965
6966  :active ENABLE
6967     ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6968     whenever this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an
6969     alias for `:active'.
6970
6971  :visible INCLUDE
6972     INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6973     expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for
6974     `:visible'.
6975
6976  :label FORM
6977     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6978     value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6979
6980  :suffix FORM
6981     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6982     value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6983
6984  :style STYLE
6985     STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6986     be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6987     other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6988
6989  :selected SELECTED
6990     SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6991     selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6992
6993  :help HELP
6994     HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6995
6996 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string.  Then that string
6997 appears in the menu as unselectable text.  A string consisting
6998 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6999
7000 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7001 MENU.  This is a submenu.
7002
7003 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7004
7005 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7006
7007 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7008
7009
7010 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7011
7012 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7013 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7014 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7015 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7016
7017 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7018
7019 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7020 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7021 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7022 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7023 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7024 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7025
7026 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7027 menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7028 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7029
7030 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7031 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7032 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7033
7034 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7035 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7036
7037 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7038
7039 ;;;***
7040 \f
7041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7042 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7044 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7045
7046 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7047 Customization for ebnf group.
7048
7049 \(fn)" t nil)
7050
7051 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7053
7054 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7055
7056 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7057 processed.
7058
7059 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7060
7061 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7062
7063 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7064 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7065
7066 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7067 killed after process termination.
7068
7069 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7070
7071 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7072
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7075
7076 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7077 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7078 it to the printer.
7079
7080 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7081 is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
7082 the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
7083 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7084
7085 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7086
7087 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7088 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7090
7091 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7092
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7095
7096 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7097
7098 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7099 processed.
7100
7101 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7102
7103 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7104
7105 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7106 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7107
7108 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7109 killed after process termination.
7110
7111 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7112
7113 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7114
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7117 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7118 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7119
7120 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7121
7122 \(fn)" t nil)
7123
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7126 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7127
7128 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7129
7130 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7134
7135 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7136
7137 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7138 processed.
7139
7140 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7141
7142 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7145 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7146
7147 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7148 killed after EPS generation.
7149
7150 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7151
7152 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7153
7154 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7155 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7156
7157 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7158 The EPS file name has the following form:
7159
7160    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7161
7162 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7163              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7164
7165 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7166              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7167              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7168              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7169              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7170
7171 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7172          files.
7173
7174 \(fn)" t nil)
7175
7176 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7178
7179 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7180 The EPS file name has the following form:
7181
7182    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7183
7184 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7185              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7186
7187 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7188              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7189              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7190              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7191              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7192
7193 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7194          files.
7195
7196 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7197
7198 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7199
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7202
7203 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7204
7205 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7206 are processed.
7207
7208 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7209
7210 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7214
7215 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7216 killed after syntax checking.
7217
7218 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7219
7220 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7224
7225 \(fn)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7229
7230 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7234
7235 \(fn)" nil nil)
7236
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7239
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7241
7242 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7246
7247 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7248
7249 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7250
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Delete style NAME.
7253
7254 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7255
7256 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7260
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7262
7263 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Set STYLE as the current style.
7267
7268 Returns the old style symbol.
7269
7270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7271
7272 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7273
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Reset current style.
7276
7277 Returns the old style symbol.
7278
7279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7280
7281 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7285
7286 Returns the old style symbol.
7287
7288 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7289
7290 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7291
7292 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7293
7294 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7295 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7296
7297 Returns the old style symbol.
7298
7299 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7300
7301 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7302
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7304
7305 ;;;***
7306 \f
7307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7308 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7312 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7313 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7314 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7315 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7316 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7317
7318 Tree mode key bindings:
7319 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7324 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7325
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7329 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7330
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7334 View declaration of member at point.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7339 Find declaration of member at point.
7340
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7344 View definition of member at point.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7349 Find definition of member at point.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7354 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7355
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7359 View definition of member at point in other window.
7360
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7364 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7365
7366 \(fn)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7369 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7370
7371 \(fn)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7374 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7375
7376 \(fn)" t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7379 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7380
7381 \(fn)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7384 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7385 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7386 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7387 completion.
7388
7389 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7392 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7393 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7394 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7395
7396 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7399 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7400 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7401 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7402
7403 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7406 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7407 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7408
7409 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7412 Search for call sites of a member.
7413 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7414 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7415 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7416 looks like a function call to the member.
7417
7418 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7421 Move backward in the position stack.
7422 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7423
7424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7427 Move forward in the position stack.
7428 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7429
7430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7433 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7434
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7438 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7439
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7443 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7444 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7445 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7446
7447 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7450 Display statistics for a class tree.
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 ;;;***
7455 \f
7456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
7457 ;;;;;;  0))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7459
7460 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7461 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7462 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7463 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7464 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7465 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7466 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7467
7468 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7469
7470 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7471 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7472   configuration.  If the very first character typed is a space, it
7473   also has this effect.
7474 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7475   Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7476   deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7477 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7478 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7479 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7480 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7481 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7482 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7483 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7484
7485 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7486
7487 ;;;***
7488 \f
7489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7490 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7491
7492 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7493 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7494 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7495
7496 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7497
7498 ;;;***
7499 \f
7500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7501 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7503
7504 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7505
7506
7507 \(fn)" nil nil)
7508
7509 ;;;***
7510 \f
7511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7513 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7514
7515 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7516 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7517 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7520 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7521
7522 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7523
7524 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7525 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7527 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
7528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7529
7530 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7531 an EDE controlled project.
7532
7533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7534
7535 ;;;***
7536 \f
7537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 53104
7538 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7540
7541 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7542 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7543 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7544 `eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
7545 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7546
7547 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7548 variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7549 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7550 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7551
7552 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7553
7554 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7555 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7556 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7557 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7558
7559 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7560
7561 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7562 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7563 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7564 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7565
7566 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7567
7568 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7569
7570 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7571 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7572 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7573 before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
7574 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7575
7576 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7577 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7578 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later.  It displays
7579 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7580 instrumented for Edebug.
7581
7582 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7583 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7584 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7585 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7586 already is one.)
7587
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7589
7590 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7591 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7592
7593 \(fn)" t nil)
7594
7595 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7596 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7597
7598 \(fn)" t nil)
7599
7600 ;;;***
7601 \f
7602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21307 46976 0 0))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7604 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7605
7606 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7607 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7608
7609 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7610
7611 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7613
7614 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7615
7616 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7617
7618 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7619
7620 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7621 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7622 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'.  If there is
7623 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7624
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7626
7627 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7628 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7629 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7630 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7631
7632 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7633
7634 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7635 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7636
7637 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7643
7644 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7645
7646 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7647
7648 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7649 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7650 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7651 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7652
7653 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7654
7655 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7656
7657 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7658 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7659 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7660 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7661
7662 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7663
7664 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7665
7666 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7667 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7668 have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7669 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7670
7671 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7672
7673 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7674
7675 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7677 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7678 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7679
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7681
7682 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7683
7684 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7685 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7686 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
7687 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7688 without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7689 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7690
7691 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7692
7693 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7695 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7696 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7697
7698 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7704 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7705 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7706
7707 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7708
7709 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7710
7711 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7712
7713 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7714 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7715 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7716 follows:
7717 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7718 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7719
7720 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7721
7722 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7723 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7724 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7725 follows:
7726 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7727 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7728
7729 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7730
7731 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7732 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7733 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7734 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7735 lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7736
7737 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7741 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7742 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7743 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7744 lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7745
7746 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7747
7748 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7749
7750 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7751 Merge two files without ancestor.
7752
7753 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7754
7755 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7756 Merge two files with ancestor.
7757
7758 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7759
7760 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7761
7762 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7763 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7764
7765 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7766
7767 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7768 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7769
7770 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7771
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7774 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7775 buffer.
7776
7777 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7778
7779 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7781 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7782 buffer.
7783
7784 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7787 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7788 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7789 and don't ask the user.
7790 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7791 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7792
7793 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7794
7795 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7797 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7798 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7799 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7800 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7801 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7802 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7803
7804 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7805
7806 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7807
7808 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7812 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7813 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7814 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7815
7816 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7817
7818 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7819
7820 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7821 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7822 When called interactively, displays the version.
7823
7824 \(fn)" t nil)
7825
7826 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7827 Display Ediff's manual.
7828 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7829
7830 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7843
7844
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7848
7849
7850 \(fn)" nil nil)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7853
7854
7855 \(fn)" nil nil)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7858
7859
7860 \(fn)" nil nil)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7863
7864
7865 \(fn)" nil nil)
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7868
7869
7870 \(fn)" nil nil)
7871
7872 ;;;***
7873 \f
7874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7875 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7879
7880
7881 \(fn)" t nil)
7882
7883 ;;;***
7884 \f
7885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21291 53104
7886 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7890 Display Ediff's registry.
7891
7892 \(fn)" t nil)
7893
7894 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7895
7896 ;;;***
7897 \f
7898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7899 ;;;;;;  0 0))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7901
7902 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7903 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7904 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7905 which see.
7906
7907 \(fn)" t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7910 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7911 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7912 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7913
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7915
7916 ;;;***
7917 \f
7918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7920 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7921
7922 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7923 Edit a keyboard macro.
7924 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7925 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7926 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7927 its command name.
7928 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7929
7930 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7931
7932 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7933 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7934
7935 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7936
7937 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7938 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7939
7940 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7941
7942 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7943 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7944 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7945 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7946 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7947 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7948
7949 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7950 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7951 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7952 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7953
7954 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7955
7956 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7957 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7958 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7959 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7960 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
7961 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7962
7963 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7964
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7969
7970 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7971 Set scroll margins.
7972 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7973 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7974
7975 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7976
7977 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7978 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7979
7980 \(fn)" t nil)
7981
7982 ;;;***
7983 \f
7984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7986
7987 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7988 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7989 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7990 contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
7991 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
7992 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7993 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7994
7995 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7996 the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7997
7998 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7999 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8000 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'.  The window's height will
8001 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8002
8003 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8004 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8005 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8006
8007 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8008 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8009 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8010
8011 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8012
8013 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8014
8015
8016 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8017
8018 ;;;***
8019 \f
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21364 41525
8021 ;;;;;;  730218 0))
8022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8023 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8024
8025 ;;;***
8026 \f
8027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8028 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8030 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8031
8032 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8033 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8034 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8035 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8036 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8037 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8038 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8039
8040 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8041
8042 ;;;***
8043 \f
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8045 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8047
8048 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8049 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8050
8051 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8052
8053 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8054 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8056 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8057 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8058
8059 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the echo
8060 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8061 text where point is.  If point is on a documented variable, it
8062 displays the first line of that variable's doc string.  Otherwise
8063 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8064 expression point is on.
8065
8066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8067
8068 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8069
8070 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8071 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8072 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8073 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8074 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8075 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8076 arg list.
8077
8078 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8079 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8080 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8081 effect.
8082
8083 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8084 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8085
8086 ;;;***
8087 \f
8088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
8089 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8090
8091 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8092 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8093
8094 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8095 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8096 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8097
8098 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8099
8100 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8101 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8102 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8105 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8106
8107 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8108
8109 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8110 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8112 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8114
8115 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typing
8116 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8117 closing parenthesis.  (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8118
8119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8120
8121 ;;;***
8122 \f
8123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 0
8124 ;;;;;;  0))
8125 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8126
8127 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8128 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8129
8130 The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8131 an elided material again.
8132
8133 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8134
8135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8136
8137 ;;;***
8138 \f
8139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8140 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8142
8143 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8144 Lint the file FILE.
8145
8146 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8149 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8150 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8151
8152 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8155 Lint the current buffer.
8156 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8157
8158 \(fn)" t nil)
8159
8160 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8161 Lint the function at point.
8162 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8163
8164 \(fn)" t nil)
8165
8166 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8167 Initialize elint.
8168 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8169 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8170
8171 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8172
8173 ;;;***
8174 \f
8175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8177
8178 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8179 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8180 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8181
8182 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8183
8184 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8185 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8186 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8187 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8188
8189 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8190
8191 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8192 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8193 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8194
8195     \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8196
8197 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8200 Display current profiling results.
8201 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8202 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8203 displayed.
8204
8205 \(fn)" t nil)
8206
8207 ;;;***
8208 \f
8209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 0
8210 ;;;;;;  0))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8212
8213 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8214 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8215 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8216 to be used.  With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8217 positive, off otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8218 ARG is omitted or nil.
8219
8220 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8221 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8222 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8223 used instead.
8224
8225 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8226
8227  exit   -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8228  kill   -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8229  all    -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8230
8231 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8232
8233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8234
8235 ;;;***
8236 \f
8237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 0
8238 ;;;;;;  0))
8239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8240
8241 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8242 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8243 Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8244
8245 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8246
8247 ;;;***
8248 \f
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 20664 637808
8250 ;;;;;;  0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8252
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8254 Run Emerge on two files.
8255
8256 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8259 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8260
8261 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8264 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8265
8266 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8269 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8270
8271 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8274
8275
8276 \(fn)" nil nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8279
8280
8281 \(fn)" nil nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8284
8285
8286 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8289
8290
8291 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8294 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8295
8296 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8299 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8300
8301 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8304
8305
8306 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8307
8308 ;;;***
8309 \f
8310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8311 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8313
8314 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8315 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8316 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8317 text/enriched format.
8318
8319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8320 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8321 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8322
8323 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8324
8325 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8326 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8327
8328 Commands:
8329
8330 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8331
8332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8333
8334 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8335
8336
8337 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8340
8341
8342 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8343
8344 ;;;***
8345 \f
8346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8348
8349 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8350 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8351
8352 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8355 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8356
8357 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8360 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8361 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8362 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8363 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys.  If it is nil, all
8364 the keys are listed.
8365 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8366
8367 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8368
8369 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8370 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8371 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8372
8373 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8376 Verify FILE.
8377
8378 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8381 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8382
8383 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8386 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8387
8388 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8391 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8392
8393 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8394 It should return that buffer.  If it copies the input, it should
8395 delete the text now being decrypted.  It should leave point at the
8396 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8397
8398 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8399 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8400 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8401 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8402 should consider using the string based counterpart
8403 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8404 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8405
8406 For example:
8407
8408 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8409   (decode-coding-string
8410     (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8411     'utf-8))
8412
8413 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8416 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8417
8418 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8419 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8420
8421 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8422
8423 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8424 Verify the current region between START and END.
8425
8426 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8427 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8428 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8429 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8430 should consider using the string based counterpart
8431 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8432 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8433
8434 For example:
8435
8436 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8437   (decode-coding-string
8438     (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8439     'utf-8))
8440
8441 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8442
8443 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8444 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8445 between START and END.
8446
8447 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8448 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8449
8450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8453 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8454
8455 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8456 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8457 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8458 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8459 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8460 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8461
8462 For example:
8463
8464 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8465   (epg-sign-string
8466     context
8467     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8468
8469 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8470
8471 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8472 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8473
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8476 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8477 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8478 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8479 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8480
8481 For example:
8482
8483 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8484   (epg-encrypt-string
8485     context
8486     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8487     nil))
8488
8489 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8492 Delete selected KEYS.
8493
8494 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8495
8496 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8497 Import keys from FILE.
8498
8499 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8502 Import keys from the region.
8503
8504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8507 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8508 between START and END.
8509
8510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8513 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8514
8515 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8518 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8519
8520 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8521
8522 ;;;***
8523 \f
8524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8528 Decrypt marked files.
8529
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8531
8532 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8533 Verify marked files.
8534
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8536
8537 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8538 Sign marked files.
8539
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8543 Encrypt marked files.
8544
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8546
8547 ;;;***
8548 \f
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8553
8554
8555 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8558
8559
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8563
8564
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8566
8567 ;;;***
8568 \f
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8570 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8571
8572 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8573 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8575 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8577
8578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8579
8580 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8581 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8582 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8583
8584 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8585
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8587
8588 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8589 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8590 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8591
8592 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8593
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8595
8596 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8597 Sign the current buffer.
8598 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8599
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601
8602 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8603
8604 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8605 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8606 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8607 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8608 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8609 and also whether and how to sign.
8610
8611 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8612 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8613 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8614
8615 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8616
8617 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8620 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8621 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8622
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8626
8627 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8628 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8629 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8631 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8632 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8633
8634 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8637 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8639 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8640 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8641
8642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8643
8644 ;;;***
8645 \f
8646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8648 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8649
8650 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8651 Return a context object.
8652
8653 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8654
8655 ;;;***
8656 \f
8657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 0
8658 ;;;;;;  0))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8660
8661 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8662 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8663
8664 \(fn)" nil nil)
8665
8666 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8667 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8668
8669 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8670
8671 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8672 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8673
8674 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8680 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8681
8682 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8683 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8684
8685 \(fn)" nil nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8688 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8689 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8690
8691 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8692
8693 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8694    (server (erc-compute-server))
8695    (port   (erc-compute-port))
8696    (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
8697    password
8698    (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8699
8700 That is, if called with
8701
8702    (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8703
8704 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8705 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8706 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8707
8708 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8709
8710 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8711
8712 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8713 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8714 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8715
8716 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8719 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8720 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8721 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8722
8723 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8724
8725 ;;;***
8726 \f
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8728 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8730  (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8735 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8737  (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8742 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8744  (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8745
8746 ;;;***
8747 \f
8748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8749 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8751  (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8752
8753 ;;;***
8754 \f
8755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8757  (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8758
8759 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8760 Parser for /dcc command.
8761 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8762 handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8763 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8764
8765 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8766
8767 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8768 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8769
8770 \(fn)" nil nil)
8771
8772 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8773 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8774
8775 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8776 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8777 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8778 that subcommand.
8779
8780 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8781
8782 ;;;***
8783 \f
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8785 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8787 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8788
8789 ;;;***
8790 \f
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8792 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
8793 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8794
8795 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8796 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8797
8798 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8799
8800 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8801 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8802 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8803 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8804
8805 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808
8809
8810 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8814
8815 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8819
8820 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8823 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8824
8825 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8826
8827 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8829
8830 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8834
8835 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8836
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8838 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8839
8840 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8841
8842 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8843 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8844
8845 \(fn)" nil nil)
8846
8847 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8848 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8849
8850 \(fn)" nil nil)
8851
8852 ;;;***
8853 \f
8854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 0
8855 ;;;;;;  0))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8857  (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8858
8859 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8860 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8861 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8862
8863 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864
8865 ;;;***
8866 \f
8867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8868 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8870  (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8871
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8873 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8874 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8875 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8876 run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8877 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8878 system.
8879
8880 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8881
8882 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8883
8884
8885 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8886
8887 ;;;***
8888 \f
8889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8890 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8892
8893 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8894
8895
8896 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897
8898 ;;;***
8899 \f
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 0
8901 ;;;;;;  0))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8903  (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8904
8905 ;;;***
8906 \f
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 0
8908 ;;;;;;  0))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8910  (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8911
8912 ;;;***
8913 \f
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8916  (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8917
8918 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8919 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8920 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8921 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8922 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8923 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8924
8925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8928 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8929 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8930 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8931
8932 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8933 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8934 automatically.
8935
8936 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8937 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8938
8939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8944 ;;;;;;  0 0))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8946  (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8949 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8954 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8955
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8959 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8960
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8964 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8965
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8969 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8970
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8974 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8975
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8979 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8985
8986 \(fn)" t nil)
8987
8988 ;;;***
8989 \f
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
8991 ;;;;;;  0))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8993  (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
8998 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9000  (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9003 Show who's gone.
9004
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9006
9007 ;;;***
9008 \f
9009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9010 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9012
9013 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9014 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9015 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9016 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9017
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019
9020 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9021 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9022
9023 \(fn)" t nil)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9028 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9030  (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9031
9032 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9033 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9034 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9035 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9036
9037 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9038
9039 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9040
9041
9042 \(fn)" nil nil)
9043
9044 ;;;***
9045 \f
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 0
9047 ;;;;;;  0))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9049  (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9050
9051 ;;;***
9052 \f
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9054 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9056  (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9057
9058 ;;;***
9059 \f
9060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9061 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9063  (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9064
9065 ;;;***
9066 \f
9067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 0
9068 ;;;;;;  0))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9070  (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9071
9072 ;;;***
9073 \f
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9075 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9077  (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9078
9079 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9080 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9081
9082 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9083
9084 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9085 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9086 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9087
9088 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9089
9090 ;;;***
9091 \f
9092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9093 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9095  (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9100 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9102
9103 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9104 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9105 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9106
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9108
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9112 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9114  (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9115
9116 ;;;***
9117 \f
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9119 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9121  (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9122
9123 ;;;***
9124 \f
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 53104
9126 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9128
9129 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9130 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9131 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9132
9133 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9134
9135 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9136 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9138 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
9139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9140
9141 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode.  It exists for the
9142 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9143 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9144 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9145
9146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9147  (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9152 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9154  (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9155
9156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9157 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9158 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9159 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9160
9161 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9162
9163 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9164 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9165 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9166
9167 \(fn)" t nil)
9168
9169 ;;;***
9170 \f
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 0
9172 ;;;;;;  0))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9174  (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9175
9176 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9177 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9178
9179 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9185
9186 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9187 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9188
9189 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run.  It should
9190 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9191
9192 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9193 useful for assertions in BODY.
9194
9195 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9196
9197 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9198 using :expected-result.  See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9199 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9200
9201 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9202
9203 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9204
9205 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9206
9207 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9208 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9209
9210 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9211 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9212 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9213 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9214
9215 Returns the stats object.
9216
9217 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9218
9219 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9220 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9221
9222 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9223 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9224 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9225 the tests).
9226
9227 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9228
9229 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9230 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9231
9232 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9233 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9234 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9235 and how to display message.
9236
9237 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9238
9239 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9240
9241 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9242 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9243
9244 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9249 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9251
9252 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9253
9254 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9255 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9256
9257 \(fn)" t nil)
9258
9259 ;;;***
9260 \f
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9262 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9264
9265 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9266 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9267
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9269
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 0
9273 ;;;;;;  0))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9275 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9276
9277 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9278 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9279 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9280 `eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9281 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9282 will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9283 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9284 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9285 buffer selected (or created).
9286
9287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9288
9289 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9290 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9291 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9292
9293 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9294
9295 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9296 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9297 The result might be any Lisp object.
9298 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9299 command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9300 corresponding to a successful execution.
9301
9302 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9303
9304 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9305
9306 ;;;***
9307 \f
9308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 0
9309 ;;;;;;  0))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9311
9312 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9313 File name of tags table.
9314 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9315 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9316 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9317  (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9318  (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9319
9320 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9321 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9322 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9323 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9324
9325 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9326
9327 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9328 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9329 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9330 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9331 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9332 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9333
9334 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9335
9336 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9337 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9338 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9339
9340 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9341
9342 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9343 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9344 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9345 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9346 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9347
9348 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9349
9350 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9351 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9352 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9353 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9354
9355 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9356
9357 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9358 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9359 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9360 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9361 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9362
9363 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9364
9365 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9366 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9367
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9369
9370 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9371 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9372 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9373 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9374
9375 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9376 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9377 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9378 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9379 file the tag was in.
9380
9381 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9382
9383 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9384 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9385 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9386 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9387 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9388  just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9389 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9390  `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9391 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9392
9393 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9394
9395 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9396 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9397 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9398 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9399 without directory names.
9400
9401 \(fn)" nil nil)
9402  (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9403   (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9404       (progn
9405         (load "etags")
9406         (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9407
9408 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9409 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9410 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9411 but does not select the buffer.
9412 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9413
9414 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9415 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9416 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9417 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9418 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9419
9420 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9421
9422 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9423 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9424 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9425
9426 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9427
9428 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9429
9430 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9431 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9432 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9433 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9434
9435 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9436 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9437 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9438 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9439 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9440
9441 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9442
9443 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9444 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9445 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9446
9447 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9448
9449 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9450  (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9451
9452 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9453 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9454 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9455 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9456 around or before point.
9457
9458 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9459 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9460 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9461 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9462 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9463
9464 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9465
9466 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9467 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9468 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9469
9470 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9471
9472 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9473  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9474
9475 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9476 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9477 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9478 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9479 around or before point.
9480
9481 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9482 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9483 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9484 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9485 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9486
9487 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9488
9489 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9490 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9491 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9492
9493 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9494
9495 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9496  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9497
9498 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9499 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9500 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9501
9502 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9503 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9504 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9505 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9506 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9507
9508 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9509
9510 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9511 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9512 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9513
9514 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9515
9516 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9517  (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9518  (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9519
9520 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9521 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9522
9523 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9524 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9525 where they were found.
9526
9527 \(fn)" t nil)
9528
9529 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9530 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9531
9532 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9533 beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9534 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9535
9536 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9537  to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9538
9539 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9540 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9541
9542 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9543
9544 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9545 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9546 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9547 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9548
9549 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9550 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9551 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9552 evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9553 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9554
9555 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9556  (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9557
9558 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9559 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9560 Stops when a match is found.
9561 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9562
9563 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9564 evaluated, will return a list of file names.  The search will be
9565 restricted to these files.
9566
9567 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9568
9569 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9570
9571 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9572 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9573 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9574 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9575 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9576 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9577 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9578 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9579
9580 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9581 produce the list of files to search.
9582
9583 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9584
9585 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9586
9587 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9588 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9589 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9590 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9591 directory specification.
9592
9593 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9594
9595 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9596 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9597
9598 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9601 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9602 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9603 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9604
9605 \(fn)" t nil)
9606
9607 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9608 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9609 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9610 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9611 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9612
9613 \(fn)" t nil)
9614
9615 ;;;***
9616 \f
9617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9618 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9620
9621 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9622
9623
9624 \(fn)" nil nil)
9625
9626 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9627 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9628
9629 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9630 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9631
9632 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9633 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9634 primary language.
9635
9636 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9637 even if the buffer is read-only.
9638
9639 See also the descriptions of the variables
9640 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9641
9642 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9645 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9646
9647 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9648 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9649
9650 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9651 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9652 primary language.
9653
9654 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9655 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9656
9657 See also the descriptions of the variables
9658 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9659
9660 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9661
9662 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9663 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9664 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9665 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9666
9667 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9668
9669 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9670 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9671 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9672 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9673
9674 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9675 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9676 primary language.
9677
9678 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9679 buffer is read-only.
9680
9681 See also the descriptions of the variables
9682 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9683 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9684
9685 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9686
9687 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9688 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9689
9690 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9691 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9692
9693 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9694 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9695 the primary language.
9696
9697 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9698 buffer is read-only.
9699
9700 See also the descriptions of the variables
9701 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9702 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9703
9704 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9705
9706 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9707 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9708 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9709
9710 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9711
9712 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9713 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9714
9715 \(fn)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9718 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9719
9720 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9721 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9722 be 1, 2, or 3.
9723
9724 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9725 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9726 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9727
9728 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9729
9730 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9731
9732 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9733 This function is deprecated.
9734
9735 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9736
9737 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9738 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9739
9740 \(fn)" t nil)
9741
9742 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9743 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9744
9745 \(fn)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9749
9750 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9751 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9752
9753 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9754 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9755
9756 \(fn)" nil nil)
9757
9758 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9759 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9760
9761 \(fn)" nil nil)
9762
9763 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9764 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9765
9766 \(fn)" nil nil)
9767
9768 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9769 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9770
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9774 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9775 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9776
9777 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9780
9781
9782 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9783
9784 ;;;***
9785 \f
9786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9788
9789 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9790 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9791 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9792 server for future sessions.
9793
9794 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9797 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9798 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9799
9800 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9803 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9804 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9805
9806 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9809 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9810 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9811 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9812 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9813 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9814 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9815 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9816 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9817 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9818 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9819 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9820
9821 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9824 Display a form to query the directory server.
9825 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9826 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9827
9828 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9829
9830 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9831 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9832 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9833
9834 \(fn)" t nil)
9835
9836 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9837
9838 ;;;***
9839 \f
9840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 0
9841 ;;;;;;  0))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9843
9844 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9845 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9846
9847 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9850 Display URL and make it clickable.
9851
9852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9855 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9856
9857 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9860 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9861
9862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9865 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9866
9867 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9870 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9871
9872 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9873
9874 ;;;***
9875 \f
9876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9877 ;;;;;;  0 0))
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9879
9880 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9881 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9882 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9883
9884 \(fn)" t nil)
9885
9886 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9887 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9888
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9890
9891 ;;;***
9892 \f
9893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9894 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9896
9897 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9898 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9899
9900 \(fn)" t nil)
9901
9902 ;;;***
9903 \f
9904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 0
9905 ;;;;;;  0))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9907
9908 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9909 Create an empty ewoc.
9910
9911 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9912
9913 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9914 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9915 point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9916 several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9917 `insert-before-markers'.
9918
9919 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9920 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9921 respectively, of the ewoc.
9922
9923 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9924 the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
9925 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9926
9927 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9928
9929 ;;;***
9930 \f
9931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9933
9934 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9935 Fetch URL and render the page.
9936 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9937 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9938
9939 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9940  (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9941
9942 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9943 Render a file using EWW.
9944
9945 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9946
9947 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9948
9949
9950 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9951
9952 ;;;***
9953 \f
9954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9955 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9957
9958 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9959 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9960 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9961
9962 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9965 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9966 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9967 command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9968 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9969
9970 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9973 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9974 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9975 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9976 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9977 executable.
9978
9979 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9982 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9983 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9984
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9988 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9989 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9990 file modes.
9991
9992 \(fn)" nil nil)
9993
9994 ;;;***
9995 \f
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9997 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9998
9999 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10000 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10001 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10002 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10003
10004 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10005
10006 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10007 expansion.  For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10008 to generate such functions.
10009
10010 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10011 numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10012 beginning of the expanded text.
10013
10014 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10015 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10016 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10017 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10018
10019 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10020
10021 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10022
10023 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10024 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10025 See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10026
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10028
10029 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10030 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10031 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10032
10033 \(fn)" t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10036 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10037 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10038
10039 \(fn)" t nil)
10040  (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10041  (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10047
10048 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10049 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10050 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10051
10052 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10053 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10054 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10055
10056 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10057
10058 Key definitions:
10059 \\{f90-mode-map}
10060
10061 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10062
10063 `f90-do-indent'
10064   Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10065 `f90-if-indent'
10066   Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10067 `f90-type-indent'
10068   Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10069 `f90-program-indent'
10070   Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10071   (default 2).
10072 `f90-associate-indent'
10073   Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10074 `f90-critical-indent'
10075   Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10076 `f90-continuation-indent'
10077   Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10078 `f90-comment-region'
10079   String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10080   line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10081 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10082   Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10083   (default \"!\").
10084 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10085   Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10086   (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10087 `f90-break-delimiters'
10088   Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10089   (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10090 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10091   Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10092   (default t).
10093 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10094   Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10095 `f90-smart-end'
10096   From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10097   Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10098   whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10099 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10100   Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10101   The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10102 `f90-leave-line-no'
10103   Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10104
10105 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10106 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10107
10108 \(fn)" t nil)
10109
10110 ;;;***
10111 \f
10112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 0
10113 ;;;;;;  0))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10115
10116 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10117 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10118 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10119 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10120
10121 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10122 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10123 of face attribute/value pairs.  If more than one face is listed,
10124 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10125 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10126
10127 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10128 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10129 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10130 priority).  This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10131 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10132 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10133 attributes.
10134
10135 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10136 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10137
10138 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10139
10140 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10141 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10142 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10143 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10144
10145 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10146
10147 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10148 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10149 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10150 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10151
10152 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10153 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10154 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10155
10156 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10157 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10158 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10159 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10160
10161 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10162
10163 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10164 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10165 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10166
10167 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10168 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10169 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10170 the same amount).
10171
10172 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10173
10174 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10175 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10176 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10177
10178 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10179 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10180 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10181 will remove any scaling currently active.
10182
10183 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10184
10185 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10186 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10187 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10188
10189 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10190  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10191  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10192  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10193  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10194
10195 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10196 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10197
10198 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10199
10200 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10201 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10202
10203    +, =   Increase the default face height by one step
10204    -      Decrease the default face height by one step
10205    0      Reset the default face height to the global default
10206
10207 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10208 the face height as long as the input event read
10209 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10210
10211 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10212 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10213 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10214 will remove any scaling currently active.
10215
10216 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10217 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10218 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap.  For binding in
10219 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10220 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10221
10222 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10223
10224 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10225 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10227 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10228 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, the face specified by the
10229 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10230
10231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10232
10233 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10234 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10235 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10236 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10237 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10238 `face' text property.  If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10239 `buffer-face-mode'.
10240
10241 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10242 local, and sets it to FACE.
10243
10244 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10245
10246 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10247 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10248 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10249 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10250 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10251 `face' text property.
10252
10253 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10254 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10255 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10256 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10257
10258 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10259 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10260
10261 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10264 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10265 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10266 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10267
10268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10269
10270 ;;;***
10271 \f
10272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10273 ;;;;;;  0 0))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10275 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10276
10277 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10278 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10279 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10280 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10281
10282 \(fn)" nil nil)
10283
10284 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10285 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10286
10287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10288
10289 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10290 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10291 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10292 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10293
10294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10295
10296 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10297 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10298 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10299 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10300 backup file names and the like).
10301
10302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10305 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10306 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10307 is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10308 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10309 or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10310 internally by feedmail):
10311
10312    after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10313    after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10314    after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10315    after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10316
10317 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10318 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10319 to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10320 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10321 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10322
10323 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10324
10325 ;;;***
10326 \f
10327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10329
10330 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10331 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10332 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10333 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10334 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10335 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10336 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10337
10338 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10341 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10342 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10343 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10344 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10345 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10346 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10347
10348 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10349
10350 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10351
10352 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10353 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10354 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10355 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10356 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10357 a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10358
10359 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10360
10361 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10362 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10363 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10364 Return value:
10365   * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10366   * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10367   * otherwise, nil
10368
10369 \(fn E)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10372 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10373 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10374
10375 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10378 Try to get a file name at point.
10379 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10380
10381 \(fn)" nil nil)
10382
10383 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10384 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10385
10386 \(fn)" t nil)
10387
10388 ;;;***
10389 \f
10390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10391 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10392
10393 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10394 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10395 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10396 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10397
10398 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10399
10400 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10401 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10402 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10403 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10404 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10405 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10406
10407 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10410 Add FILE to the file cache.
10411
10412 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10415 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10416 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10417
10418 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10419
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10421 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10422 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10423
10424 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10427 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10428 This function does not use any external programs.
10429 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10430 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10431 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10432
10433 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10434
10435 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10436 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10437 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10438 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10439 the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10440 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10441 \(directories) is done.
10442
10443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10444
10445 ;;;***
10446 \f
10447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 0
10448 ;;;;;;  0))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10450
10451 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10452 Handle file system monitoring event.
10453 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10454 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10455
10456 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10457
10458 ;;;***
10459 \f
10460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10461 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10462
10463 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10464 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10465
10466 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10467 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10468 Local Variables list.
10469
10470 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10471 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10472 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10473
10474 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10475
10476 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10477 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10478
10479 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10480
10481 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10482 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10483
10484 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10485 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10486 the -*- line.
10487
10488 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10489 then this function adds it.
10490
10491 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10494 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10495
10496 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10499 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10500
10501 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10502
10503 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10504 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10505
10506 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10507
10508 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10509 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10510
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10514 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10515
10516 \(fn)" t nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10519 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10520
10521 \(fn)" t nil)
10522
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10527
10528 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10529 Filesets initialization.
10530 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10531
10532 \(fn)" nil nil)
10533
10534 ;;;***
10535 \f
10536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10538 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10539
10540 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10541 Initiate the building of a find command.
10542 For example:
10543
10544 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10545           '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10546                     (mtime \"+1\"))
10547                 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10548
10549 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path.  The
10550 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10551
10552 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10553
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 0
10557 ;;;;;;  0))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10559
10560 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10561 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10562 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10563
10564     find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10565
10566 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10567 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10568
10569 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10570
10571 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10572 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10573 and run Dired on those files.
10574 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10575 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10576
10577     find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10578
10579 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10580
10581 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10584 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10585 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10586
10587   find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10588     -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10589
10590 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10591 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10592
10593 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10594
10595 ;;;***
10596 \f
10597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10599
10600 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10601 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10602 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10603 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10604 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10605 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10606 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10607
10608 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10609
10610 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10611 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10612 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10613
10614 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10615
10616 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10617
10618 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10619
10620 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10621 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10622 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10623
10624 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10625 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10626
10627 Variables of interest include:
10628
10629  - `ff-case-fold-search'
10630    Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10631    If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10632
10633  - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10634    If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10635    argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10636
10637  - `ff-ignore-include'
10638    If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10639
10640  - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10641    If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10642
10643  - `ff-quiet-mode'
10644    If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10645
10646  - `ff-special-constructs'
10647    A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10648    constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10649    extracting the filename from that construct.
10650
10651  - `ff-other-file-alist'
10652    Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10653
10654  - `ff-search-directories'
10655    List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10656    `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10657
10658  - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10659    List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10660
10661  - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10662    List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10663
10664  - `ff-post-load-hook'
10665    List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10666
10667  - `ff-not-found-hook'
10668    List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10669
10670  - `ff-file-created-hook'
10671    List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10672
10673 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10674
10675 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10676 Visit the file you click on.
10677
10678 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10679
10680 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10681 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10682
10683 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10684
10685 ;;;***
10686 \f
10687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10688 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
10689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10690
10691 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10692 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10693 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10694
10695 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10698 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10699 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10700 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10701
10702 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10703 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10704 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10705 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10706
10707 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10708
10709 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10710 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10711
10712 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10713 in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
10714 not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
10715 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10716
10717 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10718 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10719 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10720
10721 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10722 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10723 in `load-path'.
10724
10725 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10726
10727 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10728 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10729
10730 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10731 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10732 places point before the definition.
10733 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10734
10735 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10736 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10737 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10738
10739 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10740
10741 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10742 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10743
10744 See `find-function' for more details.
10745
10746 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10749 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10750
10751 See `find-function' for more details.
10752
10753 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10754
10755 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10756 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10757
10758 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10759 the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
10760 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10761
10762 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10763 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10764
10765 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10766
10767 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10768 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10769
10770 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10771 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10772 places point before the definition.
10773
10774 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10775
10776 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10777 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10778 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10779
10780 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10783 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10784
10785 See `find-variable' for more details.
10786
10787 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10790 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10791
10792 See `find-variable' for more details.
10793
10794 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10795
10796 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10797 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10798 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10799 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10800 variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
10801 buffer nor display it.
10802
10803 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10804 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10805
10806 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10807
10808 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10809 Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
10810
10811 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10812 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10813 places point before the definition.
10814
10815 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10816
10817 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10818 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10819 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10820
10821 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10822
10823 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10824 Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
10825 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10826
10827 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10828
10829 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10830 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10831
10832 \(fn)" t nil)
10833
10834 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10835 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10836
10837 \(fn)" t nil)
10838
10839 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10840 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10841
10842 \(fn)" nil nil)
10843
10844 ;;;***
10845 \f
10846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10847 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10848
10849 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10850 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10851
10852 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10853
10854 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10855 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10856
10857 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10860 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10861
10862 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10863
10864 ;;;***
10865 \f
10866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10867 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10868 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10869
10870 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10871 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10872
10873 \(fn)" t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10876 Display FILE's commentary section.
10877 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10878
10879 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10882 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10883
10884 \(fn)" t nil)
10885
10886 ;;;***
10887 \f
10888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10890
10891 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10892 Toggle flow control handling.
10893 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10894 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10895
10896 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10897
10898 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10899 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10900 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10901 on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
10902 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10903 to get the effect of a C-q.
10904
10905 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10906
10907 ;;;***
10908 \f
10909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10910 ;;;;;;  0 0))
10911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10912
10913 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10914
10915
10916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10917
10918 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10919
10920
10921 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10922
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10926 ;;;;;;  0 0))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10928 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10929
10930 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10931 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10933 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
10934 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10935 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10936
10937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10940 Turn flymake mode on.
10941
10942 \(fn)" nil nil)
10943
10944 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10945 Turn flymake mode off.
10946
10947 \(fn)" nil nil)
10948
10949 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10950
10951
10952 \(fn)" nil nil)
10953
10954 ;;;***
10955 \f
10956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10957 ;;;;;;  0 0))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10959
10960 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10961 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10962
10963 \(fn)" t nil)
10964 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10965
10966 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10967 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10969 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
10970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10971
10972 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
10973 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.  The default
10974 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10975
10976 Bindings:
10977 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10978 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10979 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10980 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10981
10982 Hooks:
10983 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10984
10985 Remark:
10986 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
10987 valid.  For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10988 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10989
10990 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
10991 consider adding:
10992 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10993 in your init file.
10994
10995 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10996 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10997
10998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10999
11000 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11001 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11002
11003 \(fn)" nil nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11006 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11007
11008 \(fn)" nil nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11011 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11012
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11014
11015 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11016 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11017
11018 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11019
11020 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11021 Flyspell whole buffer.
11022
11023 \(fn)" t nil)
11024
11025 ;;;***
11026 \f
11027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11029 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11030
11031 ;;;***
11032 \f
11033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11034 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11035
11036 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11037 Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11038
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040
11041 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11042 Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11043
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045
11046 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11047 Toggle Follow mode.
11048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11049 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11051
11052 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11053 virtual window.  This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11054
11055 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11056   This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11057   others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11058
11059 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11060   window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11061   makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11062   movement commands.
11063
11064 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11065 side-by-side windows are used.  The user can, with the help of Follow
11066 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11067 one.  Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11068 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11069 mileage may vary).
11070
11071 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11072 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11073
11074 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11075
11076 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11077
11078 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11079 \\{follow-mode-map}
11080
11081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11082
11083 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11084 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11085
11086 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11087 in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11088 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11089 side-by-side windows.  Follow mode is activated, hence the
11090 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11091 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11092
11093 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If negative,
11094 the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11095 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11096
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11098
11099 ;;;***
11100 \f
11101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11102 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11104 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11105
11106 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11107 Toggle Footnote mode.
11108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11109 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11110 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11111
11112 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If enabled, it
11113 provides footnote support for `message-mode'.  To get started,
11114 play around with the following keys:
11115 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11116
11117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11118
11119 ;;;***
11120 \f
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11122 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11123
11124 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11125 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11126
11127 Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11128  TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11129  C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11130  C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11131  C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11132  C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11133  C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11134  C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11135  C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11136  C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11137  C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11138  C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11139  C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11140  C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11141  C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11142
11143 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11144
11145 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11146 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11147
11148 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11151 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11152
11153 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11154
11155 ;;;***
11156 \f
11157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11158 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11160
11161 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11162 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11163 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11164
11165 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11166 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11167
11168 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11169
11170 Key definitions:
11171 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11172
11173 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11174
11175 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11176   To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11177 `fortran-do-indent'
11178   Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11179 `fortran-if-indent'
11180   Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11181 `fortran-structure-indent'
11182   Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11183   (default 3)
11184 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11185   Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11186 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11187   Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11188 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11189   How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11190   nil       don't change the indentation
11191   fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11192               value of either
11193                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11194                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11195               depending on the continuation format in use.
11196   relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11197               indentation for a line of code.
11198   (default 'fixed)
11199 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11200   Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11201   full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11202 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11203   Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11204 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11205   Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11206 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11207   Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11208   get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11209   column 5.
11210 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11211   Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11212   statements (default nil).
11213 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11214   Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11215   to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11216 `fortran-continuation-string'
11217   Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11218   line (default \"$\").
11219 `fortran-comment-region'
11220   String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11221   the region (default \"c$$$\").
11222 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11223   Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11224   as typed (default t).
11225 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11226   Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11227
11228 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11229 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11230
11231 \(fn)" t nil)
11232
11233 ;;;***
11234 \f
11235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 0
11236 ;;;;;;  0))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11238
11239 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11240 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11241
11242 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11243 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11244
11245 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11246
11247 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11248 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11249
11250 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11251 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11252
11253 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11256 Compile fortune file.
11257
11258 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11259 the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11260
11261 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11262
11263 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11264 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11265
11266 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11267 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11268 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11269 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11270
11271 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11274 Display a fortune cookie.
11275 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11276 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11277 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11278 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11279
11280 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 0 0))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11286
11287 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11288 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11289 DO NOT MODIFY.  See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11290
11291 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11292 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11293 DO NOT MODIFY.  See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11294
11295 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11296 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11297
11298 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11299 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11300
11301 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11302 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'.  You can override any item in
11303 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it.  If, for some reason, you
11304 intend to modify existing values, do
11305
11306   (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11307
11308 before changing anything.
11309
11310 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11311 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11312
11313 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11314 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11315 to restore the frame.
11316
11317 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11318 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11319 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11320
11321  nil       The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11322  :never    The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11323  :save     The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11324  :restore  The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11325  FILTER    A filter function.
11326
11327 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11328 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11329
11330   (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11331
11332 where
11333
11334  CURRENT     A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11335              filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11336  FILTERED    The resulting alist (so far).
11337  PARAMETERS  The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11338  SAVING      Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11339                before restoring it.
11340  ARGS        Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11341
11342 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11343 It must return:
11344  nil                      Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11345  t                        Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11346  (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE)  Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11347
11348 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11349 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11350
11351 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11352 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11353 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11354 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11355 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11356 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11357 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11358
11359 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11360
11361 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11362 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11363
11364 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11365
11366 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11367 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11368 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11369 If nil, check all live frames.
11370
11371 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11372
11373 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11374 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11375 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11376 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11377 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11378 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11379 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11380 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11381 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11382 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11383 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11384
11385 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11386
11387 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11388 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11389
11390 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11391 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11392 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11393 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11394 and window-state is not restored.
11395
11396 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11397 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11398
11399 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11400   t        All existing frames can be reused.
11401   nil      No existing frame can be reused.
11402   match    Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11403   PRED     A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11404              and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11405
11406 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11407   t        Frames are restored in the current display.
11408   nil      Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11409   delete   Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11410   PRED     A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11411              the window state (in that order).  It must return t, nil or
11412              `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11413              be created from that parameter alist.
11414
11415 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11416   t        Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11417   nil      Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11418   all      Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11419   PRED     A function called with three arguments,
11420            - the live frame just restored,
11421            - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11422            - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11423            It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11424
11425 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11426   t        Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11427   nil      Keep all frames.
11428   FUNC     A function called with two arguments:
11429            - FRAME, a live frame.
11430            - ACTION, which can be one of
11431              :rejected  Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11432              :ignored   Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11433              :reused    Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11434              :created   Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11435            Return value is ignored.
11436
11437 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11438 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11439 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11440 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11441 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11442
11443 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11444
11445 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11446
11447 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11448 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11449 Called from `jump-to-register'.  Internal use only.
11450
11451 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11452
11453 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11454 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11455 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11456 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11457
11458 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11459
11460 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11461
11462 ;;;***
11463 \f
11464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11465 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11467 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11468
11469 ;;;***
11470 \f
11471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11472 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11474
11475 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11476 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11477 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11478
11479 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11480
11481 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11482 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11483 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11484 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11485 being transferred.  This list may grow up to a size of
11486 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11487 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11488
11489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11490
11491 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11492 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11493 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11494 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11495
11496 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11497 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11498 executable followed by command line options.  The command line
11499 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11500 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11501
11502 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11503 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11504 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11505 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11506
11507 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11508 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear.  Keybindings are
11509 shown in some of the buffers.
11510
11511 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11512
11513 The following commands help control operation :
11514
11515 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11516 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11517
11518 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11519 detailed description of this mode.
11520
11521
11522 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11523 |                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11525 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11526 |                                   |                                  |
11527 |                                   |                                  |
11528 |                                   |                                  |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11531 |                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11532 |                                   |                                  |
11533 |                                   |                                  |
11534 |                                   |                                  |
11535 |                                   |                                  |
11536 |                                   |                                  |
11537 |                                   |                                  |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11540 | RET      gdb-select-frame         | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11541 |                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11542 |                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544
11545 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11546
11547 ;;;***
11548 \f
11549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11550 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11552
11553 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11554 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11555 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11556 instead (which see).")
11557
11558 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11559 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11560
11561 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11562 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11563 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11564 documentation string instead.
11565
11566 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11567 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11568 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11569 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11570 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11571 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11572 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11573 enders are actually possible.
11574
11575 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11576 `font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11577
11578 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11579 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11580 `font-lock-keywords'.
11581
11582 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11583 `auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11584 runs the macro expansion.
11585
11586 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11587 setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11588 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11589
11590 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11591
11592 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11593
11594 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11595
11596 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11597
11598 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11599 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11600
11601 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11602
11603 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11604 Enter generic mode MODE.
11605
11606 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11607 for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11608 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11609
11610 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11611 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11612
11613 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11614
11615 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11616 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11617 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11618 highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11619 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11620 PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11621 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11622 `font-lock-keywords'.
11623
11624 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11625
11626 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11627
11628 ;;;***
11629 \f
11630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11631 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11633
11634 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11635 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11637 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11638 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When this mode is active, it tries to
11639 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11640
11641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11642
11643 ;;;***
11644 \f
11645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11646 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11648
11649 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11650 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11651 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11652
11653 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11654
11655 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11656 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11657
11658 Guideline for numbers:
11659 1 - error messages
11660 3 - non-serious error messages
11661 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11662 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11663 9 - messages inside loops.
11664
11665 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11666
11667 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11668 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11669 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11670
11671 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11672
11673 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11674 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11675
11676 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11677
11678 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11679 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11680
11681 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11682 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11683 element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11684 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11685 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11686 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11687
11688 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11689 `tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11690 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11691 item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11692 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11693
11694 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11695
11696 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11697
11698 ;;;***
11699 \f
11700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11702 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11703 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11704  (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11705
11706 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11707 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11708
11709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11710
11711 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11712 Read network news.
11713 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11714 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11715 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11716 name of an NNTP server to use.
11717 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11718 server.
11719
11720 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11723 Read news as a slave.
11724
11725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11726
11727 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11728 Pop up a frame to read news.
11729 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11730 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11731 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11732 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11733 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11734 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11735 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11736 current display is used.
11737
11738 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11739
11740 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11741 Read network news.
11742 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11743 startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11744 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11745
11746 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11747
11748 ;;;***
11749 \f
11750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11751 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11755 Start Gnus unplugged.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Start Gnus plugged.
11761
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11766
11767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11770 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11771
11772 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11773 gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11774 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11775
11776 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11777 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11778 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11779
11780 \(fn)" t nil)
11781
11782 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11783 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11784
11785 \(fn)" nil nil)
11786
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11789 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11790 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11791 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11792 supported.
11793
11794 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11801 supported.
11802
11803 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11804
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11807
11808 \(fn)" nil nil)
11809
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11812 downloaded into the agent.
11813
11814 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11818 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11819 variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11820
11821 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11825
11826 \(fn)" t nil)
11827
11828 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11830
11831 \(fn)" t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11835 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11836
11837 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11838
11839 ;;;***
11840 \f
11841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11842 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11844
11845 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11846 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11847
11848 \(fn)" nil nil)
11849
11850 ;;;***
11851 \f
11852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11853 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11855
11856 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11857 Set a bookmark for this article.
11858
11859 \(fn)" t nil)
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11862 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11863
11864 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11867 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11868 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11869 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11870 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11871
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11873
11874 ;;;***
11875 \f
11876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11877 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11879
11880 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11881 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11882
11883 Usage:
11884 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11885
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11887
11888 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11889 Generate the cache active file.
11890
11891 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11892
11893 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11894 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11895
11896 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11899 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11900 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11901 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
11902 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11903 supported.
11904
11905 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11909 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11910 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11911 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11912 supported.
11913
11914 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11915
11916 ;;;***
11917 \f
11918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11919 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11921
11922 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11923 Delay this article by some time.
11924 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
11925
11926 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11927   weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11928
11929 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
11930   variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11931
11932 * hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
11933   time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11934
11935 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11938 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11939
11940 \(fn)" t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11943 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11944 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11945 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11946
11947 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11948 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11949
11950 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11951
11952 ;;;***
11953 \f
11954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11955 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11957
11958 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11959
11960
11961 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11964
11965
11966 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11967
11968 ;;;***
11969 \f
11970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
11971 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11973
11974 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11975 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11976
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11978
11979 ;;;***
11980 \f
11981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
11982 ;;;;;;  0 0))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11984
11985 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11986 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11987
11988 \(fn)" t nil)
11989
11990 ;;;***
11991 \f
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 50356
11993 ;;;;;;  891885 0))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11997 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11998
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12003
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12007 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12008
12009 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12010 different input formats.
12011
12012 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12013
12014 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12015 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12016
12017 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12018 different input formats.
12019
12020 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12021
12022 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12023 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12024 The PNG is returned as a string.
12025
12026 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Convert FILE to a Face.
12030 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12031 726 bytes.
12032
12033 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12034
12035 ;;;***
12036 \f
12037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12038 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12042 Display gravatar in the From header.
12043 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12044
12045 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12046
12047 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12048 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12049 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12050
12051 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12052
12053 ;;;***
12054 \f
12055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12056 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12058
12059 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12060 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12061 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12062 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12063
12064 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12067 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12068
12069 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12070
12071 ;;;***
12072 \f
12073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12074 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12078
12079
12080 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12083
12084
12085 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12086
12087 ;;;***
12088 \f
12089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12090 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12092
12093 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12094
12095 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12096 Run batched scoring.
12097 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12098
12099 \(fn)" t nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 0
12104 ;;;;;;  0))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12106
12107 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12108
12109
12110 \(fn)" nil nil)
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12113 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12114 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12115
12116 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12117
12118 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12119 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12120
12121 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12122
12123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12124
12125 ;;;***
12126 \f
12127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12128 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12130
12131 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12132 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12133 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12134 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12135 group parameters.
12136
12137 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12138 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12139 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12140 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12141
12142 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12143 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'.  This variable is only used
12144 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12145 nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12146 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12147 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12148 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12149 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12150 match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12151 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12152
12153 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12154
12155 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12156 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12157 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12158 nil CATCH-ALL).
12159
12160 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12161 instead.  This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12162
12163 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12164
12165 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12166 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12167 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12168
12169 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12170
12171 \(fn)" nil nil)
12172
12173 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12174 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12175 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12176
12177 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12178
12179 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12180 be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12181 existing groups are considered.
12182
12183 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12184 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12185 returned.
12186
12187 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12188 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12189 case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12190 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12191 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12192 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12193 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12194 clauses will be generated.
12195
12196 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12197 catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12198 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12199 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12200 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12201 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12202
12203 For example, given the following group parameters:
12204
12205 nnml:mail.bar:
12206 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12207  (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12208 nnml:mail.foo:
12209 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12210  (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12211  (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12212  (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12213 nnml:mail.others:
12214 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12215
12216 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12217
12218 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12219            \"mail.bar\")
12220       (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12221            - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12222    \"mail.others\")
12223
12224 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12225
12226 ;;;***
12227 \f
12228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12229 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12231
12232 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12233 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12234 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12235 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12236 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12237 instead.
12238
12239 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12242 Mail to ADDRESS.
12243
12244 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12247 Like `message-reply'.
12248
12249 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12250
12251 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12252
12253 ;;;***
12254 \f
12255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12256 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12260 Send a notification on new message.
12261 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12262 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12263 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12264
12265 This is typically a function to add in
12266 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12267
12268 \(fn)" nil nil)
12269
12270 ;;;***
12271 \f
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12273 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12277 Display picons in the From header.
12278 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12279
12280 \(fn)" t nil)
12281
12282 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12283 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12284 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12285
12286 \(fn)" t nil)
12287
12288 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12289 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12290 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12291
12292 \(fn)" t nil)
12293
12294 ;;;***
12295 \f
12296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12297 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12299
12300 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12302 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12303 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12304
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12309 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12310 LIST1 is modified.
12311
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12313
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12316 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12317
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12319
12320 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12321
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12327 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12333 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12334
12335 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12338
12339 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12341 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12342
12343 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12348
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350
12351 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12354
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356
12357 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12358 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12361
12362 ;;;***
12363 \f
12364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12365 ;;;;;;  62196 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12369 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12370
12371 \(fn)" t nil)
12372
12373 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12374 Install the registry hooks.
12375
12376 \(fn)" t nil)
12377
12378 ;;;***
12379 \f
12380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12381 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12385 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12386 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12387 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12388 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12389 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12390
12391 \(fn)" t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12394 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12395 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12396 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12397 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12398
12399 \(fn)" t nil)
12400
12401 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12402
12403
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12405
12406 ;;;***
12407 \f
12408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12409 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12411
12412 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12413 Update the format specification near point.
12414
12415 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12416
12417 ;;;***
12418 \f
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12420 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12422
12423 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12424 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12425
12426 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12427
12428 ;;;***
12429 \f
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12431 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12433
12434 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12435 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12436 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12437
12438 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12443 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12445
12446 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12447 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12448
12449 \(fn)" t nil)
12450
12451 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12452 Install the sync hooks.
12453
12454 \(fn)" t nil)
12455
12456 ;;;***
12457 \f
12458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12459 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12461
12462 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12463 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12464
12465 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12466
12467 ;;;***
12468 \f
12469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12471
12472 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12473 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12474 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12475 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12476 rejected.  (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12477 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12478
12479 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12480
12481 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12482
12483 ;;;***
12484 \f
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12487
12488 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12489 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12490
12491 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12492 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12493 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12494
12495 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12496 and Emacs marks it with O.  The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12497 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12498
12499 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12500 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12501
12502 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12503 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12504
12505 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12506
12507 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12508
12509 ;;;***
12510 \f
12511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12512 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12514
12515 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12516
12517 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12518 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12519 Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12520 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12521 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12522
12523 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12526 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12527 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12528 or to send e-mail.
12529 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12530 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12531
12532 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12533 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12534
12535 \(fn)" t nil)
12536 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12537
12538 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12539 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12541 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12542 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12543
12544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12545
12546 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12547 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12548
12549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12550
12551 ;;;***
12552 \f
12553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12554 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12556
12557 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12558 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12559 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12560
12561 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12562
12563 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12564 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12565
12566 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12567
12568 ;;;***
12569 \f
12570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12572
12573 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12574 Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12575
12576 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12577
12578 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12579 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12580 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12581 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12582 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12583
12584 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12585 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12586 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12587
12588 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12589
12590 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12591 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12592 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12593 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12594 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12595
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12597
12598 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12599 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12600
12601 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12602
12603 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[         ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12604 Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12605
12606 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12607 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12608 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12609
12610 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12611 The default find program.
12612 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12613 and others.")
12614
12615 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12616 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12617 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12618 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12619
12620 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12621 How to invoke find and grep.
12622 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12623 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12624 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12625 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12626
12627 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12628
12629 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12630 History list for grep.")
12631
12632 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12633 History list for grep-find.")
12634
12635 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12636 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12637 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12638
12639 \(fn)" nil nil)
12640
12641 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12642
12643
12644 \(fn)" nil nil)
12645
12646 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12647 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12648
12649 \(fn)" nil nil)
12650
12651 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12652 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12653 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12654 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12655 matches.  To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12656
12657 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12658 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12659
12660 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12661 can easily repeat a grep command.
12662
12663 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12664 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12665 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12666 list is empty).
12667
12668 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12669
12670 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12671 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12672 Collect output in a buffer.
12673 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12674 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12675
12676 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12677 easily repeat a find command.
12678
12679 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12680
12681 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12682
12683 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12684 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12685 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12686 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12687 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12688
12689 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12690 before it is executed.
12691 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12692
12693 Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12694 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12695 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12696
12697 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12698
12699 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12700
12701 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12702 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12703 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12704 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12705 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12706
12707 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12708 before it is executed.
12709 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12710
12711 Collect output in a buffer.  While the recursive grep is running,
12712 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12713 to visit the lines where matches were found.  To kill the job
12714 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12715
12716 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12717
12718 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12719 to specify a command to run.
12720
12721 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12722
12723 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12724 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12725 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12726 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12727
12728 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12729
12730 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12731
12732 ;;;***
12733 \f
12734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12736
12737 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12738 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12739 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12740 and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12741 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12742
12743 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12744
12745 ;;;***
12746 \f
12747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12749
12750 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12751 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12752 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12753 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12754
12755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12756
12757 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12758 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12761
12762 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12763
12764 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12765 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12766 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12767 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12768
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12772 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12775
12776 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12777 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12778
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12780
12781 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12782 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12784 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12785
12786 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12787
12788 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12789 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12791 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12792
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12794
12795 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12796 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12797 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12798 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12799 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12800
12801 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12802 information on how jdb accesses source files.  Alternatively (if
12803 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12804 original source file access method.
12805
12806 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12807 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12808
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12810
12811 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12812 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12813
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12815
12816 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12817 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12818 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12821 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12822
12823 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12824
12825 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12826 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12828 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
12829 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12830
12831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12832
12833 ;;;***
12834 \f
12835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21387 3002 678518
12836 ;;;;;;  0))
12837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12838
12839 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12840 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12841 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12842 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12843 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12844 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12845 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12846 set it to.
12847 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12848
12849 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12850
12851 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12852 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12853 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12854 of PLACE.
12855 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12856 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12857 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12858 and SETTER.
12859 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12860 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12861
12862 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12863
12864 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12865
12866 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12867 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12868 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12869 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12870 arguments as NAME.  DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12871
12872 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12873
12874 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12875
12876 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12877
12878
12879 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12880
12881 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12882
12883 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12884
12885 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12886 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12887 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12888 well for simple place forms.
12889 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12890 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12891 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12892 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12893 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12894 to be pure and copyable.  Example use:
12895   (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12896
12897 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12898
12899 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12900
12901 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12902 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12903 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12904 well for simple place forms.  Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12905 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12906
12907 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12908 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12909   (let ((temp VAL))
12910     (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12911     temp)
12912 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12913
12914 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12915
12916 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12917 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12918 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12919 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12920 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12921 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12922
12923 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12924
12925 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12926
12927 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12928 Return a reference to PLACE.
12929 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12930 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12931 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12932 binding mode.
12933
12934 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12935
12936 ;;;***
12937 \f
12938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12939 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12941
12942 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12943 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12944 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12945 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12946
12947 Variables: `handwrite-linespace'     (default 12)
12948            `handwrite-fontsize'      (default 11)
12949            `handwrite-numlines'      (default 60)
12950            `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12951
12952 \(fn)" t nil)
12953
12954 ;;;***
12955 \f
12956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12958
12959 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12960 Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
12961
12962 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12963
12964 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12965 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12966 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12967 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12968
12969 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12970
12971 \(fn)" t nil)
12972
12973 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12974 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12975 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
12976 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12977 to be updated.
12978
12979 \(fn)" t nil)
12980
12981 ;;;***
12982 \f
12983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
12984 ;;;;;;  0 0))
12985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12986
12987 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12988 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12989
12990 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12991
12992 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12993 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12994 Only start calculation.  Results are inserted when ready.
12995
12996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12997
12998 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12999 Verify a hashcash payment
13000
13001 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13002
13003 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13004 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13005 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13006 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation.  (See
13007 `mail-add-payment-async').
13008
13009 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13012 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13013 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13014 Calculation is asynchronous.
13015
13016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13017
13018 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13019 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13020 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13021
13022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13023
13024 ;;;***
13025 \f
13026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 0
13027 ;;;;;;  0))
13028 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13029
13030 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13031 Return the help-echo string at point.
13032 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13033 property, or nil, is returned.
13034 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13035 `help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
13036 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13037
13038 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13039
13040 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13041 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13042 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13043 string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13044 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13045
13046 \(fn)" nil nil)
13047
13048 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13049 Display local help in the echo area.
13050 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13051 the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
13052 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13053 printed instead.
13054
13055 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13056 there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13057 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13058
13059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13063 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13064
13065 \(fn)" t nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13068 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13069 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13070
13071 \(fn)" t nil)
13072
13073 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13074 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13075 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13076 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13077 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13078 quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13079 `kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
13080 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13081 included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13082 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13083 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13084
13085 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13086 `help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13087 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13088 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13089 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13090
13091 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13092 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13093 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13094 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13095 enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13096 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13097 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13098 The default is `never'.")
13099
13100 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13101
13102 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13103 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13104 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13105 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13106 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13107 considered different regions.
13108
13109 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13110 such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13111 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13112 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13113 the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13114 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13115 do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13116 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13117 in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13118
13119 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13120
13121 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13122 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13123 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13124 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13125 different regions.
13126
13127 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13128 help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13129 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13130 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13131 move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13132 in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13133 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13134 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13135
13136 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13137 help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13138 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13139 rarely happens in practice.
13140
13141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13142
13143 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13144 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13145 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13146 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13147 different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13148 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13149
13150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13151
13152 ;;;***
13153 \f
13154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21352 829 634401
13155 ;;;;;;  152000))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13157
13158 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13159 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13160
13161 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13162
13163 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13164 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13165 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13166
13167 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13168
13169 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13170 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13171 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13172   alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13173 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13174 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13175 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13176  search for a function definition.
13177
13178 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13179 defined.  If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13180 found via `load-path'.  The return value can also be `C-source', which
13181 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C.  If no
13182 suitable file is found, return nil.
13183
13184 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13185
13186 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13187
13188
13189 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13190
13191 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13192 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13193 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13194 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13195
13196 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13197
13198 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13199 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13200 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13201 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13202 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13203 it is displayed along with the global value.
13204
13205 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13208 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13209 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13210 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13211
13212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13213
13214 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13215 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13216 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13217 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13218 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13219
13220 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13221
13222 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13223 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13224
13225 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13226
13227 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13228 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13229
13230 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13231
13232 ;;;***
13233 \f
13234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 0
13235 ;;;;;;  0))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13237
13238 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13239 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13240 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13241 window listing and describing the options.
13242 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13243 gives the window that lists the options.")
13244
13245 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13246
13247 ;;;***
13248 \f
13249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13250 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13251
13252 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13253 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13254 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13255 Commands:
13256 \\{help-mode-map}
13257
13258 \(fn)" t nil)
13259
13260 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13261
13262
13263 \(fn)" nil nil)
13264
13265 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13266
13267
13268 \(fn)" nil nil)
13269
13270 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13271 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13272
13273 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13274 buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13275 calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13276 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13277
13278 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13279 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13280 restore it properly when going back.
13281
13282 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13283
13284 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13285 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13286 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13287 current buffer.  Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13288 from `help-mode'.
13289 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13290 it does not already exist.
13291
13292 \(fn)" nil nil)
13293
13294 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13295 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13296
13297 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13298 references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13299 the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13300 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13301 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13302 preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13303 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13304 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13305
13306 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13307 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13308 \(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13309 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13310
13311 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13312 help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13313 that.
13314
13315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13316
13317 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13318 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13319 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13320 regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13321 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13322 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13323
13324 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13325
13326 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13327 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13328 TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13329 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13330 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13331
13332 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13333
13334 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13335 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13336
13337 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13338
13339 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13340 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13341 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13342 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13343
13344 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13345
13346 ;;;***
13347 \f
13348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13349 ;;;;;;  0 0))
13350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13351
13352 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13353 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13354
13355 \(fn)" t nil)
13356
13357 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13358 Provide help for current mode.
13359
13360 \(fn)" t nil)
13361
13362 ;;;***
13363 \f
13364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13366
13367 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13368 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13369 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13370 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13371 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13372
13373 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13374 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13375
13376 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13377 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13378 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13379 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13380
13381 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13382 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13383 periods.
13384
13385 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13386 in hexl format.
13387
13388 A sample format:
13389
13390   HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13391   --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13392   00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13393   00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13394   00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13395   00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13396   00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13397   00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13398   00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13399   00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13400   00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13401   00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13402   000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13403   000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13404   000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13405
13406 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13407 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13408 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13409
13410 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13411 also supported.
13412
13413 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13414
13415 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13416 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13417 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13418
13419 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13420 it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13421 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13422
13423 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13424 into the buffer at the current point.
13425
13426 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13427 into the buffer at the current point.
13428
13429 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13430 into the buffer at the current point.
13431
13432 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13433
13434 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13435 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13436
13437 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13438
13439 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13440
13441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13442
13443 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13444 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13445 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13446 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13447
13448 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13449
13450 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13451 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13452 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13453
13454 \(fn)" t nil)
13455
13456 ;;;***
13457 \f
13458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13459 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13460
13461 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13462 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13464 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13465 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13466
13467 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13468 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13469 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13470 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13471
13472 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13473 highlighted using font lock.  In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13474 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13475 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13476
13477 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13478 is added to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu,
13479 which can be called interactively, are:
13480
13481 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13482   Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13483
13484 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13485   Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13486   (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13487   to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13488
13489 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13490   Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13491
13492 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13493   Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13494   available face automatically.
13495
13496 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13497   Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13498
13499 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13500   Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13501   be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13502   is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13503   (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13504   any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.  When a file is
13505   loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13506   'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13507   `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13508   function returns t.
13509
13510 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13511   Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13512
13513 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13514 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13515 form:
13516   Hi-lock: FOO
13517
13518 where FOO is a list of patterns.  The patterns must start before
13519 position (number of characters into buffer)
13520 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.  Patterns will be read until
13521 Hi-lock: end is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13522 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13523
13524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13525
13526 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13527 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13528 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13531 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13532
13533 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13534
13535 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13536 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13537 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13538 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13539 ARG is omitted or nil.
13540
13541 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13542 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13543 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13544
13545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13546
13547 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13548
13549 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13550 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13551 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13552 Use the global history list for FACE.
13553
13554 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13555 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13556 highlighting will not update as you type.
13557
13558 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13559
13560 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13561
13562 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13563 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13564 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13565 Use the global history list for FACE.
13566
13567 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13568 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13569 highlighting will not update as you type.
13570
13571 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13572
13573 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13574
13575 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13576 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13577 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13578 Use the global history list for FACE.
13579
13580 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13581 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13582 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13583
13584 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13585 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13586 highlighting will not update as you type.
13587
13588 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13589
13590 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13591
13592 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13593 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13594 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13595 unless you use a prefix argument.
13596 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13597
13598 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13599 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13600
13601 \(fn)" t nil)
13602
13603 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13604
13605 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13606 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13607 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13608 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13609 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13610 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13611
13612 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13613
13614 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13615 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13616
13617 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13618 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13619 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13620
13621 \(fn)" t nil)
13622
13623 ;;;***
13624 \f
13625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21291 53104
13626 ;;;;;;  0 0))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13628
13629 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13630 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13632 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13633 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13634
13635 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13636 C-like major modes.  When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13637 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13638 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13639
13640 `hide-ifdef-env'
13641         An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13642         current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13643         is used.
13644
13645 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13646         An association list of defined symbol lists.
13647         Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13648         and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13649         from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13650
13651 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13652         Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13653         #endif lines when hiding.
13654
13655 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13656         Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13657         is activated.
13658
13659 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13660         Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13661         After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13662
13663 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13664
13665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13666
13667 ;;;***
13668 \f
13669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13670 ;;;;;;  0 0))
13671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13672
13673 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13674 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13675 Each element has the form
13676   (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13677
13678 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13679 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13680
13681 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13682 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13683
13684 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13685 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13686 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13687 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13688 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13689 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13690
13691 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13692 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13693
13694 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13695 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13696
13697 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13698 appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13699 whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13700
13701 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13702 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13704 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13705 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13706
13707 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13708 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13709 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13710
13711 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13712 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13713 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13714
13715 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13716 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13717
13718 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13719
13720 Key bindings:
13721 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13722
13723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13724
13725 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13726 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13727
13728 \(fn)" nil nil)
13729
13730 ;;;***
13731 \f
13732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13733 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13734
13735 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13736 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13738 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
13739 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13740
13741 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13742 property.  Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13743 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13744 this on and off.
13745
13746 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13747 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13748 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13749 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13750 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13751 through various faces.
13752 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13753 buffer with the contents of a file
13754 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13755
13756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13757
13758 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13759 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13761 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
13762 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13763
13764 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13765 Changes mode is on.  When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13766 in a distinctive face.
13767
13768 The default value can be customized with variable
13769 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13770
13771 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13772
13773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13774
13775 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13776 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13777 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13778
13779 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13780
13781 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13782 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13783
13784 \(fn)" t nil)
13785
13786 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13787 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13788
13789 \(fn)" t nil)
13790
13791 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13792 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13793
13794 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13795 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13796 face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13797 shown in the last face in the list.
13798
13799 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13800 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13801 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13802
13803   (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13804
13805 \(fn)" t nil)
13806
13807 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13808 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13809
13810 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13811
13812 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13813 to save the file.
13814
13815 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13816 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13817
13818 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13819 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13820 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13821
13822 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13823
13824 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13825 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13826
13827 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13828 this function is called interactively.
13829
13830 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13831 also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13832 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13833
13834 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13835 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13836 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13837
13838 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13839
13840 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13841 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13842 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13845 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13846
13847 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13848
13849 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13850 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13851 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13852 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13853 ARG is omitted or nil.
13854
13855 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13856 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13857 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13858
13859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13860
13861 ;;;***
13862 \f
13863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21375 36695 783701
13864 ;;;;;;  621000))
13865 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13866 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13867
13868 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13869 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13870 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13871 or insert functions in this list.")
13872
13873 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13874
13875 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13876 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13877 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13878 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
13879 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13880 expansions.
13881 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13882 function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13883 undoes the expansion.
13884
13885 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13886
13887 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13888 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13889 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
13890 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13891
13892 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13893
13894 ;;;***
13895 \f
13896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13897 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13898
13899 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13900 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13902 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13904
13905 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If
13906 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13907 line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
13908 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13909 non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
13910 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13911
13912 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13913 line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
13914 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13915 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13916
13917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13918
13919 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13920 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13921 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13924 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13925
13926 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13927
13928 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13929 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13931 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13932 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13933
13934 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13935 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13936 windows.
13937
13938 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13939 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13940
13941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13942
13943 ;;;***
13944 \f
13945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13946 ;;;;;;  0 0))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13948
13949 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13950
13951 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13952 General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
13953 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13954
13955 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13956
13957 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13958
13959 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13960
13961 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13962 Oriental holidays.
13963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13964
13965 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13966
13967 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13968
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13970
13971 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13972 Local holidays.
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13974
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13976
13977 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13978
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13980
13981 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13982 User defined holidays.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13984
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13986
13987 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13988
13989 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13990 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13991
13992 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13993
13994 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13995 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13996
13997 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13998
13999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14000 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14001
14002 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14003
14004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14005 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14006
14007 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14008
14009 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14010
14011 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14012 Jewish holidays.
14013 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14014
14015 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14016
14017 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14018
14019 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14020
14021 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14022 Christian holidays.
14023 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14024
14025 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14026
14027 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14028
14029 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14030
14031 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14032 Islamic holidays.
14033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14034
14035 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14036
14037 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14038
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14040
14041 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14042 Bahá'í holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14044
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14046
14047 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14048
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14050
14051 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14052 Sun-related holidays.
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14054
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14056
14057 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14058
14059 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14060
14061 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14062 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14063 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14064 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14065
14066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14067
14068 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14069 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14070 Y2 defaults to Y1.  The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14071 `calendar-holidays'.  If you want to control what holidays are
14072 displayed, use a different list.  For example,
14073
14074   (list-holidays 2006 2006
14075     (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14076
14077 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14078 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14079
14080 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14081 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc.  See the
14082 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14083 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14084 of a holiday list.
14085
14086 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14087
14088 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14089
14090 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14091
14092 ;;;***
14093 \f
14094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21381 50616
14095 ;;;;;;  629676 0))
14096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14097
14098 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14099 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14100
14101 \(fn)" t nil)
14102
14103 ;;;***
14104 \f
14105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14106 ;;;;;;  0 0))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14108 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14109
14110 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14111 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14112 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14113 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14114 as possible.
14115
14116 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14117 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14118 fontified display.
14119
14120 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14121 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14122
14123 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14124 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14125 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14126
14127 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14130 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14131 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14132
14133 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14134
14135 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14136
14137 ;;;***
14138 \f
14139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14141
14142 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14143 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14144
14145 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14146 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14147 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14148
14149 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14150 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14151 SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14152 the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14153 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14154 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14155
14156 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14157 title of the column.
14158
14159 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14160 ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14161 inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14162 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14163 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14164
14165 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14166
14167 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14168 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14169 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14170 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14171 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14172
14173 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14174 buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14175 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14176
14177 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14178
14179 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14180 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14181 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14182 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14183 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14184 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14185
14186 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14187 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14188 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14189 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14190 uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14191 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14192 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14193 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14194 values are:
14195  nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14196  t - the function it always modifies buffers
14197  :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14198   buffer's modification flag.
14199 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14200 prompted before performing this operation.
14201 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14202 operation is complete, in the form:
14203  \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14204 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14205 confirmation message, in the form:
14206  \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14207 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14208 macro for exactly what it does.
14209
14210 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14211
14212 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14213 Define a filter named NAME.
14214 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14215 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14216 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14217
14218 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14219 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14220 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14221 bound to the current value of the filter.
14222
14223 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14224
14225 ;;;***
14226 \f
14227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14229
14230 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14231 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14232 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14233 buffers which are visiting a file.
14234
14235 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14236
14237 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14238 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14239 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14240 buffers which are visiting a file.
14241
14242 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14243
14244 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14245 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14246 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14247
14248 All arguments are optional.
14249 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14250 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14251 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14252   see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14253 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14254 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14255   value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14256 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14257   see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14258 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14259   If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14260   that value locally in this buffer.
14261
14262 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14263
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14267 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
14268 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14269 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14270
14271 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14272 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14273 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14274 format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14275
14276 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14277
14278 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14279 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14280 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14281 converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14282 ICAL-FILENAME.
14283 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14284 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14285 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14286
14287 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14288
14289 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14290 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14291 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14292 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14293 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14294 non-marking or not.
14295
14296 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14297
14298 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14299 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14300
14301 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14302 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14303 DIARY-FILE.
14304
14305 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14306 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14307 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14308
14309 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14310 non-marking.
14311
14312 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14313 means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14314 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14315
14316 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14317
14318 ;;;***
14319 \f
14320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14321 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14322
14323 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14324 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14325 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14327 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14328 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14329
14330 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14331
14332 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14333 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14335 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14336 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14337
14338 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14339 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14340 the string you have typed.  See `icomplete-completions' for a
14341 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14342
14343 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14344 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14345
14346 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14347 completions:
14348
14349 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14350
14351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14352
14353 ;;;***
14354 \f
14355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14357
14358 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14359 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14360 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14361 Tab indents for Icon code.
14362 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14363 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14364 \\{icon-mode-map}
14365 Variables controlling indentation style:
14366  icon-tab-always-indent
14367     Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14368     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14369  icon-auto-newline
14370     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14371     inserted in Icon code.
14372  icon-indent-level
14373     Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14374     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14375     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14376  icon-continued-statement-offset
14377     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14378     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14379  icon-continued-brace-offset
14380     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14381     This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14382  icon-brace-offset
14383     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14384  icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14385     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14386     this far to the right of the start of its line.
14387
14388 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14389 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14390
14391 \(fn)" t nil)
14392
14393 ;;;***
14394 \f
14395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21291
14396 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
14397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14398
14399 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14400 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14401 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14402 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14403
14404 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14405 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14406 separate frames.
14407
14408 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14409 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14410
14411 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14412 input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14413 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14414
14415 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14416
14417 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14418
14419 ;;;***
14420 \f
14421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21341 23900
14422 ;;;;;;  0 0))
14423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14424 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14425
14426 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14427 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14428
14429 The main features of this mode are
14430
14431 1. Indentation and Formatting
14432    --------------------------
14433    Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14434    TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14435
14436    To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14437    function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14438    at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14439    is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14440
14441    Comments are indented as follows:
14442
14443    `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14444    `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14445    `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14446
14447    The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14448
14449    Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14450    comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14451    relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14452    \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14453    comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14454    nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14455
14456    To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14457    entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14458    \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14459    again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14460
14461 2. Routine Info
14462    ------------
14463    IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14464    accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14465    \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14466    source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14467    routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14468    idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14469    this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14470    user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14471    default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14472    information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14473
14474 3. Online IDL Help
14475    ---------------
14476
14477    \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14478    for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14479    key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14480    the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14481
14482 4. Completion
14483    ----------
14484    \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14485    class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14486    tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14487    sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14488    strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14489    upper case.
14490
14491 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14492    --------------------------------
14493    Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14494    The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples:
14495
14496    \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14497    \\fu        FUNCTION template
14498    \\c         CASE statement template
14499    \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14500    \\f         FOR loop template
14501    \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14502    \\w         WHILE loop template
14503    \\i         IF statement template
14504    \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14505    \\b         BEGIN
14506
14507    For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14508    have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14509
14510    \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14511    beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14512    Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14513    \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14514
14515 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14516    -------------------------
14517    The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14518    `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14519
14520 7. Automatic END completion
14521    ------------------------
14522    If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14523    will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14524
14525 8. Hooks
14526    -----
14527    Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14528    Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14529
14530 9. Documentation and Customization
14531    -------------------------------
14532    Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14533    \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14534    not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14535    documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14536    IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14537
14538 10.Keybindings
14539    -----------
14540    Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14541    If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14542    followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14543
14544 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14545
14546 \(fn)" t nil)
14547
14548 ;;;***
14549 \f
14550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14551 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14552
14553 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14554 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14555 The following values are possible:
14556 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14557   displaying...)
14558 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14559 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14560 -  nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14561
14562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14563 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14564
14565 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14566
14567 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14568 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14569 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14570 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14571 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14572 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14573 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14574 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14575 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14576
14577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14578
14579 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14580 Switch to another buffer.
14581 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14582 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14583 in another frame.
14584
14585 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14586 displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14587 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14588 buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14589 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14590
14591 RET     Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14592         If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14593
14594 \\[ido-select-text]     Use the current input string verbatim.
14595
14596 \\[ido-next-match]      Put the first element at the end of the list.
14597 \\[ido-prev-match]      Put the last element at the start of the list.
14598 \\[ido-complete]        Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14599         all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14600         If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14601         in a separate window.
14602 \\[ido-edit-input]      Edit input string.
14603 \\[ido-fallback-command]        Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14604 \\[ido-toggle-regexp]   Toggle regexp searching.
14605 \\[ido-toggle-prefix]   Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14606 \\[ido-toggle-case]     Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14607 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14608 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14609 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head]     Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14610 \\[ido-toggle-ignore]   Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14611
14612 \(fn)" t nil)
14613
14614 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14615 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14616 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14617 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14618
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14620
14621 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14622 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14623 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14624 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14625
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14627
14628 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14629 Kill a buffer.
14630 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14631 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14632
14633 \(fn)" t nil)
14634
14635 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14636 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14637 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14638 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14639
14640 \(fn)" t nil)
14641
14642 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14643 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14644 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14645 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14646
14647 \(fn)" t nil)
14648
14649 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14650 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14651
14652 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14653
14654 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14655 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14656 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14657 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14658 in another frame.
14659
14660 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14661 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14662 if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14663 `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14664 then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14665 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14666
14667 RET     Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14668         If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14669
14670 \\[ido-select-text]     Use the current input string verbatim.
14671
14672 \\[ido-next-match]      Put the first element at the end of the list.
14673 \\[ido-prev-match]      Put the last element at the start of the list.
14674 \\[ido-complete]        Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14675         all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14676         If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14677         in a separate window.
14678 \\[ido-magic-delete-char]       Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14679 \\[ido-edit-input]      Edit input string (including directory).
14680 \\[ido-prev-work-directory]     Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14681 \\[ido-next-work-directory]     Go to next directory in work directory history.
14682 \\[ido-merge-work-directories]  Search for file in the work directory history.
14683 \\[ido-forget-work-directory]   Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14684 \\[ido-prev-work-file]  Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14685 \\[ido-next-work-file]  Cycle to next file in work file history.
14686 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir]       Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14687 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir]     Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14688 \\[ido-make-directory]  Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14689 \\[ido-fallback-command]        Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14690 \\[ido-toggle-regexp]   Toggle regexp searching.
14691 \\[ido-toggle-prefix]   Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14692 \\[ido-toggle-case]     Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14693 \\[ido-toggle-literal]  Toggle literal reading of this file.
14694 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-ignore]   Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14696
14697 \(fn)" t nil)
14698
14699 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14700 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14701 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14703
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14705
14706 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14708 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14710
14711 \(fn)" t nil)
14712
14713 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14714 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14715 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14717
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14719
14720 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14721 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14722 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14728 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14731
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14733
14734 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14735 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14738
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14742 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14743 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14745
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14747
14748 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14749 Write current buffer to a file.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14752
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14754
14755 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14756 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14759
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14763 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14764 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14766
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14768
14769 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14770 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14771 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14772 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14773 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14774 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14775
14776 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14777
14778 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14779 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14780 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14781 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14782
14783 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14784
14785 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14786 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14787 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14788 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14789
14790 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14791
14792 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14793 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14794 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14795 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14796 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14797 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14798  to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14799 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14800  the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14801  If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14802  string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14803 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14804  with point positioned at the end.
14805 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14806 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14807
14808 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14809
14810 ;;;***
14811 \f
14812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14813 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14814
14815 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14816 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14817 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14818 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14819
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14821
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14826
14827 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14828
14829 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14830 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14832 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14834 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14835
14836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14837
14838 ;;;***
14839 \f
14840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14842
14843 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14844 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14845 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14846 be determined.
14847
14848 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14849
14850 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14851 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14852 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14853 be determined.
14854
14855 \(fn)" nil nil)
14856
14857 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14858 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14860 be determined.
14861
14862 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14863
14864 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14865 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14866 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14867 be determined.
14868
14869 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14870
14871 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14872 Determine and return image type.
14873 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14874 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14875 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14876 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14877 use its file extension as image type.
14878 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14879
14880 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14881
14882 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14883 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14884 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14885
14886 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14889 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14890 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14891
14892 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14893 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14894 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14895 non-nil value.  If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14896 must be available.
14897
14898 \(fn)" nil nil)
14899
14900 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14901 Create an image.
14902 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14903 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14904 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14905 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14906 use its file extension as image type.
14907 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14908 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14909 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14910 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14911
14912 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14913
14914 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14915 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14916 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14917
14918 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14921 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14922 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14923 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14924 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14925 image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14926 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14927 POS may be an integer or marker.
14928 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14929 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14930 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14931 means display it in the right marginal area.
14932
14933 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14934
14935 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14936 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14937 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14938 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING
14939 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14940 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14941 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14942 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14943 means display it in the right marginal area.
14944 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
14945 means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14946 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14947 to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14948 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14949
14950 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14951
14952 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14953 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14954 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14955 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  The default
14956 STRING is a single space.
14957 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14958 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14959 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14960 means display it in the right marginal area.
14961 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14962
14963 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14964
14965 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14966 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14967 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14968 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14969
14970 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14971
14972 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14973 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14974
14975 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14976
14977 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14978 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14979 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14980 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14981 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14982 string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
14983 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14984 specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
14985 satisfied.
14986
14987 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14988
14989 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14990
14991 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14994 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14995
14996 SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
14997 documentation string.
14998
14999 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15000 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15001 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15002 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15003 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15004 string containing the actual image data.  The first image
15005 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15006 define SYMBOL.
15007
15008 Example:
15009
15010    (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15011                          (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15012
15013 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15014
15015 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15016
15017 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15018 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15019 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15020 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15021
15022 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15023 Emacs visits them in Image mode.  They are also added to
15024 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15025 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15026
15027 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15028
15029 \(fn)" nil nil)
15030
15031 ;;;***
15032 \f
15033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15034 ;;;;;;  0 0))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15036 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15037
15038 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15039 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15040 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15041 current line.  ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15042 of the marked files.  If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15043 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15044
15045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15046
15047 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15048 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15049
15050 Convenience command that:
15051
15052  - Opens dired in folder DIR
15053  - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15054  - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15055
15056 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15057 image files in dired and type
15058 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15059
15060 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15061
15062 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15063 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15064
15065 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15066
15067 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15068 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15069 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15070 fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15071 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15072 another one).
15073
15074 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15075 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15076 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15077
15078 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15079 instead of erasing it first.
15080
15081 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15082 used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15083 `pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15084 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15085 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15086 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15087
15088 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15089
15090 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15091 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15092 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15093 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15094 displayed.
15095
15096 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15097
15098 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15099
15100 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15101
15102 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15103 Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15104
15105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15106
15107 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15108 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15109 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15110
15111 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15112
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15114 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15115
15116 \(fn)" t nil)
15117
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15119 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15120 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15121 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15122
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15126 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15127
15128 \(fn)" t nil)
15129
15130 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15131 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15132
15133 \(fn)" t nil)
15134
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15136 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15137
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15141 Display current image file.
15142 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15143 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15144
15145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15148 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15149
15150 \(fn)" t nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15153 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15154 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15155 image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15156 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15157 on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15158 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15159
15160 \(fn)" t nil)
15161
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15163 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15164 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15165 easy-to-use form.
15166
15167 \(fn)" t nil)
15168
15169 ;;;***
15170 \f
15171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 0
15172 ;;;;;;  0))
15173 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15174
15175 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15176 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15177 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15178 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15179
15180 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15181 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15182 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15183 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15184
15185 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15186
15187 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15188 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15189 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15190 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15191
15192 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15193 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15194 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15195 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15196
15197 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15200 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15201
15202 \(fn)" nil nil)
15203
15204 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15205 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15206 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15207 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15208
15209 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15210
15211 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15212 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15213 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15216 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15217
15218 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15221 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15223 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15224 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15225
15226 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15227 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15228 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15229
15230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15231
15232 ;;;***
15233 \f
15234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
15235 ;;;;;;  0))
15236 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15237
15238 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15239 Major mode for image files.
15240 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15241 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15242
15243 Key bindings:
15244 \\{image-mode-map}
15245
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15247
15248 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15249 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15251 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15253
15254 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15255 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15256 actual image.
15257
15258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15259
15260 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15261 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15262 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15263 displays an image file as text.  `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15264 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15265 to display an image file as the actual image.
15266
15267 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15268 to display an image file as text initially.
15269
15270 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15271 on these modes.
15272
15273 \(fn)" t nil)
15274
15275 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15276
15277
15278 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15279
15280 ;;;***
15281 \f
15282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15283 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15284
15285 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15286 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15287
15288 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15289
15290 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15291 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15292 in the buffer.
15293
15294 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15295
15296 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15297 element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15298 \(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15299
15300 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15301
15302 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15303 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15304 Each element of this list should have the form
15305
15306   (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15307
15308 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15309 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15310 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15311 matches are put).
15312 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15313 which is to be displayed in the menu.  REGEXP may also be a
15314 function, called without arguments.  It is expected to search
15315 backwards.  It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15316 another element.
15317 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15318 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15319 the menu item.
15320 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15321 item is selected by the user.  This function is called with
15322 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15323 the ARGUMENTS.
15324
15325 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15326 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15327 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15328
15329 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15330 create a buffer index.
15331
15332 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15333 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15334 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15335 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15336 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15337
15338 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15339
15340 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15341 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15342
15343 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15344 an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15345 called within a `save-excursion'.
15346
15347 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15348
15349 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15350
15351 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15352 Function for finding the next index position.
15353
15354 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15355 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15356 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15357 file.
15358
15359 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15360 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15361
15362 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15363
15364 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15365 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15366
15367 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15368 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15369 It should return the name for that index item.")
15370
15371 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15372
15373 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15374 Function to compare string with index item.
15375
15376 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15377 non-nil if they match.
15378
15379 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15380 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15381 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15382 arguments match\".")
15383
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15385
15386 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15387 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15388 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15389
15390 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15391 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15392
15393 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15394
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15396
15397 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15398 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15399 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15400 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15401
15402 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15403
15404 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15405 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15406
15407 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15408
15409 \(fn)" t nil)
15410
15411 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15412 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15413 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15414 for more information.
15415
15416 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15417
15418 ;;;***
15419 \f
15420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15421 ;;;;;;  0 0))
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15423
15424 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15425 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15426
15427 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15428
15429 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15430
15431
15432 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15433
15434 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15435
15436
15437 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15438
15439 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15440
15441
15442 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15443
15444 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15445 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15446
15447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15448
15449 ;;;***
15450 \f
15451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15452 ;;;;;;  0 0))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15454
15455 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15456 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15457 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15458 to that buffer.
15459 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15460 of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15461 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15463
15464 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15465
15466 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15467
15468 ;;;***
15469 \f
15470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15472
15473 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15474 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15475 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15476 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15477 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15478 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory.  In the latter
15479 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15480 first in this list.
15481
15482 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15483 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15484 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15485 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15486 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15487
15488 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15489 reasons.  Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15490 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15491
15492 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15493 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15494
15495 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15496  (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15497
15498 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15499 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15500 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15501 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15502 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15503 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15504 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15505 the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15506 just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15507 with the top-level Info directory.
15508
15509 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15510 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15511
15512 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15513 \"*info*<%s>\".
15514
15515 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15516 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15517 in all the directories in that path.
15518
15519 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15520
15521 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15522
15523 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15524 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15525
15526 \(fn)" t nil)
15527
15528 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15529 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15530
15531 \(fn)" t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15534 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15535 Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15536 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15537
15538 \(fn)" nil nil)
15539
15540 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15541 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15542 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15543 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15544
15545 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15546
15547 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15548 Go to the Info directory node.
15549
15550 \(fn)" t nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15553 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15554 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15555 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15556 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15557 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15558
15559 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15560
15561 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15562 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15563 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15564
15565 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15566
15567 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15568 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15569 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15570 a list of keywords separated by comma.  After that, it displays a node
15571 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15572
15573 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15576 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15577 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15578 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15579 topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15580
15581 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]  Invoke the Info tutorial.
15582 \\[Info-exit]   Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15583
15584 Selecting other nodes:
15585 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15586         Follow a node reference you click on.
15587           This works with menu items, cross references, and
15588           the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15589 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node]    Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15590 \\[Info-next]   Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15591 \\[Info-prev]   Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15592 \\[Info-up]     Move \"up\" from this node.
15593 \\[Info-menu]   Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15594           Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15595 \\[Info-directory]      Go to the Info directory node.
15596 \\[Info-top-node]       Go to the Top node of this file.
15597 \\[Info-final-node]     Go to the final node in this file.
15598 \\[Info-backward-node]  Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15599 \\[Info-forward-node]   Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15600 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15601 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15602 \\[Info-follow-reference]       Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15603 \\[Info-history-back]   Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15604 \\[Info-history-forward]        Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15605 \\[Info-history]        Go to menu of visited nodes.
15606 \\[Info-toc]    Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15607
15608 Moving within a node:
15609 \\[Info-scroll-up]      Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15610           Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15611           screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15612           subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15613           move up to the parent node.
15614 \\[Info-scroll-down]    Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15615           already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15616           if there is none.
15617 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15618
15619 Advanced commands:
15620 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15621           and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15622 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively]        Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15623 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15624 \\[Info-index]  Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15625 \\[Info-index-next]     (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15626 \\[Info-virtual-index]  Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15627 \\[info-apropos]        Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15628 \\[Info-goto-node]      Move to node specified by name.
15629           You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15630 1 .. 9  Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15631           Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15632 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15633 \\[clone-buffer]        Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15634 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15635 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info]       Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15636
15637 \(fn)" t nil)
15638  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15639
15640 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15641 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15642 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15643 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15644 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15645 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15646
15647 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15648  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15649
15650 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15651 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15652 KEY is a string.
15653 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15654 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15655 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15656 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15657
15658 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15659
15660 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15661 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15662 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15663
15664 \(fn)" t nil)
15665
15666 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15667 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15668 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15669
15670 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15671
15672 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15673 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15674 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15675 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15676
15677 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15678
15679 ;;;***
15680 \f
15681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15683
15684 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15685 Throw away all cached data.
15686 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15687 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15688 system.
15689
15690 \(fn)" t nil)
15691  (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15692
15693 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15694 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15695 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15696 minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15697 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15698 one found at point.
15699
15700 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15701
15702 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15703  (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15704
15705 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15706 Display the documentation of a file.
15707 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15708 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15709 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15710 The default file name is the one found at point.
15711
15712 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15713
15714 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15715
15716 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15717 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15718
15719 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15720
15721 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15722 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15723
15724 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15725
15726 ;;;***
15727 \f
15728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15729 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15730 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15731
15732 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15733 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15734 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15735 current info file is the default.
15736
15737 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer.  The format is
15738 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally.  The
15739 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15740 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15741 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15742
15743 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15744 validate node references within it.  A message is given for
15745 missing target files once per source document.  It could be
15746 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15747 mistake in the reference.
15748
15749 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15750 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15751 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15752
15753 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15754 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15755 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15756 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15757
15758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15759
15760 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15761 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15762 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15763 the info paths.  See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15764 checked.
15765
15766 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15767 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15768 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't.  If you have a
15769 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15770 extraneous files might be read.  This will be time consuming but
15771 should be harmless.
15772
15773 \(fn)" t nil)
15774
15775 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15776 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15777 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15778 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15779
15780 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15781 get full link information.  This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15782 and can take a long time.
15783
15784 \(fn)" t nil)
15785
15786 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15787 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15788 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15789
15790     Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15791
15792 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15793 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15794
15795 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15796 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default.  Usually this
15797 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15798 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15799 all builtins).
15800
15801 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15802 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15803 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too.  Even
15804 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15805 the sources handy.
15806
15807 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15808
15809 ;;;***
15810 \f
15811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15812 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15813
15814 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15815 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15816
15817 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15818
15819 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15820 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15821
15822 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15823
15824 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15825 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15826 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15827 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15828
15829 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15830 table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15831 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15832
15833 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15834 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15835 file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15836 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15837
15838 \(fn)" t nil)
15839
15840 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15841 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15842 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15847 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15848 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15849 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15850 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15851
15852 \(fn)" nil nil)
15853
15854 ;;;***
15855 \f
15856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15857 ;;;;;;  0 0))
15858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15859 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15860
15861 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15862 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15863 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15864
15865 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15866
15867 ;;;***
15868 \f
15869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15870 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15872
15873 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15874 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15875
15876 \(fn)" t nil)
15877
15878 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15879 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15880
15881 \(fn)" t nil)
15882
15883 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15884
15885
15886 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15887
15888 ;;;***
15889 \f
15890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15892 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15893
15894 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15895 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15896 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15897 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15898 accessed via isearchb.
15899
15900 \(fn)" t nil)
15901
15902 ;;;***
15903 \f
15904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15905 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15907
15908 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15910 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15911 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15912 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15913
15914 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15915
15916 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15917 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15918 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15919 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15920 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15921
15922 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15923
15924 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15925 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15926 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15927 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15929
15930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15931
15932 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15933 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15934 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15935 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15937
15938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15939
15940 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15942 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15943 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15945
15946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15947
15948 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15949 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15950 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15951 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15953
15954 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15955
15956 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15957 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15958 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15959 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15960 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15961
15962 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15963
15964 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15965 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15966 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15967 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968
15969 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15972 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15973 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Warn that format is read-only.
15980
15981 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15982
15983 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Warn that format is write-only.
15985
15986 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15989 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15990
15991 \(fn)" t nil)
15992
15993 ;;;***
15994 \f
15995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15996 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15998  (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15999  (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16000
16001 ;;;***
16002 \f
16003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16004 ;;;;;;  0 0))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16006
16007 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16008
16009 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16010 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16011 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16012 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16013 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16014
16015 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16016
16017 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16018
16019 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16020 Key map for ispell menu.")
16021
16022 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16023 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16024 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16025 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16026
16027 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16028
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16030
16031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16032
16033 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16034
16035 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^      ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16036 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16037 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16038 Valid forms include:
16039   (KEY) - just skip the key.
16040   (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16041   (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16042   (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16043
16044 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[        \n]*{[  \n]*document[   \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[        \n]*{[  \n]*program[    \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[     \n]*{[  \n]*verbatim\\*?[       \n]*}")))) "\
16045 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16046 First list is used raw.
16047 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16048
16049 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16050 for skipping in latex mode.")
16051
16052 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^        \n>]" ">") ("&[^        \n;]" "[;       \n]")) "\
16053 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16054 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16055 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16056  (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16057 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16058  (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16059
16060 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16061 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16062 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16063 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16064
16065 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16066 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16067 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16068 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16069 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16070
16071 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16072 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16073
16074 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16075 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16076
16077 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16078 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16079
16080 This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16081 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16082
16083 Return values:
16084 nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16085 0             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16086 \"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16087 \(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16088 quit          spell session exited.
16089
16090 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16091
16092 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16093 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16094 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16095
16096 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16099 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16100
16101 Selections are:
16102
16103 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16104 SPC:   Accept word this time.
16105 `i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16106 `a':   Accept word for this session.
16107 `A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16108 `r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16109 `R':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Query-replaced in buffer.  Rechecked.
16110 `?':   Show these commands.
16111 `x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16112 `X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16113         the aborted check to be completed later.
16114 `q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16115 `l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16116 `u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16117 `m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16118 `C-l':  Redraw screen.
16119 `C-r':  Recursive edit.
16120 `C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16121
16122 \(fn)" nil nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16125 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16126 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16127 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16128
16129 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16130
16131 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16132 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16133 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16134 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16135
16136 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16137
16138 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16139
16140 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16141 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16142 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16143 amount for last line processed.
16144
16145 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16146
16147 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16148 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16149
16150 \(fn)" t nil)
16151
16152 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16153 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16154
16155 \(fn)" t nil)
16156
16157 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16158 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16159 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16160
16161 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16162
16163 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16164 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16165
16166 \(fn)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16169 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16170 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16171 sequence inside of a word.
16172
16173 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16174
16175 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16178 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16179
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16183 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16184 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16185 that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16186
16187 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16188 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16189 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16190 available on the net.
16191
16192 \(fn)" t nil)
16193
16194 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16195 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16197 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16199
16200 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled,
16201 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16202 spelled.
16203
16204 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored.  To
16205 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16206 SPC.
16207
16208 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16209 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16210
16211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16214 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16215 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16216 Don't check included messages.
16217
16218 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16219 use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16220 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16221
16222 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16223 in your init file:
16224    (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16225    (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16226    (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16227    (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16228
16229 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16230 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16231    (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16232
16233 \(fn)" t nil)
16234
16235 ;;;***
16236 \f
16237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16238 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
16239 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16240
16241 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16242
16243
16244 \(fn)" nil nil)
16245
16246 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16247 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16248 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16249 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16250 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16251  (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16252  may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16253  necessary to represent OBJ.
16254
16255 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16256
16257 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16258 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16259 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16260 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16261
16262 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16263
16264 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16265 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16266 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16267 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16268 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16269
16270 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16271
16272 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16273 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16274 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16275 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16276
16277 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16280 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16281 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16282 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16283
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16285
16286 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16287 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16288
16289 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16290
16291 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16292 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16293 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16294 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16295 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16296
16297 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16298
16299 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16300 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16301 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16302 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16303 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16304
16305 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16306
16307 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16308 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16309 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16310
16311 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16312
16313 ;;;***
16314 \f
16315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16317
16318 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16319 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16320 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16321 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16322
16323 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16324
16325
16326 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16327
16328 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16329 Uninstall jka-compr.
16330 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16331 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16332 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16333
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335
16336 ;;;***
16337 \f
16338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 3002 678518 0))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16340 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16341
16342 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16343 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16344
16345 \(fn)" t nil)
16346  (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16347
16348 ;;;***
16349 \f
16350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16352 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16353
16354 ;;;***
16355 \f
16356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16357 ;;;;;;  0 0))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16359
16360 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16361 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16362 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16363 decimal key must be specified.")
16364
16365 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16366
16367 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16368 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16369 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16370 decimal key must be specified.")
16371
16372 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16373
16374 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16375 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16376 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16377 decimal key must be specified.")
16378
16379 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16380
16381 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16382 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16383 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16384 decimal key must be specified.")
16385
16386 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16387
16388 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16389 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16390 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16391 are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16392 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16393 keys are bound.
16394
16395  Setup      Binding
16396  -------------------------------------------------------------
16397  'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16398  'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16399  'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16400  'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16401  'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16402            this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16403            in the global and local keymaps.
16404
16405 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16406 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16407
16408 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16409
16410 ;;;***
16411 \f
16412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16413 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16415
16416 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16417 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16418 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16419
16420 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16421 at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16422 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16423 respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16424 shorter.
16425
16426 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16427 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16428 the context of text formatting.
16429
16430 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16431
16432 ;;;***
16433 \f
16434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 0
16435 ;;;;;;  0))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16437
16438 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16439 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16440 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16441 candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16442 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16443 positions that contains the current selection.")
16444
16445 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16446 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16447 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16448 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16449 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16450 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16451 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16452
16453 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16454
16455 ;;;***
16456 \f
16457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16458 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16459  (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16460  (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16461  (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16462  (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16463  (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16464  (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16465  (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16466
16467 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16468 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16469 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16470
16471 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16472
16473 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16474 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16475 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16476 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16477 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16478
16479 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16480
16481 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16482 defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16483 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16484
16485 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16486 defining the macro.
16487
16488 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16489 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16490 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16491
16492 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16493 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16494
16495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16496
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16498 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16499 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16500 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16501 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16502 under that name.
16503
16504 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16505 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16506 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16507
16508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16509
16510 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16511 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16512 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16513 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16514
16515 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16516 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16517 command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16518 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16519
16520 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16521 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16522
16523 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16524
16525 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16526 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16527 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16528
16529 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16530 macro.
16531
16532 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16533 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16534
16535 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16536 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16537 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16538
16539 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16540 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16541
16542 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16543
16544 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16545 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16546 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16547 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16548
16549 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16550
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16552 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16553 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16554 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16555
16556 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16557 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16558
16559 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16560
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16562 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16563 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16564
16565 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16566
16567 ;;;***
16568 \f
16569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16570 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
16571 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16572
16573 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16574 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16575 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16576
16577 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16578
16579
16580 \(fn)" nil nil)
16581
16582 ;;;***
16583 \f
16584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21291 53104
16585 ;;;;;;  0 0))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16587
16588 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16589
16590 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16591 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16592
16593 \(fn)" t nil)
16594
16595 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16596 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16597 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16598 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16599
16600 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16601 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16602 none / 1   | yes                   | no
16603        2   | yes                   | yes
16604        3   | no                    | yes
16605        4   | no                    | no
16606
16607 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16608 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16609 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16610
16611 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16612
16613 ;;;***
16614 \f
16615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16616 ;;;;;;  0 0))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16618
16619 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16620
16621
16622 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16623
16624 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16625 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16626 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16627 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16628 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16629 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16630
16631 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16632 syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16633
16634 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16635
16636 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16637 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16638
16639 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16640
16641 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16642
16643
16644 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16645
16646 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16647
16648
16649 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16650
16651 ;;;***
16652 \f
16653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16654 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16656
16657 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16658 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16659 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16660 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16661
16662 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16663
16664 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16665 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16666 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16667
16668 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16669
16670 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16671 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16672 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16673
16674 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16675
16676 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16677 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16678 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16679 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16680
16681 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16682
16683 ;;;***
16684 \f
16685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16686 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
16687 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16688
16689 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16690 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16691 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16692 if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16693 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16694 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16695 methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16696 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16697
16698 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16699 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16700
16701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16702 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16703
16704 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16705
16706 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16707 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16708 See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16709 must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16710 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16711 `latin1-display-setup'.
16712
16713 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16714
16715 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16716 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16717 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16718 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16719
16720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16721 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16722
16723 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16724
16725 ;;;***
16726 \f
16727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16728 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16730
16731 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16732 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16733
16734 \(fn)" t nil)
16735
16736 ;;;***
16737 \f
16738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16740
16741 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16742 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16743 The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16744 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16745 generations (this defaults to 1).
16746
16747 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16748
16749 ;;;***
16750 \f
16751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16752 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16753 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16754
16755 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16756 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16758 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16759 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16760
16761 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16762
16763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16764
16765 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16766 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16767 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16770 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16771
16772 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16773
16774 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16775 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16776 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16777 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16778 ARG is omitted or nil.
16779
16780 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16781 `linum-on' would do it.
16782 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16783
16784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16785
16786 ;;;***
16787 \f
16788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16789 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16790
16791 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16792 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16793 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16794 is nil, raise an error.
16795
16796 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16797 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16798 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16799 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16800 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16801 defined by the library.
16802
16803 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16804 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else.  That function
16805 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library.  If
16806 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16807 standard unloading of the library.  Otherwise the standard unloading
16808 proceeds.
16809
16810 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16811 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16812 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16813 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16814
16815 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16816
16817 ;;;***
16818 \f
16819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16821
16822 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16823 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16824 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16825
16826 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16827
16828 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16829 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16830 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16831 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16832
16833 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16834 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16835 one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16836 system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16837 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16838 which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16839 the version.)
16840
16841 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16842 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16843
16844 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
16845 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16846
16847 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16848 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16849
16850 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16851
16852 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16853 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16854 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16855 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16856 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
16857 to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16858 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16859 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16860 to constrain a big search.
16861
16862 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16863
16864 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16865 except that FILTER is not optional.
16866
16867 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16868
16869 ;;;***
16870 \f
16871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21291 53104 0
16872 ;;;;;;  0))
16873 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16874
16875 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16876 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16877 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16878 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16879 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16880 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16881 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16882 \\[kill-region].  Once the user is done editing the message,
16883 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16884 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16885
16886 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16887 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer.  Possible keys and
16888 associated values:
16889  `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16890  files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16891  `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16892  displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16893  `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16894
16895 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16896 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16897 done.  Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16898
16899 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16900
16901 ;;;***
16902 \f
16903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 0
16904 ;;;;;;  0))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16906
16907 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16908 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16909
16910 \(fn)" t nil)
16911
16912 ;;;***
16913 \f
16914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16916
16917 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16918 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16919
16920 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16921 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16922
16923 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16924 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16925 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16926
16927 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16928 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16929
16930 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16931 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16932 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16933 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16934 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
16935 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16936 file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16937
16938 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16939
16940 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16941 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16942 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16943 switch on this list.
16944 See `lpr-command'.")
16945
16946 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16947
16948 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16949 Name of program for printing a file.
16950
16951 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16952 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16953 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16954 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16955 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16956 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16957 argument.")
16958
16959 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16960
16961 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16962 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16963 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16964 for customization of the printer command.
16965
16966 \(fn)" t nil)
16967
16968 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16969 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16970
16971 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16972 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16973 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16974 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16975
16976 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16977 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16978
16979 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16980 for further customization of the printer command.
16981
16982 \(fn)" t nil)
16983
16984 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16985 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16986 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16987 for customization of the printer command.
16988
16989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16990
16991 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16992 Paginate and print the region contents.
16993
16994 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16995 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16996 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16997 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16998
16999 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17000 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17001
17002 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17003 for further customization of the printer command.
17004
17005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17006
17007 ;;;***
17008 \f
17009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17011
17012 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17013 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17014 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17015
17016 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17017
17018 ;;;***
17019 \f
17020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 0
17021 ;;;;;;  0))
17022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17023
17024 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17025 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17026 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17027 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17028
17029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17030
17031 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17032
17033 ;;;***
17034 \f
17035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17036 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17038
17039 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17040 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17041
17042 \(fn)" t nil)
17043
17044 ;;;***
17045 \f
17046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17047 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17048
17049 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17050 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17051 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17052 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17053 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17054
17055 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17056
17057 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17058 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17059 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17060 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17061 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17062
17063 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17064 definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17065 will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17066 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17067 bindings.
17068
17069 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17070 use this command, and then save the file.
17071
17072 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17073
17074 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17075 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17076   With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17077 commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17078 each time the macro executes.
17079   Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17080 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17081 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17082 \\[skip]        Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17083 \\[exit]        Stop the macro entirely right now.
17084 \\[recenter]    Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17085 \\[edit]        Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17086
17087 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17088
17089 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17090 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17091 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17092 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17093
17094 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17095 BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17096 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17097 execute.
17098
17099 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17100 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17101
17102 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17103 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17104 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17105 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17106 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17107
17108 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17109 looked like this:
17110
17111     { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17112     { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17113     { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17114
17115 You could enter the names in this format:
17116
17117     foo
17118     bar
17119     baz
17120
17121 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17122
17123     \\C-x (
17124        \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17125     \\C-x )
17126
17127 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17128 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17129
17130 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17131  (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17132
17133 ;;;***
17134 \f
17135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17136 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17138
17139 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17140 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17141 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17142 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17143 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17144 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17145
17146 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17147 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17148 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17149 each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17150 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17151
17152 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17153 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17154 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17155 consing a string.)
17156
17157 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17158
17159 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17160 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17161
17162 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17163
17164 ;;;***
17165 \f
17166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17167 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17169
17170 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17171 Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17172
17173 \(fn)" nil nil)
17174
17175 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17176
17177
17178 \(fn)" nil nil)
17179
17180 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17181 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17182
17183 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17184
17185 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17186 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17187 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17188 message.
17189
17190 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17191
17192 \(fn)" nil nil)
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17197 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17199
17200 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17201 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17202 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17203 often correct parser.")
17204
17205 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17206
17207 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17208 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17209 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17210 a value which excludes your own email address.
17211
17212 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17213 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17214
17215 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17216
17217 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17218 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17219
17220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17221
17222 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17223 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17224 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17225 we return it unconverted.
17226
17227 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17228 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17229
17230 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17231
17232 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17233 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17234 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17235 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17236
17237 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17238
17239 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17240 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17241 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17242 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17243
17244 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17245
17246 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17247 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17248 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17249 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17250 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17251 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17252 when finished.  Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17253 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17254 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17255 as Rmail does.
17256
17257 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17258
17259 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17260 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17261 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17262 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17263 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17264 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17265 matches may be returned from the message body.
17266
17267 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17268
17269 ;;;***
17270 \f
17271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17272 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17274
17275 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17276 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17277 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17279 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17280 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17281
17282 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17283
17284 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17285 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17287 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17288 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17289
17290 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled,
17291 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17292 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17293 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17294
17295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17296
17297 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17298 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17299
17300 \(fn)" nil nil)
17301
17302 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17303 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17304 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17305
17306 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17307
17308 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17309 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17310 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17311
17312 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17313 from a mailrc file.  In that case, addresses are separated with
17314 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17315 double-quotes.
17316
17317 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17318
17319 ;;;***
17320 \f
17321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17322 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17324
17325 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17326 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17327 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17328         king@grassland.com
17329 If `parens', they look like:
17330         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17331 If `angles', they look like:
17332         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17333
17334 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17335
17336 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17337 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17338 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17339 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17340 their `Resent-' variants.
17341
17342 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17343 removed from alias expansions.
17344
17345 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17346
17347 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17348 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17349 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17350
17351 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17352 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17353 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17354 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17355
17356 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17357
17358 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17359 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17360 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17361
17362 \(fn)" nil nil)
17363
17364 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17365 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17366 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17367 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17368
17369 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17370
17371 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17372
17373 ;;;***
17374 \f
17375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17376 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17378
17379 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17380 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17381 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17382 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17383
17384 \(fn)" nil nil)
17385
17386 ;;;***
17387 \f
17388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17389 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17391
17392 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17393 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17394
17395 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17396 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17397 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17398 `makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17399 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17400 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17401
17402 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17403 provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17404 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17405 dependency, despite the colon.
17406
17407 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17408
17409 In the browser, use the following keys:
17410
17411 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17412
17413 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17414
17415 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17416     Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17417
17418 `makefile-target-colon':
17419     The string that gets appended to all target names
17420     inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17421     \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17422
17423 `makefile-macro-assign':
17424    The string that gets appended to all macro names
17425    inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17426    The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17427    standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17428    allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17429    might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17430
17431 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17432    If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17433    target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17434
17435 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17436    Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17437
17438 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17439    Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17440    up or down in the browser.
17441
17442 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17443    String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17444
17445 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17446    String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17447
17448 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17449    If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17450    will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17451    has been selected in the browser.
17452
17453 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17454    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17455    `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17456    (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17457    filenames are omitted.
17458
17459 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17460    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17461    will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17462    (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17463    This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17464    the backslash itself intact.
17465    IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17466    to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17467
17468 `makefile-browser-hook':
17469    A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17470    browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17471
17472 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17473    List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17474    on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17475    at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17476
17477 \(fn)" t nil)
17478
17479 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17480 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17481
17482 \(fn)" t nil)
17483
17484 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17485 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17486
17487 \(fn)" t nil)
17488
17489 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17490 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17491
17492 \(fn)" t nil)
17493
17494 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17495 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17496
17497 \(fn)" t nil)
17498
17499 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17500 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17501
17502 \(fn)" t nil)
17503
17504 ;;;***
17505 \f
17506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17508
17509 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17510 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17511 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17512
17513 \(fn)" t nil)
17514
17515 ;;;***
17516 \f
17517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17519
17520 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17521
17522 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17523 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17524 This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It
17525 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17526 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17527 buffer.  See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17528 the buffer is ready.  If a buffer already exists for this man
17529 page, it will display immediately.
17530
17531 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17532 following.  \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17533 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17534
17535     cat(1)
17536     1 cat
17537
17538 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17539 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17540 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17541 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17542
17543     -a chmod
17544
17545 An explicit filename can be given too.  Use -l if it might
17546 otherwise look like a page name.
17547
17548     /my/file/name.1.gz
17549     -l somefile.1
17550
17551 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17552 names or descriptions.  The pattern argument is usually an
17553 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17554
17555     -k pattern
17556
17557 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17558
17559 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17560 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17561
17562 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17563
17564 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17565 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17566
17567 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17568
17569 ;;;***
17570 \f
17571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17572 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17573 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17574
17575 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17576 Toggle Master mode.
17577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17578 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17579 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17580
17581 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17582 using the following commands:
17583
17584 \\{master-mode-map}
17585
17586 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17587 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17588 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17589
17590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17591
17592 ;;;***
17593 \f
17594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17596
17597 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17598 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17599 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17602 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17603
17604 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17605
17606 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17607 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17609 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
17610 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17611
17612 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode.  When
17613 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17614 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt.  This is only useful if
17615 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17616
17617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17618
17619 ;;;***
17620 \f
17621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17622 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17623 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17624
17625 ;;;***
17626 \f
17627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 0
17628 ;;;;;;  0))
17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17630
17631 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17632
17633 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17634 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17635 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17636 C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17637 C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17638 C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17639          C-c C-f C-t  move to To        C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17640          C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc        C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17641          C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc       C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17642          C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary   C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17643          C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords  C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17644          C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17645          C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17646          C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17647          C-c C-f C-e  move to Expires
17648          C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17649          C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17650          C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17651          C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17652          C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17653 C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17654 C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17655 C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17656 C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17657 C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17658 C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17659 C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17660 C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17661 C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17662 C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17663 C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17664 C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17665 C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17666 C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17667 C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17668 C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17669 C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17670 M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17671
17672 \(fn)" t nil)
17673
17674 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17675 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17676 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17677 to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17678 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17679
17680 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17681
17682 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17683 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17684
17685 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17686
17687 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17688 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17689
17690 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17691
17692 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17693 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17694
17695 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17696
17697 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17698 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17699 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17700
17701 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17702
17703 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17704 Cancel an article you posted.
17705 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17706
17707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17710 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17711 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17712 header line with the old Message-ID.
17713
17714 \(fn)" t nil)
17715
17716 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17717 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17718
17719 \(fn)" t nil)
17720
17721 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17722 Forward the current message via mail.
17723 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17724 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17725
17726 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17729
17730
17731 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17732
17733 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17734
17735
17736 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17737
17738 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17739 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17740
17741 \(fn)" t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17744 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17745
17746 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17749 Re-mail the current message.
17750 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17751 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17752 you.
17753
17754 \(fn)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17757 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17758
17759 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17760
17761 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17762 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17763
17764 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17767 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17768
17769 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17772 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17773
17774 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17777 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17778 Works by overstriking characters.
17779 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17780 which specify the range to operate on.
17781
17782 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17785 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17786 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17787 which specify the range to operate on.
17788
17789 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17790
17791 ;;;***
17792 \f
17793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17794 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
17795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17796 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17797
17798 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17799 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17800
17801 \(fn)" t nil)
17802
17803 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17804 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17805
17806 \(fn)" t nil)
17807
17808 ;;;***
17809 \f
17810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17811 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17813
17814 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17815 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17816 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17817
17818 \(fn)" t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17821 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17822 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17823 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17824 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17825 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17826 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17827
17828 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17829
17830 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17831 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17832 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17833 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17834 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17835 means current).
17836 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17837 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17838
17839 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17840
17841 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17842 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17843 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17844 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17845 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17846 means current).
17847 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17848 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17849
17850 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17851
17852 ;;;***
17853 \f
17854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 53104 0
17855 ;;;;;;  0))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17857
17858 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17859 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17860 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17861
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17865 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17866 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17867
17868 \(fn)" t nil)
17869
17870 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17871 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17872
17873 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17874 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17875 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17876
17877 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17878 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17879
17880 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17881 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17882
17883 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17884
17885 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17886
17887 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17888 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17889 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17890 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17891 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17892 as `compose-mail'.
17893
17894 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17895 initial Subject field, respectively.
17896
17897 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17898 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17899 are strings.
17900
17901 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17902 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17903
17904 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17905
17906 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17907 Save draft and send message.
17908
17909 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17910 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17911 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17912 Mail Delivery*\".
17913
17914 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17915 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17916 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17917
17918 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17919 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17920 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17921 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17922 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17923 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17924
17925 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17926 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17927
17928 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17929 message and scan line.
17930
17931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17932
17933 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17934 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17935
17936 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17937 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17938 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17939 delete the draft message.
17940
17941 \(fn)" t nil)
17942
17943 ;;;***
17944 \f
17945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17946 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17947 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
17948
17949 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17950
17951 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17952
17953 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17954
17955 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17956 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17957
17958 \(fn)" t nil)
17959
17960 ;;;***
17961 \f
17962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
17963 ;;;;;;  0 0))
17964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17965
17966 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17967 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17968 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17969
17970 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17971 the MH mail system.
17972
17973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17974
17975 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17976 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17977 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17978
17979 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17980 the MH mail system.
17981
17982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17983
17984 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17985 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17986
17987 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17988 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17989 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17990 separate command.
17991
17992 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17993 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17994 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17995 format.
17996
17997 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17998
17999 Ranges
18000 ======
18001 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18002 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18003 can be used in several ways.
18004
18005 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18006 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18007 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18008 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18009 page):
18010
18011 <num1>-<num2>
18012     Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18013     The range must be nonempty.
18014
18015 <num>:N
18016 <num>:+N
18017 <num>:-N
18018     Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18019     may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18020     last.
18021
18022 first:N
18023 prev:N
18024 next:N
18025 last:N
18026     The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18027
18028 all
18029     All of the messages.
18030
18031 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18032 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18033
18034 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18035 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18036 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18037
18038 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18039
18040 \(fn)" t nil)
18041
18042 ;;;***
18043 \f
18044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18046
18047 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18048 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18049 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18050 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18051 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18052 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18053 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18054 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18055 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18056 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18057 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18058
18059 \(fn)" t nil)
18060
18061 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18062 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18063 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18064 to its second argument TM.
18065
18066 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18067
18068 ;;;***
18069 \f
18070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18071 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18072 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18073
18074 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18075 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18076 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18079 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18080
18081 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18082
18083 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18084 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18086 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
18087 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18088
18089 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode.  When
18090 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18091 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18092 would yield the default value.  If the user modifies the input
18093 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18094 is modified to remove the default indication.
18095
18096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18097
18098 ;;;***
18099 \f
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18102
18103 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18104 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18105 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once.  The disturbance
18106 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18107 upper atmosphere.  These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18108 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18109 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18110 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it.  This is a permuted
18111 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18112
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18114
18115 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18116 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18117 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18118 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18119 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18120 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18121 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18122 The return value is always nil.
18123
18124 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18125
18126 ;;;***
18127 \f
18128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18129 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18130  (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18131
18132 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18133 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18134
18135 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18136 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18137 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18138 next occurrence.
18139
18140 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18141 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18142 end of the search space).
18143
18144 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18145 search is currently searching.  It defines the base buffer relative to
18146 which this function should find the next buffer.  When the isearch
18147 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18148 should return the previous buffer to search.
18149
18150 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18151 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18152 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18153
18154 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18155 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18156 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18157 Isearch starts.")
18158
18159 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18160 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18161 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18162
18163 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18164 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18165 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18166
18167 \(fn)" nil nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18170 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18171 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18172 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18173 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18174 whose names match the specified regexp.
18175
18176 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18177
18178 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18179 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18180 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18181 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18182 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18183 whose names match the specified regexp.
18184
18185 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18186
18187 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18188 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18189 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18190 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18191 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18192 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18193 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18194
18195 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18196
18197 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18198 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18199 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18200 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18201 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18202 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18203 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18204
18205 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18206
18207 ;;;***
18208 \f
18209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18210 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
18211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18212 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18213
18214 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18215 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18216
18217 \(fn)" t nil)
18218
18219 ;;;***
18220 \f
18221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18222 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18224
18225 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18226 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18227
18228 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18229
18230 ;;;***
18231 \f
18232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18233 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18235
18236 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18237 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18238
18239 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18240
18241 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18242 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18243 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18244 the entire message.
18245 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18246
18247 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18248
18249 ;;;***
18250 \f
18251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18252 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18254
18255 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18256 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18257 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18258 the entire message.
18259 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18260
18261 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18262
18263 ;;;***
18264 \f
18265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18267
18268 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18269 Insert file contents of URL.
18270 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18271
18272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18273
18274 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18275 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18276
18277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18278
18279 ;;;***
18280 \f
18281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18283
18284 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18285 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18286 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18287 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18288 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18289
18290 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18291
18292 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18293 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18294 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18295
18296 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18297
18298 ;;;***
18299 \f
18300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18302
18303 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18304 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18305
18306 \(fn)" nil nil)
18307
18308 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18309 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18310 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18311 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18312 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18313
18314 FILE is the name of the file to attach.  TYPE is its
18315 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\".  DESCRIPTION
18316 is a one-line description of the attachment.  The DISPOSITION
18317 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed.  It can
18318 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18319 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18320
18321 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18322
18323 ;;;***
18324 \f
18325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 0
18326 ;;;;;;  0))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18328
18329 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18330
18331
18332 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18333
18334 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18335
18336
18337 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18338
18339 ;;;***
18340 \f
18341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 0
18342 ;;;;;;  0))
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18344
18345 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18346
18347
18348 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18349
18350 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18351
18352
18353 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18354
18355 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18356
18357
18358 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18359
18360 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18361
18362
18363 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18364
18365 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18366
18367
18368 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18369
18370 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18371
18372
18373 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18374
18375 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18376
18377
18378 \(fn)" nil nil)
18379
18380 ;;;***
18381 \f
18382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18383 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18385
18386 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18387
18388 ;;;***
18389 \f
18390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18391 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18393
18394 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18395
18396 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18397 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18398 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18399 followed by the first character of the construct.
18400 \\<m2-mode-map>
18401   \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18402   \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18403   \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18404   \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18405   \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18406   \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18407   \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18408   \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18409   \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18410   \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18411   \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18412   \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18413   \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18414   \\[m2-link] link
18415
18416    `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18417    `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18418    `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18419
18420 \(fn)" t nil)
18421
18422 ;;;***
18423 \f
18424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18426
18427 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18428 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18429
18430 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18431
18432 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18433 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18434
18435 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18436
18437 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18438 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18439
18440 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18441
18442 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18443 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18444
18445 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18446
18447 ;;;***
18448 \f
18449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 0
18450 ;;;;;;  0))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18452
18453 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18454 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18455
18456 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18457 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location.  Try it;
18458 you'll like it.  It's easier to observe than to explain.
18459
18460 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18461 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18462 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18463
18464 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18465 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18466
18467 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18468 in the opposite direction.  (Different people have different ideas
18469 about which direction is natural.  Perhaps it has to do with which
18470 hemisphere you're in.)
18471
18472 To test this function, evaluate:
18473     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18474
18475 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18476
18477 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18478 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18479
18480 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18481 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18482
18483 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18484 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18485 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18486
18487 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18488 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18489
18490 To test this function, evaluate:
18491     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18492
18493 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18494
18495 ;;;***
18496 \f
18497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18499
18500 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18501 Main entry point for MPC.
18502
18503 \(fn)" t nil)
18504
18505 ;;;***
18506 \f
18507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18509
18510 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18511 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18512
18513 \(fn)" t nil)
18514
18515 ;;;***
18516 \f
18517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18519
18520 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18521 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18522 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18524 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18525 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18526
18527 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18528
18529 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18530 Toggle Msb mode.
18531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18532 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18534
18535 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18536 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18537
18538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18543 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18547 Display a list of all character sets.
18548
18549 The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18550 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18551 set.  The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18552 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18553 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18554
18555 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18556 but still shows the full information.
18557
18558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18561 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18562 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18563
18564 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18565 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18566 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18567 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18568 meanings of these arguments.
18569
18570 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18571
18572 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18573 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18574
18575 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18576
18577 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18578 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18579
18580 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18581
18582 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18584
18585 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18586
18587 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18589
18590 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18591 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18592 in place of `..':
18593   `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18594   eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18595   Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18596   eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18597   Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18598   eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18599   `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18600   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18601   `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18602   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18603   default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18604   eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18605   `default-process-coding-system' for read
18606   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18607   `default-process-coding-system' for write
18608   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18609
18610 \(fn)" t nil)
18611
18612 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18614
18615 \(fn)" t nil)
18616
18617 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display a list of all coding systems.
18619 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18620
18621 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18622 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18623
18624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18625
18626 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display a list of all coding categories.
18628
18629 \(fn)" nil nil)
18630
18631 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18632 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18633 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18634
18635 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18636
18637 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display information about FONTSET.
18639 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18640
18641 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18642
18643 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of all fontsets.
18645 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18646 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18647 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18648
18649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18650
18651 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display information about all input methods.
18653
18654 \(fn)" t nil)
18655
18656 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18658
18659 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18660 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18661 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18662 system which uses fontsets).
18663
18664 \(fn)" t nil)
18665
18666 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18667 Show log of font listing and opening.
18668 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18669 The default is 20.  If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18670
18671 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18672
18673 ;;;***
18674 \f
18675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18676 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
18677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18678
18679 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18680 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18681
18682 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18683 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18684
18685 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18686 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18687
18688 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18689
18690 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18691 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18692 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18693 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18694 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18695 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18696 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18697
18698 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18699 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18700 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18701 comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18702 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18703 middle of a character in STR.
18704
18705 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18706 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18707
18708 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18709 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18710 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18711 width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18712 defaults to \"...\".
18713
18714 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18715
18716 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18717 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18718
18719 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18720 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18721 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18722
18723 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18724 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18725 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18726
18727 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18728 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18729 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18730  are considered.
18731 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18732 longer than KEYSEQ.
18733 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18734
18735 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18736
18737 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18738 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18739 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18740 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18741 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18742 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18743 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18744  how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18745  to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18746 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18747  even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18748
18749 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18750
18751 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18752 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18753
18754 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18755
18756 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18757 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18758
18759 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18760
18761 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18762 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18763
18764 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18765
18766 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18767 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18768
18769 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18770
18771 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18772 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18773 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems.  See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18774 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18775 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18776
18777 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18778 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18779
18780 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18781 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18782 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18783 coding systems ordered by priority.
18784
18785 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18786
18787 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18788
18789 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18790 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18791 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18792 language environment LANG-ENV.
18793
18794 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18795
18796 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18797 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18798 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18799 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18800 CHAR's charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a
18801 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18802
18803 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18804
18805 ;;;***
18806 \f
18807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18808 ;;;;;;  0 0))
18809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18810
18811 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18812 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18813
18814 \(fn)" t nil)
18815
18816 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18817 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18818
18819 \(fn)" t nil)
18820
18821 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18822 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18823
18824 \(fn)" t nil)
18825
18826 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18827 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18828
18829 \(fn)" t nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18832 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18833
18834 \(fn)" t nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18837 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18838
18839 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18840
18841 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18842 Ping HOST.
18843 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18844 `ping-program-options'.
18845
18846 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18847
18848 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18849 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18850
18851 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18854 Run nslookup program.
18855
18856 \(fn)" t nil)
18857
18858 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18859 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18860
18861 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18862
18863 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18864 Run dig program.
18865
18866 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18867
18868 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18869 Run ftp program.
18870
18871 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18872
18873 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18874 Finger USER on HOST.
18875
18876 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18877
18878 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18879 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18880 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18881 from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
18882
18883 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18884
18885 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18886
18887
18888 \(fn)" t nil)
18889
18890 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18891 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18892
18893 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18894
18895 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18896 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18897
18898 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18899
18900 ;;;***
18901 \f
18902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18904
18905 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18906 Return a user name/password pair.
18907 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18908 listed in the PORTS list.
18909
18910 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18911
18912 ;;;***
18913 \f
18914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18915 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
18916 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18917
18918 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18919 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18920 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18921 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18922 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18923 closes it.
18924
18925 NAME is the name for the process.  It is modified if necessary to
18926  make it unique.
18927 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18928  Process output goes at end of that buffer.  BUFFER may be nil,
18929  meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18930 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18931 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18932  a port number to connect to.
18933
18934 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18935 values:
18936
18937 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18938   nil or `network'
18939              -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18940                 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18941                 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18942                 connection via STARTTLS.  Even if that
18943                 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18944                 an unencrypted connection.
18945   `plain'    -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18946   `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18947                 upgrading via STARTTLS.  If that fails for any
18948                 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18949                 returned object is a killed process.
18950   `tls'      -- A TLS connection.
18951   `ssl'      -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18952   `shell'    -- A shell connection.
18953
18954 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18955   If omitted or nil, return a process object.  A non-nil means to
18956   return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18957   is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18958    :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18959    :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18960                     or nil if none could be found.
18961    :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18962             or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18963
18964 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18965
18966 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18967   response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18968   It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18969
18970 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18971   successful STARTTLS negotiation.  For instance, the default
18972   should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18973
18974 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18975   for its capabilities.  For instance, for IMAP this should be
18976   \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18977
18978 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18979   This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18980   capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18981   STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18982
18983 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18984   capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18985
18986 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18987   element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18988   element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18989   means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18990   certificate.  This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18991   or STARTTLS connections.
18992
18993 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18994 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18995
18996 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
18997 a greeting from the server.
18998
18999 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19000   asynchronously, if possible.
19001
19002 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19003
19004 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19005
19006 ;;;***
19007 \f
19008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19009 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
19010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19011
19012 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19013 Check whether newsticker is running.
19014 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19015 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19016
19017 \(fn)" nil nil)
19018
19019 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19020 Start the newsticker.
19021 Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19022 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19023 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19024 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19025
19026 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19027
19028 ;;;***
19029 \f
19030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19031 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
19032 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19033
19034 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19035 Start newsticker plainview.
19036
19037 \(fn)" t nil)
19038
19039 ;;;***
19040 \f
19041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19042 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
19043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19044
19045 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19046 Start reading news.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19047
19048 \(fn)" t nil)
19049
19050 ;;;***
19051 \f
19052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19053 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
19054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19055
19056 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19057 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19058 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19059 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19060 empty.
19061
19062 \(fn)" nil nil)
19063
19064 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19065 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19066 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19067 running already.
19068
19069 \(fn)" t nil)
19070
19071 ;;;***
19072 \f
19073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19074 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19076
19077 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19078 Start newsticker treeview.
19079
19080 \(fn)" t nil)
19081
19082 ;;;***
19083 \f
19084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19085 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19087 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19088
19089 ;;;***
19090 \f
19091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 0
19092 ;;;;;;  0))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19094
19095 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19096 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19097
19098 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19099
19100 ;;;***
19101 \f
19102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19104
19105 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19106 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19107 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19108 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19109 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19110 symbol in the alist.
19111
19112 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19113
19114 ;;;***
19115 \f
19116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19117 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19119
19120 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19121 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19122 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19123
19124 \(fn)" t nil)
19125
19126 ;;;***
19127 \f
19128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19130
19131 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19132 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19133
19134 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19135
19136 ;;;***
19137 \f
19138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19139 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19140
19141 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19142
19143 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19144 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19145 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19146
19147 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19148
19149
19150 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19151
19152 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19153 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19154 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19155 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19156 to future sessions.
19157
19158 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19159
19160 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19161 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19162 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19163 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19164 future sessions.
19165
19166 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19167
19168 ;;;***
19169 \f
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19171 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19173
19174 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19175 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19176 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19177 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19178 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19179 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19180
19181 \(fn)" t nil)
19182
19183 ;;;***
19184 \f
19185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19187 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19188
19189 ;;;***
19190 \f
19191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19192 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19194
19195 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19196 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19197 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19198 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19199
19200 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19201
19202 ;;;***
19203 \f
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 1839
19205 ;;;;;;  721535 649000))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19207
19208 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19209 Major mode for editing XML.
19210
19211 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19212 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19213 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19214 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19215 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19216 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19217 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19218
19219 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19220
19221 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19222 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19223
19224 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form.  The
19225 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19226 is recognized as a section.  The same key sequences that change
19227 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19228 instead of C-c.
19229
19230 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19231 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive.  Element
19232 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19233 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19234 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19235 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19236
19237 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19238 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19239 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19240
19241 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19242 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19243 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19244
19245 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19246 operate on XML markup items.  Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19247 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19248 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19249 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item.  By default, each
19250 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19251 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19252 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t.  For more details, see the function
19253 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19254
19255 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19256
19257 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19258 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19259
19260 \(fn)" t nil)
19261 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19262
19263 ;;;***
19264 \f
19265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19266 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19268
19269 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19270 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19271 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19272 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19273
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19275
19276 ;;;***
19277 \f
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 34341
19279 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19281
19282 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19283 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19284
19285 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19286 computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface
19287 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function
19288 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19289
19290 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19291
19292 Key bindings:
19293 \\{octave-mode-map}
19294
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19296
19297 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19298 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19299 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19300
19301 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19302
19303 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19304 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19305
19306 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19307 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19308 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19309
19310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19311
19312 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19317 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19319
19320 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19321
19322 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19323 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19324 \\[opascal-find-unit]   - Search for a OPascal source file.
19325 \\[opascal-fill-comment]        - Fill the current comment.
19326 \\[opascal-new-comment-line]    - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19327
19328 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19329
19330 Customization:
19331
19332  `opascal-indent-level'                (default 3)
19333     Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19334  `opascal-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
19335     Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19336  `opascal-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
19337     Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19338  `opascal-search-path'                 (default .)
19339     Directories to search when finding external units.
19340  `opascal-verbose'                     (default nil)
19341     If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19342
19343 Coloring:
19344
19345  `opascal-keyword-face'                (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19346     Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19347
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19349
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19354
19355 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19356 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19357
19358 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19359
19360 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19361 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19362 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19363 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'.  With prefix
19364 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19365 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19366
19367 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19368
19369 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19370 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19371 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19372 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19373 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19374
19375 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19376
19377 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19378 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19379
19380 \(fn)" nil nil)
19381
19382 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19383 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19384
19385 \(fn)" nil nil)
19386
19387 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19388 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19389 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19390
19391 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19392 contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19393 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19394 of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19395 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19396 calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19397 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19398 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19399 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19400 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19401
19402 The following commands are available:
19403
19404 \\{org-mode-map}
19405
19406 \(fn)" t nil)
19407
19408 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19409 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19410
19411 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key.  Its main purpose
19412 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19413 in special contexts.
19414
19415 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19416   buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19417   1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19418   2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19419   3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19420   When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19421   determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19422   properties in the buffer.
19423   When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19424   including any drawers.
19425
19426 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19427
19428 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19429   by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19430   1. FOLDED:   Only the main headline is shown.
19431   2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19432                From this state, you can move to one of the children
19433                and zoom in further.
19434   3. SUBTREE:  Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19435   If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19436
19437 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19438   `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19439   of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels.  This
19440   speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19441   times right after creating a new headline.
19442
19443 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19444   a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position.  If ARG
19445   is negative, go up that many levels.
19446
19447 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19448   binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line.  See the option
19449   `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19450
19451 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19452   no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19453   (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19454   But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19455
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19457
19458 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19459 Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19460 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19461 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19462
19463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19464 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19465
19466 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19467 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19468 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19469 modes.  The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19470 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19471 defined by Org-mode).
19472
19473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19474
19475 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19476 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19477
19478 \(fn)" nil nil)
19479
19480 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19481 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19482
19483 \(fn)" nil nil)
19484
19485 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19486 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19487 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19488 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19489 call CMD.
19490
19491 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19492
19493 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19494 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19495 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19496 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19497
19498 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19499 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19500 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19501
19502 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19503 part of Org's core.
19504
19505 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19506 active region.
19507
19508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19509
19510 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19511 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19512 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19513
19514 \(fn)" t nil)
19515
19516 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19517 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19518 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19519 Org-mode syntax.
19520
19521 \(fn)" t nil)
19522
19523 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19524 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19525
19526 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19527
19528 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19529 Switch between Org buffers.
19530 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19531 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19532
19533 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19534 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19535
19536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19537
19538 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19539
19540 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19541
19542 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19543 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19544 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19545 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19546
19547 \(fn)" t nil)
19548
19549 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19550 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19551
19552 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19553
19554 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19555 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19556 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19557
19558 \(fn)" t nil)
19559
19560 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19561 Reload all org lisp files.
19562 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19563
19564 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19565
19566 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19567 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19568
19569 \(fn)" t nil)
19570
19571 ;;;***
19572 \f
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21341 23900
19574 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19576
19577 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19578 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19579
19580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19581
19582 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19583 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19584 Prompts for a command to execute.  Any prefix arg will be passed
19585 on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
19586
19587 a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19588 t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19589 T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19590       entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19591 m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19592       a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
19593 M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19594 L     Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19595 e     Export views to associated files.
19596 s     Search entries for keywords.
19597 S     Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19598 /     Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19599       in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19600 <     Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19601       Press several times to get the desired effect.
19602 >     Remove a previous restriction.
19603 #     List \"stuck\" projects.
19604 !     Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19605 C     Configure custom agenda commands.
19606
19607 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19608 `org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19609 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19610
19611 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19612 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19613 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19614 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19615 \(if active).
19616
19617 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19618
19619 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19620 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19621 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19622 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19623 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19624 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19625 before running the agenda command.
19626
19627 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19628
19629 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19630 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19631 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19632 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19633 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19634 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19635 before running the agenda command.
19636
19637 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item.  Each
19638 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19639
19640 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19641
19642 category     The category of the item
19643 head         The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19644 type         The type of the agenda entry, can be
19645                 todo               selected in TODO match
19646                 tagsmatch          selected in tags match
19647                 diary              imported from diary
19648                 deadline           a deadline on given date
19649                 scheduled          scheduled on given date
19650                 timestamp          entry has timestamp on given date
19651                 closed             entry was closed on given date
19652                 upcoming-deadline  warning about deadline
19653                 past-scheduled     forwarded scheduled item
19654                 block              entry has date block including g. date
19655 todo         The todo keyword, if any
19656 tags         All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19657 date         The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19658 time         The time, like 15:00-16:50
19659 extra        Sting with extra planning info
19660 priority-l   The priority letter if any was given
19661 priority-n   The computed numerical priority
19662 agenda-day   The day in the agenda where this is listed
19663
19664 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19665
19666 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19667 Store agenda views.
19668
19669 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19670
19671 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19672 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19673
19674 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19675
19676 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19677 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19678 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19679 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19680
19681 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19682 span ARG days.  Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19683 the number of days.  SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19684
19685 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19686 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19687
19688 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19689 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19690
19691 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19694 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19695
19696 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19697 TODO entries.  The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19698 string into this function.  If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19699 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19700 EDIT-AT.
19701
19702 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19703 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19704 in a Boolean way to select an entry.  The default depends on the variable
19705 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19706 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19707 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with  \"+\" or \"-\".
19708
19709 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19710 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19711 including newlines.
19712
19713 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19714 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19715 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry.  Words without
19716 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.  Matching is
19717 case-insensitive.  Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19718 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19719 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19720
19721 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19722 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19723 match in the entry.  Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19724 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19725
19726 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19727 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19728   exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19729   that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19730 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19731   with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19732   Boolean search must match as full words.
19733
19734 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19735 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19736
19737 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19738
19739 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19740 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19741 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19742 the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19743 for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19744 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19745
19746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19747
19748 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19749 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19750 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19751
19752 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19753
19754 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19755 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19756 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions.  For the definitions
19757 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19758 `org-stuck-projects'.
19759
19760 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19763 Return diary information from org files.
19764 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19765 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19766 listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
19767 items should be listed.  For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19768 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19769
19770 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19771
19772    &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19773
19774 Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
19775 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19776
19777    &%%(org-diary)
19778
19779 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19780 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19781 So the example above may also be written as
19782
19783    &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19784
19785 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19786 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
19787 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19788
19789 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19790
19791 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19792 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19793
19794 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19795
19796 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19797 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19798 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19799 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19800 in the file.  Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19801
19802 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19803
19804 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19805 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19806 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19807
19808 \(fn)" t nil)
19809
19810 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19811 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19812 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19813 appointments.
19814
19815 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19816 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19817
19818 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19819 for filtering entries out.
19820
19821 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19822 calling the function returns nil.  This function takes one
19823 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19824
19825 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19826 either 'headline or 'category.  For example:
19827
19828   '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19829     (category \"Work\"))
19830
19831 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19832 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19833
19834 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19835 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19836 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19837 and :timestamp entries.  See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19838 details and examples.
19839
19840 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19841 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19844
19845 ;;;***
19846 \f
19847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21341 23900
19848 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19849 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19850
19851 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19852 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19853
19854 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19857 Capture something.
19858 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19859 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19860 file the newly captured information.  The text is immediately inserted
19861 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19862 edit it.  Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19863 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19864
19865 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19866 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19867 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19868 stored.
19869
19870 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19871
19872 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19873 in `org-capture-templates'.  In this case, interactive selection
19874 will be bypassed.
19875
19876 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19877 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.  Then, a
19878 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19879 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19880
19881 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19882
19883 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19884 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19885
19886 \(fn)" t nil)
19887
19888 ;;;***
19889 \f
19890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19891 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19893
19894 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19895 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19896
19897 \(fn)" t nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19900
19901
19902 \(fn)" nil nil)
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19905 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19906 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19907
19908 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19909
19910 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19911 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19912
19913 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19914
19915 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19916 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19917
19918 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19919
19920 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19921 Write the column view table.
19922 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19923
19924 :width    enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19925 :id       the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19926           should be built.  When the symbol `local', call locally.
19927           When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19928           of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19929           to column view).  When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19930           view at the start of that file.  Otherwise, the ID is located
19931           using `org-id-find'.
19932 :hlines   When t, insert a hline before each item.  When a number, insert
19933           a hline before each level <= that number.
19934 :vlines   When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19935 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19936 :skip-empty-rows
19937           When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19938 :format   When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19939
19940 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19941
19942 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19943 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19944
19945 \(fn)" t nil)
19946
19947 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19948 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19949
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19951
19952 ;;;***
19953 \f
19954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21341 23900
19955 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19956 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19959 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19960
19961 \(fn)" nil t)
19962
19963 ;;;***
19964 \f
19965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 53104 0
19966 ;;;;;;  0))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19968
19969 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19970 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX.  Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19971
19972 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19973
19974 ;;;***
19975 \f
19976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21341 23900
19977 ;;;;;;  0 0))
19978 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19981 The release version of org-mode.
19982   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19983
19984 \(fn)" nil nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19987 The Git version of org-mode.
19988   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19989
19990 \(fn)" nil nil)
19991
19992 ;;;***
19993 \f
19994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19996 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19997 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19998
19999 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20000 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20001 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20002 two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20003
20004 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20005 invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
20006 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20007 back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20008
20009 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20010 \\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
20011 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
20012 \\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
20013 \\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
20014 \\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading                 move from subheading to heading
20015
20016 \\[hide-body]   make all text invisible (not headings).
20017 \\[show-all]    make everything in buffer visible.
20018 \\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20019
20020 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20021 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20022 \\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20023 \\[show-subtree]   show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20024 \\[show-children]   show-children       make direct subheadings visible.
20025                  No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20026                  With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20027 \\[hide-entry]     make immediately following body invisible.
20028 \\[show-entry]     make it visible.
20029 \\[hide-leaves]    make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20030                      The subheadings remain visible.
20031 \\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20032
20033 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20034 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20035 beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20036
20037 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20038 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20039
20040 \(fn)" t nil)
20041
20042 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20043 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20045 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20046 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20047
20048 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20049
20050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20051 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20052
20053 ;;;***
20054 \f
20055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21384 26818
20056 ;;;;;;  168916 0))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20058 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20059
20060 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20061 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20062 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20063 and before `after-init-hook'.  Activation is not done if
20064 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20065
20066 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20067 activate the package system at any time.")
20068
20069 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20070
20071 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20072 Install the package PKG.
20073 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20074 in an archive in `package-archives'.  Interactively, prompt for its name.
20075
20076 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20077
20078 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20079 Install a package from the current buffer.
20080 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20081 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20082 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20083
20084 \(fn)" t nil)
20085
20086 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20087 Install a package from a file.
20088 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20089
20090 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20091
20092 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20093 Import keys from FILE.
20094
20095 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20096
20097 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20098 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20099 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20100 makes them available for download.
20101
20102 \(fn)" t nil)
20103
20104 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20105 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20106 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20107 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20108
20109 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20110
20111 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20112 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20113
20114 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20115
20116 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20117 Display a list of packages.
20118 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20119 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20120 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20121
20122 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20123
20124 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20125
20126 ;;;***
20127 \f
20128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20130
20131 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20132 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20133 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20136 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20137
20138 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20139
20140 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20141 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20143 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20145
20146 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, any
20147 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20148 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20149
20150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20151
20152 ;;;***
20153 \f
20154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20155 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20157 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20158
20159 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20160 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20161 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20162 unknown are returned as nil.
20163
20164 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20165
20166 ;;;***
20167 \f
20168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 19378
20169 ;;;;;;  0 0))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20171
20172 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20173 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20174 TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20175
20176 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20177 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20178
20179 Other useful functions are:
20180
20181 \\[pascal-mark-defun]   - Mark function.
20182 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20183 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20184 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20185 \\[pascal-uncomment-area]       - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20186 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20187 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20188 \\[pascal-goto-defun]   - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20189 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20190
20191 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20192
20193  `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20194     Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20195  `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20196     Indentation for case statements.
20197  `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20198     Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20199     mark after an end.
20200  `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20201     Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20202  `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20203     Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20204     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20205  `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20206     Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20207     functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20208  `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20209     List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20210
20211 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20212 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20213
20214 \(fn)" t nil)
20215
20216 ;;;***
20217 \f
20218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20219 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
20220 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20221
20222 (defvar password-cache t "\
20223 Whether to cache passwords.")
20224
20225 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20226
20227 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20228 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20229 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20230
20231 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20232
20233 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20234 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20235
20236 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20237
20238 ;;;***
20239 \f
20240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20241 ;;;;;;  0 0))
20242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20243
20244 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20245 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20246 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20247
20248 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20249   _             matches anything.
20250   SELFQUOTING   matches itself.  This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20251   SYMBOL        matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20252   (or UPAT...)  matches if any of the patterns matches.
20253   (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20254   `QPAT         matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20255   (pred PRED)   matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20256   (guard BOOLEXP)       matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20257   (let UPAT EXP)        matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20258 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20259 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20260
20261 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20262   (QPAT1 . QPAT2)       matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20263   ,UPAT                 matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20264   STRING                matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20265   ATOM                  matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20266 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20267
20268 PRED can take the form
20269   FUNCTION           in which case it gets called with one argument.
20270   (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20271                         which is the value being matched.
20272 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20273 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20274 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20275 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20276 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20277
20278 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20279
20280 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20281
20282 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20283 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20284 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20285 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20286
20287 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20288
20289 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20290
20291 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20292 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20293 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20294 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20295
20296 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20297
20298 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20299
20300 ;;;***
20301 \f
20302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20304
20305 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20306 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20307
20308 \(fn)" nil nil)
20309
20310 ;;;***
20311 \f
20312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20314
20315 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20316 Completion for `gzip'.
20317
20318 \(fn)" nil nil)
20319
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20321 Completion for `bzip2'.
20322
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20326 Completion for GNU `make'.
20327
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20329
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20331 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20332
20333 \(fn)" nil nil)
20334
20335 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20336
20337 ;;;***
20338 \f
20339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20340 ;;;;;;  0 0))
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20342
20343 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20344 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20345
20346 \(fn)" nil nil)
20347
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20349 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20350
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20352
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20354 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20355
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357
20358 ;;;***
20359 \f
20360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20361 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20362
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20364 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20365
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367
20368 ;;;***
20369 \f
20370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 0
20371 ;;;;;;  0))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20373
20374 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20375 Completion for `cd'.
20376
20377 \(fn)" nil nil)
20378
20379 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20380
20381 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20382 Completion for `rmdir'.
20383
20384 \(fn)" nil nil)
20385
20386 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20387 Completion for `rm'.
20388
20389 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390
20391 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20392 Completion for `xargs'.
20393
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395
20396 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20397
20398 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20399 Completion for `which'.
20400
20401 \(fn)" nil nil)
20402
20403 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20404 Completion for the `chown' command.
20405
20406 \(fn)" nil nil)
20407
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20409 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20410
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20412
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20414 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20415
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20419 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20420 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20421
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20423
20424 ;;;***
20425 \f
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20428
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20430 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20431
20432 \(fn)" nil nil)
20433
20434 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20435 Completion for the `ack' command.
20436 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20437 long options.
20438
20439 \(fn)" nil nil)
20440
20441 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20442
20443 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20444 Completion for the `ag' command.
20445
20446 \(fn)" nil nil)
20447
20448 ;;;***
20449 \f
20450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20452
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20454 Support extensible programmable completion.
20455 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20456 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20457
20458 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20461 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20462
20463 \(fn)" t nil)
20464
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20466 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20467 This will modify the current buffer.
20468
20469 \(fn)" t nil)
20470
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20472 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20473
20474 \(fn)" t nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20477 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20478 This will modify the current buffer.
20479
20480 \(fn)" t nil)
20481
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20483 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20484
20485 \(fn)" t nil)
20486
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20488 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20489
20490 \(fn)" t nil)
20491
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20493 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20494 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20495 dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
20496 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20497
20498 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20499
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20501 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20502
20503 \(fn)" nil nil)
20504
20505 ;;;***
20506 \f
20507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20508 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20509
20510 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20511 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20512 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20513 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20514
20515 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20516
20517 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20518
20519 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20520 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20521 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20522 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20523   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20524 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20525 FLAGS is ignored.
20526
20527 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20528
20529 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20530 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20531 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20532 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20533 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20534 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20535   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20536 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20537
20538 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20539
20540 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20541 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20542 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20543 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20544 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20545   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20546 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20547   passed to cvs.
20548
20549 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20550
20551 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20552 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20553 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20554 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20555 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20556   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20557 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20558
20559 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20560
20561 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20562 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20563 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20564
20565 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20566
20567 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20568 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20569 A value of nil means never do it.
20570 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20571   command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20572 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20573
20574 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20575
20576 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20577 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20578 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20579
20580 ;;;***
20581 \f
20582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20583 ;;;;;;  0 0))
20584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20585
20586 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20587 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20588
20589 ;;;***
20590 \f
20591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20592 ;;;;;;  23900 0 0))
20593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20594 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20595 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20596 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20597 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20598 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20599 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20600
20601 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20602 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20603 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20604 Tab indents for Perl code.
20605 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20606 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20607 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20608 \\{perl-mode-map}
20609 Variables controlling indentation style:
20610  `perl-tab-always-indent'
20611     Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20612     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20613  `perl-tab-to-comment'
20614     Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20615     either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20616     to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20617  `perl-nochange'
20618     Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20619  `perl-indent-level'
20620     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20621     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20622     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20623  `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20624     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20625     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20626  `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20627     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20628     This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20629  `perl-brace-offset'
20630     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20631  `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20632     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20633     this far to the right of the start of its line.
20634  `perl-label-offset'
20635     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20636  `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20637     Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20638
20639 Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
20640   perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
20641   perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
20642   perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
20643   perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
20644   perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
20645   perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
20646
20647 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20648
20649 \(fn)" t nil)
20650
20651 ;;;***
20652 \f
20653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21291 53104
20654 ;;;;;;  0 0))
20655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20656
20657 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20658 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20659 \\<picture-mode-map>
20660 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20661 afterwards settable by these commands:
20662
20663  Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
20664  Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
20665  Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
20666  Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
20667
20668  Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
20669  Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
20670  Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
20671  Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
20672
20673  Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20674  Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20675  Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20676  Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20677
20678 The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
20679 direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20680 spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
20681 with these commands:
20682
20683  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20684  Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
20685  Move to column following last
20686   non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
20687  Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
20688  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
20689  Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
20690  Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20691  Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
20692
20693 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20694
20695  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20696   character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
20697  Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
20698  Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20699    (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20700  Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
20701
20702 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20703  Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
20704  Delete char at point:                            \\[picture-delete-char]
20705  Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20706  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
20707   (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20708  Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
20709
20710 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20711   Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20712   Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20713   Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20714   Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20715   Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20716   Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20717   Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[undo]
20718
20719 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20720 also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
20721 by supplying an argument.
20722
20723 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20724
20725 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20726 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20727
20728 \(fn)" t nil)
20729
20730 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20731
20732 ;;;***
20733 \f
20734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 0
20735 ;;;;;;  0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20737
20738 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20739 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20740
20741 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20742
20743 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20744 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20745
20746 \(fn)" t nil)
20747
20748 ;;;***
20749 \f
20750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20751 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20752
20753 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20754 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20755 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20756
20757 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20758
20759 ;;;***
20760 \f
20761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20763
20764 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20765 Play pong and waste time.
20766 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20767 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20768
20769 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20770
20771 \\{pong-mode-map}
20772
20773 \(fn)" t nil)
20774
20775 ;;;***
20776 \f
20777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20779
20780 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20781 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20782 Use streaming commands.
20783
20784 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20785
20786 ;;;***
20787 \f
20788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20790
20791 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20792 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20793 OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
20794 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20795
20796 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20797
20798 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20799 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20800
20801 \(fn)" nil nil)
20802
20803 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20804 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20805 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20806 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20807 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20808
20809 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20810
20811 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20812 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20813 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20814
20815 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20818 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20819
20820 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20821
20822 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20823 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20824 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20825 Ignores leading comment characters.
20826
20827 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20828
20829 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20830 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20831 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20832 Ignores leading comment characters.
20833
20834 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20835
20836 ;;;***
20837 \f
20838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21359 23622 725850
20839 ;;;;;;  0))
20840 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20841 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20842
20843 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20844 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20845
20846 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20847
20848 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20849
20850 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20853 Preview directory using ghostview.
20854
20855 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20856 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20857 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20858 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20859
20860 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20861 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20862 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20863 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20864 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20865 file name.
20866
20867 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20868
20869 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20870
20871 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20872 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20873
20874 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20875 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20876 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20877 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20878
20879 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20880 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20881 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20882 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20883 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20884 file name.
20885
20886 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20887
20888 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20889
20890 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20891 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20892
20893 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20894 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20895 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20896 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20897
20898 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20899 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20900 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20901 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20902 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20903 file name.
20904
20905 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20906
20907 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20910 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20911
20912 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20913
20914 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20915 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20916 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20917 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20918
20919 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20920 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20921 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20922 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20923 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20924 file name.
20925
20926 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20927
20928 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20931 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20932
20933 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20934 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20935 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20936
20937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20938 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20939 temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20940 with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20941
20942 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20943
20944 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20945 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20946
20947 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20948 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20949 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20950
20951 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20952 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20953 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20954 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20955
20956 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20959 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20960
20961 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20962 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20963 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20964
20965 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20966 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20967 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20968 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20969
20970 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20973 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20974
20975 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20976
20977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20978 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20979 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20980
20981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20982 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20983 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20984 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20985
20986 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20987
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20989 Preview region using ghostview.
20990
20991 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20992
20993 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20994
20995 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20996 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20997
20998 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20999
21000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21001
21002 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21003 Print region using PostScript printer.
21004
21005 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21006
21007 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21008
21009 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21010 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21011
21012 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21013
21014 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21017 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21018
21019 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21020
21021 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21022
21023 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21024 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21025
21026 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21027
21028 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21031 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21032
21033 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21034
21035 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21036
21037 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21038 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21039
21040 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21041
21042 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21043
21044 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21045 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21046 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21047 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21048
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21050 matching.
21051
21052 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21053 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21054
21055 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21056
21057 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21060 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21061 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21062 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21063
21064 \(fn)" t nil)
21065
21066 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21067 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21068 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21069 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21070
21071 \(fn)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21074 Print directory using text printer.
21075
21076 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21077 matching.
21078
21079 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21080 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21081
21082 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21083
21084 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21085
21086 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21087 Print buffer using text printer.
21088
21089 \(fn)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21092 Print region using text printer.
21093
21094 \(fn)" t nil)
21095
21096 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21097 Print major mode using text printer.
21098
21099 \(fn)" t nil)
21100
21101 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21102 Preview spooled PostScript.
21103
21104 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21105 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21106 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21107
21108 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21109 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21110 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21111
21112 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21115 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21116
21117 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21118 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21119 instead of sending it to the printer.
21120
21121 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21122 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21123 image in a file with that name.
21124
21125 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21126
21127 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21128 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21129
21130 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21131 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21132 instead of sending it to the printer.
21133
21134 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21135 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21136 image in a file with that name.
21137
21138 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21141 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21142
21143 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21144 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21145 instead of sending it to the printer.
21146
21147 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21148 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21149 image in a file with that name.
21150
21151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21154 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21155
21156 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21159 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21160
21161 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21162
21163 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21164 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21165
21166 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21169 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21170
21171 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21174 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21175
21176 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21179 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21180
21181 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21182 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21183 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21184 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21185
21186 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21187 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21188 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21189 PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21190 nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21191 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21192 file name.
21193
21194 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21195
21196 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21197 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21198
21199 \(fn)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21202 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21203
21204 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21205 right.
21206 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21207 bottom.
21208
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21212 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21213
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21217 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21218
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21222 Toggle printing with faces.
21223
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21227 Toggle spooling.
21228
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21232 Toggle duplex.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21237 Toggle tumble.
21238
21239 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21240 right.
21241 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21242 bottom.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21247 Toggle landscape.
21248
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21252 Toggle upside-down.
21253
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21257 Toggle line number.
21258
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21262 Toggle zebra stripes.
21263
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21265
21266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21267 Toggle printing header.
21268
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21272 Toggle printing header frame.
21273
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21277 Toggle menu lock.
21278
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21282 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21283
21284 \(fn)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21287 Toggle auto mode.
21288
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21292 Customization of the `printing' group.
21293
21294 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21297 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21298
21299 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21302 Help for the printing package.
21303
21304 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21305
21306 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21307 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21308
21309 \(fn)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21312 Interactively select a text printer.
21313
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21317 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21318
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21322 Show current ps-print settings.
21323
21324 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21327 Show current printing settings.
21328
21329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21332 Show current lpr settings.
21333
21334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21337 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21338
21339 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21340 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21341 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21342 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21343
21344
21345 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21346
21347    M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21348       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21349       immediately be done using the current active printer.
21350
21351    C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21352    C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21353       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21354       PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21355       current active printer.
21356
21357    C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21358       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21359       and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21360       printer.
21361
21362    C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21363       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21364       PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
21365       printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21366       that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21367
21368
21369 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21370 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21371
21372    If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21373
21374    If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21375    the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21376    be done using the new current active printer.
21377
21378    If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21379    and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21380    printer.
21381
21382    If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21383    current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
21384    printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21385    instead of sending it to the printer.
21386
21387    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21388    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21389    printer.
21390
21391    Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21392
21393
21394 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21395 are both set to t.
21396
21397 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21400 Fast fire function for text printing.
21401
21402 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21403 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21404 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21405 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21406
21407 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21408 user for a new active text printer.
21409
21410 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21411
21412    If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21413
21414    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21415    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21416    printer.
21417
21418    If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21419
21420 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21421 are both set to t.
21422
21423 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21424
21425 ;;;***
21426 \f
21427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21428 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21429
21430 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21431 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21432 \\<proced-mode-map>
21433 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21434 the process information.
21435
21436 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21437
21438 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21439 Proced buffers.
21440
21441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21442
21443 ;;;***
21444 \f
21445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21446 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21447
21448 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21449 Start/restart profilers.
21450 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21451 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21452 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21453
21454 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21457 Open profile FILENAME.
21458
21459 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21462 Open profile FILENAME.
21463
21464 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21467 Open profile FILENAME.
21468
21469 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21470
21471 ;;;***
21472 \f
21473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21346 62196
21474 ;;;;;;  0 0))
21475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21476
21477 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21478 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21479
21480 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s starts a comment
21481 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21482
21483 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21484
21485 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21486 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21487
21488 Commands:
21489 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21490
21491 \(fn)" t nil)
21492
21493 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21494 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21495 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21496
21497 \(fn)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21500 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21501 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21502
21503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21504
21505 ;;;***
21506 \f
21507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21508 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21509
21510 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21511 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21512 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21513
21514 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21515
21516 ;;;***
21517 \f
21518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21519 ;;;;;;  0 0))
21520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21521 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21522
21523 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21524 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21525
21526 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21527
21528 The following variables hold user options, and can
21529 be set through the `customize' command:
21530
21531   `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21532   `ps-mode-tab'
21533   `ps-mode-paper-size'
21534   `ps-mode-print-function'
21535   `ps-run-prompt'
21536   `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21537   `ps-run-x'
21538   `ps-run-dumb'
21539   `ps-run-init'
21540   `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21541   `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21542
21543 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21544
21545
21546 \\{ps-mode-map}
21547
21548
21549 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21550 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21551 The keymap for this second window is:
21552
21553 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21554
21555
21556 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21557 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21558 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21559 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21560 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21561
21562 \(fn)" t nil)
21563
21564 ;;;***
21565 \f
21566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21359 23622 725850
21567 ;;;;;;  0))
21568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21569 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21570
21571 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21572 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21573 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21574
21575 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21576
21577 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21578 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21579 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21580 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21581
21582 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21583
21584 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21585 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21586
21587 Valid values are:
21588
21589    nil          Do not print colors.
21590
21591    t            Print colors.
21592
21593    black-white  Print colors on black/white printer.
21594                 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21595
21596 Any other value is treated as t.")
21597
21598 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21599
21600 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21601 Customization of ps-print group.
21602
21603 \(fn)" t nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21606 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21607
21608 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21609 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21610 sending it to the printer.
21611
21612 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21613 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21614 image in a file with that name.
21615
21616 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21617
21618 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21619 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21620 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21621 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21622 so it has a way to determine color values.
21623
21624 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21625
21626 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21627 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21628 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21629
21630 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21633 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21634 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21635 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21636 so it has a way to determine color values.
21637
21638 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21639
21640 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21641 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21642 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21643 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21644
21645 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21646
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21650 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21651 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21652 information in the generated image.  This command works only if you are using
21653 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21654
21655 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21656
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21658
21659 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21660 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21661 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21662
21663 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21664
21665 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21668 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21669 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21670 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21671 so it has a way to determine color values.
21672
21673 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21674
21675 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21676
21677 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21678 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21679
21680 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21681 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21682 instead of sending it to the printer.
21683
21684 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21685 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21686 image in a file with that name.
21687
21688 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21689
21690 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21691 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21692 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21693 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21694 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21695
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21699 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21700 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21701
21702 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21705 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21706 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21707
21708 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21711 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21712
21713 \(fn)" nil nil)
21714
21715 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21716 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21717
21718 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21719 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21720
21721 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21722 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21723
21724 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21725
21726 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21727
21728 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21731 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21732
21733 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21734 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21735
21736 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21737 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21738
21739 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21740
21741    (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21742
21743 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21744
21745 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21746 foreground and background colors respectively.
21747
21748 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21749    bold      - use bold font.
21750    italic    - use italic font.
21751    underline - put a line under text.
21752    strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21753    overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21754    shadow    - text will have a shadow.
21755    box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
21756    outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
21757
21758 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21759
21760 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21761
21762 ;;;***
21763 \f
21764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21765 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21766 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21767
21768 ;;;***
21769 \f
21770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21313 59928
21771 ;;;;;;  0 0))
21772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21773 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21774
21775 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21776
21777 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21778
21779 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21780 Run an inferior Python process.
21781 Input and output via buffer named after
21782 `python-shell-buffer-name'.  If there is a process already
21783 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21784
21785 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21786 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21787 dedicated process for the current buffer is open.  When numeric
21788 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21789
21790 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21791 `comint-mode-hook' is run.  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21792 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21793
21794 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21797 Major mode for editing Python files.
21798
21799 \\{python-mode-map}
21800
21801 \(fn)" t nil)
21802
21803 ;;;***
21804 \f
21805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21807
21808 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21809 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21810 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21811 coding-system.
21812
21813 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21814 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21815
21816 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21817 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
21818 them into characters should be done separately.
21819
21820 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21821
21822 ;;;***
21823 \f
21824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21825 ;;;;;;  0 0))
21826 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21827
21828 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21829 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21830
21831 \(fn)" nil nil)
21832
21833 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21834 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21835 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21836
21837 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21838 `quail-activate', which see.
21839
21840 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21841
21842 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21843 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21844 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21845 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21846  FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21847  CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21848  UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21849
21850 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21851 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21852  with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21853 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
21854  in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21855  shown.
21856 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21857
21858 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
21859 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21860 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
21861 string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21862 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21863 list of candidates.
21864
21865 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21866 region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21867 command to be called.
21868
21869 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21870 for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
21871 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21872 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21873
21874 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21875 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21876 translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
21877 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21878 programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21879 to t.
21880
21881 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21882 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
21883 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21884 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21885
21886 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21887 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21888 layout visually with translated characters.  If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21889 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21890 defines no translations for single character keys.
21891
21892 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
21893 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21894 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21895 other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21896 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21897 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21898
21899 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21900 length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
21901 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21902 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
21903 packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
21904 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21905
21906 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21907 covers Quail translation region.
21908
21909 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21910 the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
21911 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21912 for it) is inserted.
21913
21914 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21915 conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
21916 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21917
21918 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21919 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21920 non-Quail commands.
21921
21922 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21923
21924 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21925 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21926
21927 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21928 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21929 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
21930 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21931 you type is correctly handled.
21932
21933 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21936 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21937
21938 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21939 keyboard type.
21940
21941 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21942
21943 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21944 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21945 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21946 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21947 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21948 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21949 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21950 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21951   for the translation.
21952 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21953
21954 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21955  it is used to handle KEY.
21956
21957 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21958 rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21959 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
21960 the following annotation types are supported.
21961
21962   append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21963         be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21964
21965   face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21966         candidate list.
21967
21968   advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21969         selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
21970         selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21971         inserted.
21972
21973   no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21974         generated for the following translations.
21975
21976 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21977
21978 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21979 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21980
21981 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21982 which to install MAP.
21983
21984 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21985
21986 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21987
21988 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21989 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21990
21991 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21992 which to install MAP.
21993
21994 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21995
21996 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21997
21998 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21999 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22000 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22001 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22002  a function, or a cons.
22003 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22004 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22005 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22006  for the translation.
22007 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22008  to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22009  variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
22010  the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22011 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22012
22013 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22014  it is used to handle KEY.
22015
22016 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22017 to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
22018 current Quail package.
22019
22020 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22021 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22022
22023 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22024
22025 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22026 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22027
22028 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22029 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22030
22031 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22032
22033 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
22034 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22035
22036 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22039 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22040 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22041 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22042 of the Emacs source tree.
22043
22044 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22045 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22046
22047 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22048 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22049 of each directory.
22050
22051 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22052
22053 ;;;***
22054 \f
22055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22056 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
22057 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22058
22059 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22060 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22061 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22062 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22063
22064 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22065
22066 ;;;***
22067 \f
22068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22069 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22071
22072 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22073 Activate UCS input method.
22074 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22075
22076 While this input method is active, the variable
22077 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22078
22079 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22080
22081 ;;;***
22082 \f
22083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 0
22084 ;;;;;;  0))
22085 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22086
22087 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22088 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22089 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22090 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22091
22092 To make use of this do something like:
22093
22094   (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22095
22096 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22097
22098 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22099 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22100
22101 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22102 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22103 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22104
22105 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22106
22107 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22108 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22109
22110 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22111
22112 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22113 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22114
22115 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22116 is decided.
22117
22118 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22119
22120 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22121 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22122
22123 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22124 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22125 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22126
22127 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22128
22129 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22130 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22131
22132 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22133
22134 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22135 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22136
22137 \(fn)" t nil)
22138
22139 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22140 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22141
22142 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22143
22144 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22145
22146 \(fn)" t nil)
22147
22148 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22149 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22150
22151 \(fn)" t nil)
22152
22153 ;;;***
22154 \f
22155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22157
22158 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22159 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22160
22161 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22162
22163 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22164
22165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22166
22167 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22168
22169 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22170
22171
22172 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22173
22174 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22175 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22176 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22179 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22180
22181 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22182
22183 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22184 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22186 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22187 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22188
22189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22190
22191 ;;;***
22192 \f
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22194 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22196
22197 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22198
22199 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22200 Construct a regexp interactively.
22201 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22202 the regexp builder.  It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22203 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22204
22205 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22206 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22207
22208 \(fn)" t nil)
22209
22210 ;;;***
22211 \f
22212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22213 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22214
22215 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22216 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22217 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22220 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22221
22222 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22225 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22227 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22228 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22229
22230 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22231 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22232 were operated on recently.
22233
22234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22235
22236 ;;;***
22237 \f
22238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22239 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22240
22241 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22242 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22243 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22244 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22245 ends.
22246
22247 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22248 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22249 to be deleted.
22250
22251 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22252
22253 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22254 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22255 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22256
22257 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22258 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22259 deleted.
22260
22261 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22262
22263 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22264 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22265 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22266
22267 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22268
22269 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22270 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22271
22272 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22273 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22274
22275 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22276 deleted.
22277
22278 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22279 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
22280 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22281 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22282 even beep.)
22283
22284 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22285
22286 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22287 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22288
22289 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22290
22291 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22292 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22293
22294 \(fn)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22297 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22298 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22299 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22300 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22301 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22302 and point is at the lower right corner.
22303
22304 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22305
22306 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22307 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22308
22309 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22310 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22311
22312 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22313 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22314 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22315
22316 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22317
22318 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22319
22320 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22321 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22322 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22323 at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
22324 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22325
22326 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22327 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22328
22329 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22330
22331 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22332 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22333 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22334
22335 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22336
22337 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22338
22339 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22340
22341 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22342 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22343
22344 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22346 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22347
22348 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22349
22350 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22351 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22352 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22353
22354 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22355 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22356 rectangle which were empty.
22357
22358 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22359
22360 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22361 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22362
22363 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22364 counting.  FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22365 to `format' along with the line count.  When called interactively
22366 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22367
22368 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22369
22370 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22371 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22372 Activates the region if needed.  Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22373
22374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22375
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22379 ;;;;;;  0 0))
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22381
22382 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22383 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22385 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22387
22388 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the
22389 current paragraph is refilled as you edit.  Self-inserting
22390 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22391 auto-filling.
22392
22393 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22394
22395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22396
22397 ;;;***
22398 \f
22399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22400 ;;;;;;  0 0))
22401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22402
22403 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22404 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22405
22406 \(fn)" nil nil)
22407
22408 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22409 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22410
22411 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22412 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22413
22414 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22415 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22416 context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
22417 \\ref macro.
22418
22419 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22420 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22421 database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22422
22423 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22424 or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
22425 `\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22426
22427 Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
22428 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22429
22430 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22431 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22432
22433 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22434 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22435 on the menu bar.
22436
22437 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22438
22439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22440
22441 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22442 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22443 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22444
22445 \(fn)" nil nil)
22446
22447 ;;;***
22448 \f
22449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22450 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22452
22453 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22454 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22455 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22456 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22457 matching entries for selection.  The selected entry is formatted according
22458 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22459
22460 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22461
22462 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22463
22464 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22465 cite macros.  When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22466 citations.  When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22467 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22468 `reftex-cite-format'.
22469
22470 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22471 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22472 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22473 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22474
22475 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22476
22477 ;;;***
22478 \f
22479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22480 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22482
22483 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22484 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22485 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22486 the current TeX document.
22487
22488 With no argument, this command toggles
22489 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'.  With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22490 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22491
22492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22493
22494 ;;;***
22495 \f
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22497 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22499
22500 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22501 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22502 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22503
22504 To insert new phrases, use
22505  - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22506  - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22507
22508 To index phrases use one of:
22509
22510 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase]     index current phrase
22511 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase]     index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22512 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases]     index all phrases
22513 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases]     index current and following phrases
22514 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases]     index the phrases in the region
22515
22516 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22517 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22518
22519 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22520
22521 Here are all local bindings.
22522
22523 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22524
22525 \(fn)" t nil)
22526
22527 ;;;***
22528 \f
22529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22530 ;;;;;;  (21346 62196 0 0))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22532
22533 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22534 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22535 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22536 of master file.
22537
22538 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22539
22540 ;;;***
22541 \f
22542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22543 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
22544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22545 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22546 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22547 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22548 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22549
22550 ;;;***
22551 \f
22552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22553 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22555
22556 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22557 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22558 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22559 quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22560 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22561 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22562
22563  (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22564    (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22565
22566 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22567 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22568 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22569 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22570
22571 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22572
22573 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22574 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22575 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22576 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22577
22578 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22579
22580 ;;;***
22581 \f
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 0
22583 ;;;;;;  0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22585 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22586
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22590 ;;;;;;  0 0))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22592 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22593
22594 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22595 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22596 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22597 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22598
22599 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22600
22601 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22602
22603 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22604 Call `remember' in another frame.
22605
22606 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22607
22608 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22609 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22610 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22611
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22613
22614 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22615 Extract diary entries from the region.
22616
22617 \(fn)" nil nil)
22618
22619 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22620 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22621 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22622 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22623
22624 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22625
22626 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22627 unless a buffer of that name already exists.  Set the major mode according
22628 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22629 minor mode.
22630
22631 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22632
22633 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22634 Return the buffer.
22635
22636 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22637 when Emacs starts.  Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22638 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22639
22640 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22641
22642 ;;;***
22643 \f
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22646 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22647
22648 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22649 Repeat most recently executed command.
22650 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22651 supply a prefix argument to that command.  Otherwise, give the
22652 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22653
22654 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22655 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22656 sequence.  This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22657 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22658
22659 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events.  Hence the term
22660 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22661 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22662
22663 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22664
22665 ;;;***
22666 \f
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22668 ;;;;;;  0 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22670
22671 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22672 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22673
22674 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
22675 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22676 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22677 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22678 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22679 and point is left after the salutation.
22680
22681 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22682 for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22683 passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22684 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22685 left after that text.
22686
22687 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22688 is non-nil.
22689
22690 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22691 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22692 \(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22693 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22694
22695 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22696
22697 ;;;***
22698 \f
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 0
22700 ;;;;;;  0))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22702
22703 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22704 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22705 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22706 visibility of comments that precede it.
22707   Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22708   If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22709 window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22710 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22711 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22712 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22713   Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22714 preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22715 the comment lines.
22716   If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22717 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22718 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22719 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22720 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22721
22722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22723
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22727 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22728
22729 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22730 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22732 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22733 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22734
22735 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
22736 reveals invisible text around point.
22737
22738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22739
22740 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22741 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22742 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22745 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22746
22747 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22748
22749 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22750 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22751 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22752
22753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22754 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22755 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22756
22757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22758
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 0
22762 ;;;;;;  0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22764
22765 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22766 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22767
22768 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22769
22770 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22771 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22772
22773 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22774
22775 ;;;***
22776 \f
22777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22779
22780 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22781 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22782 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22783 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22784
22785 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22786
22787 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22788 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22789 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22790 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22791
22792 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22793 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22794
22795 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22796 run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
22797
22798 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22799 the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
22800 INPUT-ARGS.
22801
22802 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22803 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22804 access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
22805 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
22806 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22807
22808 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22809 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22810 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22811 share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
22812
22813 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22814 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22815 variable.
22816
22817 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22818
22819 ;;;***
22820 \f
22821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 0 0))
22822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22823
22824 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22825 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22826
22827 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22828
22829 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22830
22831 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22832 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22833 Its name should end with a slash.")
22834
22835 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22836 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22837
22838 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22839 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22840 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22841
22842 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22843
22844 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22845 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22846 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22847 when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
22848 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22849 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22850 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22851
22852 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22853 sent by you under different user names.
22854 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22855
22856 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22857
22858 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22859
22860 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22861
22862 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22863 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22864 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22865 explicitly.")
22866
22867 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22868
22869 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22870 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22871 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22872 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22873 which normally happens once for each message,
22874 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22875 To make a change in this variable take effect
22876 for a message that you have already viewed,
22877 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22878
22879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22880
22881 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22882 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22883 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22884 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22885
22886 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22887
22888 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22889 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22890
22891 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22892
22893 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22894 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22895 A value of nil means don't highlight.  Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22896
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22898
22899 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22900 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22901 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL.  If that is
22902 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22903 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22904 operating system).  For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22905
22906 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22907
22908 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22909 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22910
22911 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22912
22913 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22914 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22915
22916 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22917
22918 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22919 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22920
22921 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22922 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22923
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22925
22926 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22927 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22928
22929 This is set to nil by default.")
22930
22931 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22932 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22933 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22934 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22935 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22936 buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
22937 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22938
22939 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22940 Read and edit incoming mail.
22941 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22942 file in RMAIL Mode.
22943 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22944
22945 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22946 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22947 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22948 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22949
22950 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22951
22952 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22953
22954 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22955 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22956 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22957 Instead, these commands are available:
22958
22959 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message]  Move point to front of this message.
22960 \\[rmail-end-of-message]        Move point to bottom of this message.
22961 \\[scroll-up]   Scroll to next screen of this message.
22962 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22963 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]        Move to Next non-deleted message.
22964 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]    Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22965 \\[rmail-next-message]  Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22966 \\[rmail-previous-message]      Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22967 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22968 \\[rmail-last-message]  Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22969 \\[rmail-show-message]  Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22970 \\[rmail-search]        Search for string and show message it is found in.
22971 \\[rmail-delete-forward]        Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22972 \\[rmail-delete-backward]       Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22973 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]     Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
22974         till a deleted message is found.
22975 \\[rmail-edit-current-message]  Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22976 \\[rmail-expunge]       Expunge deleted messages.
22977 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save]      Expunge and save the file.
22978 \\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22979 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22980 \\[rmail-get-new-mail]  Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22981 \\[rmail-mail]  Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22982 \\[rmail-continue]      Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22983 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22984 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
22985 \\[rmail-forward]       Forward this message to another user.
22986 \\[rmail-output]        Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22987 \\[rmail-output-as-seen]        Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22988 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file]   Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
22989 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
22990 \\[rmail-add-label]     Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
22991 \\[rmail-kill-label]    Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
22992 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
22993           (label defaults to last one specified).
22994           Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22995           Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22996 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
22997 \\[rmail-summary]       Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22998 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels]     Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22999 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23000 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23001 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23002 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23003
23004 \(fn)" t nil)
23005
23006 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23007 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23008
23009 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23010
23011 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23012 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23013
23014 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23015
23016 ;;;***
23017 \f
23018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23019 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23021 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23022
23023 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23024 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23025 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23026 case it writes Babyl.
23027
23028 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23029 which is updated to the name you use in this command.  In all uses, if
23030 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23031 `rmail-default-file'.
23032
23033 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23034 rather than saving the file directly.  If the buffer is an Rmail
23035 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23036
23037 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23038 the header display is currently pruned.
23039
23040 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23041 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23042 deleted messages).  If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23043 messages after output.
23044
23045 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23046 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23047 message (if writing a file directly).
23048
23049 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23050 from a non-Rmail buffer.  In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23051
23052 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23053
23054 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23055 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23056 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23057   i) the header is output as currently seen
23058  ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23059 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23060
23061 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23062 function and `rmail-output'.  This argument may be removed in future,
23063 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23064
23065 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23066
23067 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23068 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23069 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23070 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'.  Updates the value
23071 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly.  In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23072 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23073 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23074
23075 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23076 than appending to it.  Deletes the message after writing if
23077 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23078
23079 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23080
23081 ;;;***
23082 \f
23083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23084 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23085 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23086
23087 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23088 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23089 Return a pattern.
23090
23091 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23092
23093 ;;;***
23094 \f
23095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23096 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23098
23099 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23100 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23101 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23102 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23103
23104 \(fn)" t nil)
23105
23106 ;;;***
23107 \f
23108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23109 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23110 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23111
23112 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23113 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23114
23115 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23116 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23117 RELAX NG schema.  The mode-line indicates whether it is or not.  Any
23118 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23119 are highlighted with face `rng-error'.  A description of each error is
23120 available as a tooltip.  \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23121 after point.  Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23122 goes to the first error in the buffer.  If the buffer changes, then it
23123 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23124 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23125
23126 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23127 document.  A schema can be specified explicitly using
23128 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23129 file name or on the root element name.  In each case the schema must
23130 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23131 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc').  The variable
23132 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23133 to use for finding the schema.
23134
23135 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23136
23137 ;;;***
23138 \f
23139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 0
23140 ;;;;;;  0))
23141 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23142
23143 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23144
23145 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23146 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23147 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype.  PARAMS is a
23148 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23149 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23150 its value.  If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23151 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23152 rng-dt-error will be returned.  Otherwise, it returns a list.  The
23153 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23154 datatype and nil otherwise.  The second argument is a symbol; this
23155 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23156 the remaining members of the list.  The function must return an object
23157 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23158 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23159 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23160 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23161 must be equal.
23162
23163 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23164
23165 ;;;***
23166 \f
23167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23168 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23169 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23170
23171 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23172 Define a robin package.
23173
23174 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23175 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23176 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23177 OUTPUT is either a character or a string.  RULES are not evaluated.
23178
23179 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23180 one replaces the old one.
23181
23182 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23183
23184 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23185 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23186
23187 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23188 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23189 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23190
23191 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23192
23193 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23194 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23195
23196 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23197
23198 ;;;***
23199 \f
23200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23202
23203 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23204 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23205
23206 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23207
23208 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23209 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23210
23211 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23212
23213 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23214 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23215
23216 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23217
23218 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23219 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23220 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23221
23222 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
23223 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23224 in ROT13.
23225
23226 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23227
23228 \(fn)" t nil)
23229
23230 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23231 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23232
23233 \(fn)" t nil)
23234
23235 ;;;***
23236 \f
23237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 0 0))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23239  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23240
23241 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23242 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23243 \\<rst-mode-map>
23244
23245 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23246 and `rst-mode-hook'.  This mode also supports font-lock
23247 highlighting.
23248
23249 \\{rst-mode-map}
23250
23251 \(fn)" t nil)
23252
23253 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23254 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23256 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23258
23259 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23260 are installed on top of the major mode bindings.  Use this
23261 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23262
23263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23264
23265 ;;;***
23266 \f
23267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21352
23268 ;;;;;;  50356 891885 0))
23269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23270 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23271
23272 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23273 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23274
23275 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23276
23277 \(fn)" t nil)
23278
23279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23280
23281 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23282
23283 ;;;***
23284 \f
23285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
23286 ;;;;;;  0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23288 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23289
23290 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23291 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23292 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23293
23294 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23295 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23297 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23298 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23299
23300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23301
23302 ;;;***
23303 \f
23304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23306
23307 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23311
23312 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23313
23314 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23315 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23316 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23317
23318 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23319 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23320 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23321
23322 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23323 notation.
23324
23325 STRING
23326      matches string STRING literally.
23327
23328 CHAR
23329      matches character CHAR literally.
23330
23331 `not-newline', `nonl'
23332      matches any character except a newline.
23333
23334 `anything'
23335      matches any character
23336
23337 `(any SET ...)'
23338 `(in SET ...)'
23339 `(char SET ...)'
23340      matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
23341      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23342      Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23343
23344      SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23345      `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23346      `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23347      `word', or one of their synonyms.
23348
23349 `(not (any SET ...))'
23350      matches any character not in SET ...
23351
23352 `line-start', `bol'
23353      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23354      in the text being matched
23355
23356 `line-end', `eol'
23357      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23358
23359 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23360      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23361      string being matched against.
23362
23363 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23364      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23365      string being matched against.
23366
23367 `buffer-start'
23368      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23369      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23370
23371 `buffer-end'
23372      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23373      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23374
23375 `point'
23376      matches the empty string, but only at point.
23377
23378 `word-start', `bow'
23379      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23380
23381 `word-end', `eow'
23382      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23383
23384 `word-boundary'
23385      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23386      word.
23387
23388 `(not word-boundary)'
23389 `not-word-boundary'
23390      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23391      word.
23392
23393 `symbol-start'
23394      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23395
23396 `symbol-end'
23397      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23398
23399 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23400      matches 0 through 9.
23401
23402 `control', `cntrl'
23403      matches ASCII control characters.
23404
23405 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23406      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23407
23408 `blank'
23409      matches space and tab only.
23410
23411 `graphic', `graph'
23412      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23413      space, and DEL.
23414
23415 `printing', `print'
23416      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23417      and DEL.
23418
23419 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23420      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23421      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23422
23423 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23424      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23425      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23426
23427 `ascii'
23428      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23429
23430 `nonascii'
23431      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23432
23433 `lower', `lower-case'
23434      matches anything lower-case.
23435
23436 `upper', `upper-case'
23437      matches anything upper-case.
23438
23439 `punctuation', `punct'
23440      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23441      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23442
23443 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23444      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23445
23446 `word', `wordchar'
23447      matches anything that has word syntax.
23448
23449 `not-wordchar'
23450      matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23451
23452 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23453      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
23454      of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23455      character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23456
23457      `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
23458      `punctuation'              (\\s.)
23459      `word'                     (\\sw)
23460      `symbol'                   (\\s_)
23461      `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
23462      `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
23463      `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
23464      `string-quote'             (\\s\")
23465      `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
23466      `escape'                   (\\s\\)
23467      `character-quote'          (\\s/)
23468      `comment-start'            (\\s<)
23469      `comment-end'              (\\s>)
23470      `string-delimiter'         (\\s|)
23471      `comment-delimiter'        (\\s!)
23472
23473 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23474      matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23475
23476 `(category CATEGORY)'
23477      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
23478      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23479
23480      `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
23481      `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
23482      `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
23483      `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
23484      `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
23485      `symbol'                           (\\c5)
23486      `digit'                            (\\c6)
23487      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23488      `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
23489      `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
23490      `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
23491      `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
23492      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
23493      `chinese-two-byte'                 (\\cC)
23494      `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
23495      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
23496      `indian-tow-byte'                  (\\cI)
23497      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
23498      `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
23499      `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
23500      `combining-diacritic'              (\\c^)
23501      `ascii'                            (\\ca)
23502      `arabic'                           (\\cb)
23503      `chinese'                          (\\cc)
23504      `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
23505      `greek'                            (\\cg)
23506      `korean'                           (\\ch)
23507      `indian'                           (\\ci)
23508      `japanese'                         (\\cj)
23509      `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
23510      `latin'                            (\\cl)
23511      `lao'                              (\\co)
23512      `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
23513      `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
23514      `thai'                             (\\ct)
23515      `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
23516      `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
23517      `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
23518      `can-break'                        (\\c|)
23519
23520 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23521      matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23522
23523 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23524 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23525 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23526 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23527      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23528
23529 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23530 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23531      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23532      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23533
23534 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23535 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23536      like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23537      group number N.
23538
23539 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23540 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23541      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
23542      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23543      regular expression.
23544
23545 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23546      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
23547      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23548      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23549      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23550
23551 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23552      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
23553
23554 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23555 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23556
23557 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23558 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23559      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23560
23561 `(* SEXP ...)'
23562      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23563      of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23564
23565 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23566      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23567      independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23568
23569 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23570 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23571      matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23572
23573 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23574      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23575
23576 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23577      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23578
23579 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23580 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23581 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23582      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23583
23584 `(? SEXP ...)'
23585      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23586
23587 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23588      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23589
23590 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23591 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23592      matches N occurrences.
23593
23594 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23595      matches N or more occurrences.
23596
23597 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23598 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23599      matches N to M occurrences.
23600
23601 `(backref N)'
23602      matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23603
23604 `(eval FORM)'
23605      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
23606      `regexp-quote' it.
23607
23608 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23609      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23610
23611 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23612
23613 ;;;***
23614 \f
23615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23616 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23617 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23618 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23619
23620 ;;;***
23621 \f
23622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23624 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23625
23626 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23627 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23628 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23631 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23632
23633 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23634
23635 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23636 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23638 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23639 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23640
23641 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23642 periodically and when exiting Emacs.  When Savehist mode is
23643 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23644 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23645
23646 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23647 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23648 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23649
23650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23651
23652 ;;;***
23653 \f
23654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 35662
23655 ;;;;;;  356409 0))
23656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23657
23658 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23659 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23660 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23661
23662 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23663 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23664 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23665 mode line of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
23666 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23667 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23668 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
23669 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23670
23671 Commands:
23672 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23673 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23674 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23675
23676 \(fn)" t nil)
23677
23678 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23679 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23680 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23681
23682 Commands:
23683 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23684 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23685 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23686 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23687 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23688 that variable's value is a string.
23689
23690 \(fn)" t nil)
23691
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23695 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23697
23698 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23699 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23700 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23701
23702 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23703
23704 \(fn)" t nil)
23705
23706 ;;;***
23707 \f
23708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 0
23709 ;;;;;;  0))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23711
23712 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23713 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23714 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23717 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23718
23719 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23720
23721 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23722 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23724 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23725 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23726
23727 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23728 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23729
23730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23731
23732 ;;;***
23733 \f
23734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23735 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23736 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23737
23738 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23739 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23741 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23742 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, keys that normally move
23743 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23744 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23745 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23746
23747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23748
23749 ;;;***
23750 \f
23751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23752 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23753 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23754  (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23755
23756 ;;;***
23757 \f
23758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23759 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23761 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23762
23763 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23764 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23765 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23766
23767  `global-semanticdb-minor-mode'        - Maintain tag database.
23768  `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23769  `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode'   - Show summary of tag at point.
23770  `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23771  `global-semantic-decoration-mode'     - Additional tag decorations.
23772  `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23773  `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode'     - Show current fun in header line.
23774  `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode'   - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23775                                          keybinding for tag names.
23776  `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode'          - A mouse 3 context menu.
23777  `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23778                                          of the symbol under point.
23779 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23780  some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23781  `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23782                                          highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23783  `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23784                                          syntax tokens.
23785  `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23786
23787 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23788
23789 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23790 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23791 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23794 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23795
23796 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23797
23798 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23799 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23801 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23802 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23803
23804 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23805 semantic content.  This information is used by a variety of
23806 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23807 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23808 Semantic mode.
23809
23810 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23811
23812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23813
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23817 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23819
23820 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23821 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23822
23823 \(fn)" t nil)
23824
23825 ;;;***
23826 \f
23827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23828 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23830
23831 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23832 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23833
23834 \(fn)" t nil)
23835
23836 ;;;***
23837 \f
23838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23839 ;;;;;;  0 0))
23840 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23841
23842 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23843 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23844
23845 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23846         king@grassland.com
23847 If `parens', they look like:
23848         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23849 If `angles', they look like:
23850         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23851
23852 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23853 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23854
23855 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23856
23857 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23858 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23859 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23860 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23861
23862 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23863 privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
23864 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23865 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23866
23867 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23868
23869 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23870 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23871 This is done when the message is initialized,
23872 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23873
23874 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23875
23876 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23877 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23878 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23879
23880 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23881
23882 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23883 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23884 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23885 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23886 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23887 This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
23888 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23889
23890 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23891
23892 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23893 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23894
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23896
23897 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23898 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23899 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23900 be a Babyl file.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23903
23904 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23905 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23906 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23907 when you first send mail.")
23908
23909 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23910
23911 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23912 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23913 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23914 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23915 This file need not actually exist.")
23916
23917 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23918
23919 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23920 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23921
23922 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23923
23924 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23925 Alist of mail address aliases,
23926 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23927 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23928 can specify a different file name.)
23929 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23930     alias ALIAS MEANING")
23931
23932 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23933 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23934 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23935
23936 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23937
23938 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23939 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23940 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23941
23942 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23943
23944 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23945 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23946 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23947 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23948 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23949 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23950 in the cited portion of the message.
23951
23952 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23953 instead of no action.")
23954
23955 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23956
23957 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([     ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[       ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23958 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23959 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23960 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23961 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23962
23963 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23964
23965 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23966 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23967 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23968 If a string, that string is inserted.
23969  (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23970   which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23971 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23972 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23973
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23975
23976 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23977 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23978
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23980
23981 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23982 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23983 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23984
23985 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23986 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23987
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23989
23990 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23991 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23992 It can contain newlines, and should end in one.  It is inserted
23993 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23994
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23996
23997 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23998 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23999 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24000
24001 \(fn)" nil nil)
24002
24003 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24004
24005 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24006
24007
24008 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24009
24010 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24011 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24012 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24013
24014 \\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
24015 \\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24016
24017 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24018          \\[mail-to]  move to To:       \\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
24019          \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:     \\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
24020          \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:     \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24021          \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
24022          \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24023 \\[mail-text]  move to message text.
24024 \\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24025 \\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24026 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24027 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24028 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24029 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24030 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24031
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24035 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24036 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24037 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24042 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24043 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24044 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24045 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24046 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24047
24048 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24049 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24050 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24051
24052 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24053 User should not set this variable manually,
24054 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24055 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24056 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24057
24058 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24059 Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24060 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24061 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24062
24063 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24064 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24065
24066 \\<mail-mode-map>
24067 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24068
24069 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24070 to move to message header fields:
24071 \\{mail-mode-map}
24072
24073 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24074 when the message is initialized.
24075
24076 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24077 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24078
24079 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24080 is inserted.
24081
24082 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24083 initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
24084
24085 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24086 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
24087 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24088 keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
24089 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24090 one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24091 buffer without erasing the contents.
24092
24093 The second through fifth arguments,
24094  TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24095  the initial contents of those header fields.
24096  These arguments should not have final newlines.
24097 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24098  original message being replied to, or else an action
24099  of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24100  Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24101 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24102  if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24103  when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24104  This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24105
24106 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24107
24108 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24109 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24110
24111 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24112
24113 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24114 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24115
24116 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24117
24118 ;;;***
24119 \f
24120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24121 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24122
24123 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24124
24125 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24126
24127 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24128
24129 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24130 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24131 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24132 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24133 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24134 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24135
24136 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24137 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24138
24139 If a server is already running, restart it.  If clients are
24140 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24141 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24142
24143 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24144 \\[server-start].
24145
24146 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24147
24148 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24149 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24150 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24151 NAME defaults to `server-name'.  With argument, ask for NAME.
24152
24153 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24154
24155 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24156 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24157 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24160 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24161
24162 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24163
24164 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24165 Toggle Server mode.
24166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24167 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24168 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24169
24170 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24171 `emacsclient' program.  See Info node `Emacs server' and
24172 `server-start' for details.
24173
24174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24175
24176 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24177 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24178 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24179
24180 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24181 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24182
24183 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24184
24185 ;;;***
24186 \f
24187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24188 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24189
24190 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24191 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24192
24193 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24194 that you can enter data into.  You can navigate the cells with
24195 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key.  The contents
24196 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24197 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24198
24199 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24200 contents of another cell.  For example, you can sum a range of
24201 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'.  There are specialized functions like
24202 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24203 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24204 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24205
24206 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24207 displayed.
24208
24209 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24210 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24211 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24212
24213 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24214 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24215
24216 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24217 and print mode specifications.  Key definitions:
24218
24219 \\{ses-mode-map}
24220 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24221 part):
24222 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24223 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24224 formula:
24225 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24226
24227 \(fn)" t nil)
24228
24229 ;;;***
24230 \f
24231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24232 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
24233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24234
24235 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24236 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24237 Makes > match <.
24238 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24239 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24240
24241 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24242 the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24243 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24244
24245 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24246 in your init file.
24247
24248 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24249
24250 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24251 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24252 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24253
24254 \(fn)" t nil)
24255
24256 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24257 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24258 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24259 completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
24260 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
24261 which this is based.
24262
24263 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24264
24265 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
24266 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24267 you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24268 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24269
24270 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
24271 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24272 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24273
24274 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24275 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
24276 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24277 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24278
24279 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24280 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
24281 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24282 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24283
24284 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24285
24286 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24287 interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24288 To work around that, do:
24289    (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24290
24291 \\{html-mode-map}
24292
24293 \(fn)" t nil)
24294
24295 ;;;***
24296 \f
24297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21346
24298 ;;;;;;  62196 0 0))
24299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24300 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24301 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24302
24303 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24304 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24305 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24306 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24307 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24308 assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24309
24310 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24311 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
24312 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24313 shell-specific features.
24314
24315 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24316 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
24317 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24318 \\<sh-mode-map>
24319 \\[sh-case]      case statement
24320 \\[sh-for]       for loop
24321 \\[sh-function]  function definition
24322 \\[sh-if]        if statement
24323 \\[sh-indexed-loop]      indexed loop from 1 to n
24324 \\[sh-while-getopts]     while getopts loop
24325 \\[sh-repeat]    repeat loop
24326 \\[sh-select]    select loop
24327 \\[sh-until]     until loop
24328 \\[sh-while]     while loop
24329
24330 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24331 \\[sh-show-indent]      Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24332 \\[sh-set-indent]       Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24333 \\[sh-learn-line-indent]        Change the indentation variable so this line
24334 would indent to the way it currently is.
24335 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
24336 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24337
24338
24339 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify]        Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24340 \\[newline-and-indent]   Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24341 \\[sh-end-of-command]    Go to end of successive commands.
24342 \\[sh-beginning-of-command]      Go to beginning of successive commands.
24343 \\[sh-set-shell]         Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24344 \\[sh-execute-region]    Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24345
24346 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24347 unquoted < insert a here document.
24348
24349 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24350 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24351 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24352
24353 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24354 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24355
24356 \(fn)" t nil)
24357
24358 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24359
24360 ;;;***
24361 \f
24362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24363 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24365
24366 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24367 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24368
24369 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24370 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24371 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24372
24373 This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
24374 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24375 files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24376 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24377 the earlier.
24378
24379 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24380
24381 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24382
24383 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
24384 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24385 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24386
24387 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24388 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24389
24390 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24391 problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24392 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24393 24.3.  A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24394 it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24395 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24396 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24397 Emacs version).
24398
24399 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24400 shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24401 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
24402 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24403 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24404
24405 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24406 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24407
24408 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24409
24410 ;;;***
24411 \f
24412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 0
24413 ;;;;;;  0))
24414 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24415
24416 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24417 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24418 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24419 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
24420 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24421 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24422 sites in the cluster.
24423
24424 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24425
24426 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24427 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24428 It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
24429 new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
24430 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24431
24432 \(fn)" t nil)
24433
24434 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24435 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24436 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24437 of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
24438 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24439 function).  Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24440 `shadow-define-cluster').
24441
24442 \(fn)" t nil)
24443
24444 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24445 Set up file shadowing.
24446
24447 \(fn)" t nil)
24448
24449 ;;;***
24450 \f
24451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 0 0))
24452 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24453
24454 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24455 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24456 don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
24457 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24458 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24459 arguments.")
24460
24461 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24462
24463 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24464 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24465 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24466 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24467 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24468
24469 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24470 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24471 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24472  or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24473  or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24474 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24475 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24476 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24477 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24478 and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
24479 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24480
24481 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24482 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24483 before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24484 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24485 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24486 `default-process-coding-system'.
24487
24488 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24489 such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
24490 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24491 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24492
24493 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24494
24495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24496
24497 ;;;***
24498 \f
24499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24501
24502 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24503 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24504
24505 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24506
24507 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24508 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24509 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24510 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24511
24512 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24513
24514 ;;;***
24515 \f
24516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24518
24519 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24520
24521
24522 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24523
24524 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24525
24526
24527 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24528
24529 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24530
24531
24532 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24533
24534 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24535
24536
24537 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24538
24539 ;;;***
24540 \f
24541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24542 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24544
24545 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24546 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24547 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
24548 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24549 indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24550
24551 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24552
24553 \(fn)" t nil)
24554
24555 ;;;***
24556 \f
24557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24558 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24560
24561 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24562 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24563 \\{simula-mode-map}
24564 Variables controlling indentation style:
24565  `simula-tab-always-indent'
24566     Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24567     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24568  `simula-indent-level'
24569     Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24570  `simula-substatement-offset'
24571     Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24572  `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24573     Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24574     e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24575     line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24576     with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24577  `simula-label-offset' -4711
24578     Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24579  `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24580     Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24581     Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24582     extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24583  `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24584     Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24585     corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
24586     extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24587  `simula-electric-indent' nil
24588     If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24589     will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24590  `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24591     Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
24592     the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24593     or nil if they should not be changed.
24594  `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24595     Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24596     expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24597     (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24598
24599 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24600 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24601
24602 \(fn)" t nil)
24603
24604 ;;;***
24605 \f
24606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24607 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24608
24609 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24610 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24611
24612 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24613 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24614 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24615 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24616
24617 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24618
24619 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24620
24621 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24622 Insert SKELETON.
24623 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24624 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24625 on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
24626 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24627 \\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
24628
24629 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24630 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24631
24632 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24633
24634 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24635 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24636
24637 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24638 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24639 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24640 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24641
24642 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24643 points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24644 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24645 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24646
24647 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24648 variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
24649 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24650
24651 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
24652 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24653
24654 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24655 `skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
24656
24657         \\n     go to next line and indent according to mode
24658         _       interesting point, interregion here
24659         -       interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24660                 interesting point set by _
24661         >       indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24662         @       add position to `skeleton-positions'
24663         &       do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24664         |       do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24665         -NUM    delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24666         resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24667         nil     skipped
24668
24669 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24670 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24671
24672 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24673 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted
24674 repeatedly for different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as
24675 the user enters a non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24676 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in
24677 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24678 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24679 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24680
24681 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24682 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24683 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24684 endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24685 to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
24686 available:
24687
24688         str     first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24689                 then: insert previously read string once more
24690         help    help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24691         input   initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24692         v1, v2  local variables for memorizing anything you want
24693
24694 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24695 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24696
24697 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24698
24699 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24700 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24701
24702 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
24703 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24704 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24705 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24706 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24707 such as backslash.
24708
24709 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24710 the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24711 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24712
24713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24714
24715 ;;;***
24716 \f
24717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24718 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24719 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24720
24721 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24722 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24723 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24724 buffer names.
24725
24726 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24727
24728 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24729 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24731 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24733 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24734
24735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24736
24737 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24738 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24739 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24740
24741 \(fn)" t nil)
24742
24743 ;;;***
24744 \f
24745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24747
24748 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24749 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24750 A list of images is returned.
24751
24752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24753
24754 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24755 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24756 interactively.  If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24757
24758 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24759
24760 ;;;***
24761 \f
24762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24763 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24765
24766 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24767
24768
24769 \(fn)" nil nil)
24770
24771 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24772 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24773
24774 \(fn)" t nil)
24775
24776 ;;;***
24777 \f
24778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24780
24781 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24782 Play the Snake game.
24783 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24784
24785 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24786
24787 Snake mode keybindings:
24788    \\<snake-mode-map>
24789 \\[snake-start-game]    Starts a new game of Snake
24790 \\[snake-end-game]      Terminates the current game
24791 \\[snake-pause-game]    Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24792 \\[snake-move-left]     Makes the snake move left
24793 \\[snake-move-right]    Makes the snake move right
24794 \\[snake-move-up]       Makes the snake move up
24795 \\[snake-move-down]     Makes the snake move down
24796
24797 \(fn)" t nil)
24798
24799 ;;;***
24800 \f
24801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24802 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24803 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24804
24805 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24806 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24807 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24808 Tab indents for C code.
24809 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24810 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24811 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24812 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24813 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24814
24815 \(fn)" t nil)
24816
24817 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24818 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24819 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24820 Tab indents for C code.
24821 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24822 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24823 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24824 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24825 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24826
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24828
24829 ;;;***
24830 \f
24831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 0
24832 ;;;;;;  0))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24834
24835 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24836 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
24837 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24838 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24839 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24840
24841 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24842
24843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24844
24845 ;;;***
24846 \f
24847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24848 ;;;;;;  0 0))
24849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24850
24851 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24852 Play Solitaire.
24853
24854 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24855 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24856 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24857 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24858 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24859 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24860 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24861 check after each move or undo.)
24862
24863 What is Solitaire?
24864
24865 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24866 its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
24867 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24868
24869         Le Solitaire
24870         ============
24871
24872                 o   o   o
24873
24874                 o   o   o
24875
24876         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24877
24878         o   o   o   .   o   o   o
24879
24880         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24881
24882                 o   o   o
24883
24884                 o   o   o
24885
24886 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
24887 hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
24888 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24889 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24890
24891 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24892 after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24893 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24894 this:  o  o  .
24895
24896 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24897 which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
24898
24899 That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
24900
24901                 o   o   o
24902
24903                 .   o   o
24904
24905         o   o   .   o   o   o   o
24906
24907         o   .   o   o   o   o   o
24908
24909         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24910
24911                 o   o   o
24912
24913                 o   o   o
24914
24915 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24916
24917 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24918
24919 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24920
24921 ;;;***
24922 \f
24923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24924 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24925 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24926
24927 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24928 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24929
24930 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24931 called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24932 it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
24933 buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
24934 contiguous.
24935
24936 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24937 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24938 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24939 the sort order.
24940
24941 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24942 across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24943
24944 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24945 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24946 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24947 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24948 is called.
24949
24950 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24951 It should move point to the end of the record.
24952
24953 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24954 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24955 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24956 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24957 starts at the beginning of the record.
24958
24959 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24960 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24961 same as ENDRECFUN.
24962
24963 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24964 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24965 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24966 second key.  If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24967 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24968 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24969 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24970
24971 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24972
24973 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24974 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24975 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24976 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24977 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24978 the sort order.
24979
24980 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24981
24982 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24983 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24984 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24985 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24986 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24987 the sort order.
24988
24989 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24990
24991 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24992 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24993 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24994 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24995 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24996 the sort order.
24997
24998 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24999 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25000
25001 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25002 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25003 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25004 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25005 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25006 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25007 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25008 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25009 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25010
25011 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25012
25013 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25014 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25015 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25016 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25017 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25018 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25019 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25020 the sort order.
25021
25022 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25023
25024 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25025 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25026 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25027 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25028
25029 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25030   For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25031
25032 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25033   RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25034   If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25035   match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25036   If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25037   Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25038   to search within the record.  If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25039   found within a record, that record is ignored.
25040
25041 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25042
25043 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25044 the sort order.
25045
25046 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25047  starting with the letter \"f\",
25048  RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25049
25050 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25051
25052 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25053 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25054 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25055 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25056 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25057 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25058 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25059 the sort order.
25060
25061 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25062 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25063 and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
25064 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25065 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25066
25067 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25068
25069 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25070 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25071 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25072
25073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25074
25075 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25076 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25077 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25078 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25079 each identical line.  If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25080 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25081 each repeated line.
25082
25083 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25084 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25085 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25086 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25087
25088 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25089 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25090
25091 Returns the number of deleted lines.  Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25092 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25093
25094 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25095
25096 ;;;***
25097 \f
25098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25100
25101 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25102 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25103 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t.  This is so you
25104 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25105 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25106 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25107
25108 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25109
25110 ;;;***
25111 \f
25112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25113 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25115
25116 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25117 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25118
25119 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25120 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
25121 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25122
25123 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25124
25125 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25126 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25127 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25128 server.
25129
25130 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25131
25132 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25133 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25134 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25135
25136 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25137
25138 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25139 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25140 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25141 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25142 Agent is plugged.
25143
25144 \(fn)" t nil)
25145
25146 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25147 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25148 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25149 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25150
25151 \(fn)" t nil)
25152
25153 ;;;***
25154 \f
25155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25157
25158 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25159
25160 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25161 Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25162 A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25163 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
25164 supported at a time.
25165 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25166 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25167
25168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25169
25170 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25171 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25172 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25173 selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25174
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25176
25177 ;;;***
25178 \f
25179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25180 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25181
25182 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25183 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25184
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25186
25187 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25188 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25189
25190 \(fn)" nil nil)
25191
25192 ;;;***
25193 \f
25194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25196 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25197
25198 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25199 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25200
25201 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25202 `oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25203 `font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
25204 of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
25205 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25206 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25207 of the current highlighting list.
25208
25209 For example:
25210
25211  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25212   '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25213
25214 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25215 `_t' as data types.
25216
25217 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25218
25219 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25220 Major mode to edit SQL.
25221
25222 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25223 \\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25224 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25225
25226 \\{sql-mode-map}
25227 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25228
25229 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25230 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
25231 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
25232 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25233 determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
25234 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25235
25236 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25237 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25238
25239 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25240 one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25241 must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your init file:
25242
25243 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25244           (lambda ()
25245             (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25246
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25248
25249 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25250 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25251
25252 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25253 their settings.
25254
25255 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25256 is specified in the connection settings.
25257
25258 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25259
25260 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25261 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25262
25263 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25264 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25265
25266 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25267 \\[universal-argument].  To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25268 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25269 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25270
25271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25272
25273 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25274
25275 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25276 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25277
25278 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25279 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25280 `*SQL*'.
25281
25282 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
25283 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25284 defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25285 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25286
25287 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25288 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25289
25290 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25291 before \\[sql-oracle].  Once session has started,
25292 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25293 buffer.
25294
25295 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25296 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25297 before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25298 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25299 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25300 `default-process-coding-system'.
25301
25302 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25303
25304 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25305
25306 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25307 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25308
25309 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25310 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25311 `*SQL*'.
25312
25313 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
25314 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25315 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25316 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25317
25318 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25319 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25320
25321 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25322 before \\[sql-sybase].  Once session has started,
25323 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25324 buffer.
25325
25326 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25327 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25328 before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25329 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25330 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25331 `default-process-coding-system'.
25332
25333 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25334
25335 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25336
25337 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25338 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25339
25340 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25341 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25342 `*SQL*'.
25343
25344 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
25345 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25346
25347 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25348 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25349
25350 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25351 before \\[sql-informix].  Once session has started,
25352 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25353 buffer.
25354
25355 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25356 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25357 before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25358 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25359 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25360 `default-process-coding-system'.
25361
25362 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25363
25364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25365
25366 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25367 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25368
25369 SQLite is free software.
25370
25371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25373 `*SQL*'.
25374
25375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
25376 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25377 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25378 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25379
25380 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25381 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25382
25383 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25384 before \\[sql-sqlite].  Once session has started,
25385 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25386 buffer.
25387
25388 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25389 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25390 before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25391 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25392 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25393 `default-process-coding-system'.
25394
25395 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25396
25397 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25398
25399 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25400 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25401
25402 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25403
25404 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25405 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25406 `*SQL*'.
25407
25408 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
25409 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25410 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25411 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25412
25413 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25414 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25415
25416 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25417 before \\[sql-mysql].  Once session has started,
25418 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25419 buffer.
25420
25421 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25422 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25424 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25425 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25426 `default-process-coding-system'.
25427
25428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25429
25430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25431
25432 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25433 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25434
25435 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25436 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25437 `*SQL*'.
25438
25439 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
25440 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25441 defaults, if set.
25442
25443 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25444 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25445
25446 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25447 before \\[sql-solid].  Once session has started,
25448 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25449 buffer.
25450
25451 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25452 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25454 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25455 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25456 `default-process-coding-system'.
25457
25458 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25459
25460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25461
25462 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25463 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25464
25465 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25466 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25467 `*SQL*'.
25468
25469 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
25470 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25471
25472 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25473 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25474
25475 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25476 before \\[sql-ingres].  Once session has started,
25477 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25478 buffer.
25479
25480 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25481 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25482 before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25483 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25484 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25485 `default-process-coding-system'.
25486
25487 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25488
25489 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25490
25491 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25492 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25493
25494 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25495 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25496 `*SQL*'.
25497
25498 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
25499 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25500 as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
25501 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25502
25503 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25504 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25505
25506 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25507 before \\[sql-ms].  Once session has started,
25508 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25509 buffer.
25510
25511 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25512 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25514 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25515 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25516 `default-process-coding-system'.
25517
25518 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25519
25520 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25521
25522 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25523 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25524
25525 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25526 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25527 `*SQL*'.
25528
25529 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
25530 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25531 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25532 `sql-postgres-options'.
25533
25534 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25535 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25536
25537 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25538 before \\[sql-postgres].  Once session has started,
25539 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25540 buffer.
25541
25542 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25543 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25544 before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25545 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25546 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25547 `default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
25548 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
25549 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25550
25551 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25552                                              '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25553
25554 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25555
25556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25557
25558 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25559 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25560
25561 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25562 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25563 `*SQL*'.
25564
25565 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
25566 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25567 defaults, if set.
25568
25569 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25570 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25571
25572 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-interbase].  Once session has started,
25574 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25575 buffer.
25576
25577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25578 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25580 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25582 `default-process-coding-system'.
25583
25584 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25585
25586 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25587
25588 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25589 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25590
25591 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25592 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25593 `*SQL*'.
25594
25595 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
25596 automatic login.
25597
25598 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25599 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25600
25601 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25602 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
25603 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25604 advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
25605
25606 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25607 before \\[sql-db2].  Once session has started,
25608 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25609 buffer.
25610
25611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25616 `default-process-coding-system'.
25617
25618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25619
25620 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25621
25622 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25623 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25624
25625 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25626 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25627 `*SQL*'.
25628
25629 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25630 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25631 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25632 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'.  Run inl -h to get help on
25633 parameters.
25634
25635 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25636 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25637 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25638 for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25639 an empty password.
25640
25641 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25642 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643
25644 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-linter].  Once session has started,
25646 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 buffer.
25648
25649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25650
25651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25652
25653 ;;;***
25654 \f
25655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 0
25656 ;;;;;;  0))
25657 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25658 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25659
25660 ;;;***
25661 \f
25662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25663 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
25664 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25665
25666 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25667 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25668
25669 \(fn)" t nil)
25670
25671 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25672
25673 ;;;***
25674 \f
25675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25676 ;;;;;;  0 0))
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25678
25679 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25680 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25681 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25682 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25683 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25684 NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25685 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25686  Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25687  an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25688  BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25689  with any buffer
25690 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25691 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25692 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25693 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25694
25695 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25696
25697 ;;;***
25698 \f
25699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25700 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25701
25702 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25703 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25704 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.  COMMAND is
25705 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE is a
25706 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25707 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25708
25709 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25710
25711 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25712
25713 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25714 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25715 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25716 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25717 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25718 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25719 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25720
25721 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25722
25723 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25724 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25725 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25726 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
25727 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25728 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25729 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25730
25731 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25732
25733 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25734 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25735 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25736
25737 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25740 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25741 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25742
25743 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25744
25745 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25746 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25747
25748 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25749
25750 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25751 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25752
25753 \(fn)" t nil)
25754
25755 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25756 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25757
25758 \(fn)" t nil)
25759
25760 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25761 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25762 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25763 by command name.
25764 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25765
25766 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25767
25768 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25769 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25770 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25773 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25774
25775 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25776
25777 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25778 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25780 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
25781 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25782
25783 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25784 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25785 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
25786 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
25787 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25788
25789 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25790 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25791 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25792 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25793
25794 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25795
25796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25797
25798 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25799 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25800 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25801 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25802
25803 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25806 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25807
25808 \(fn)" t nil)
25809
25810 ;;;***
25811 \f
25812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25814
25815 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25816 Studlify-case the region.
25817
25818 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25819
25820 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25821 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25822
25823 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25826 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25827
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25829
25830 ;;;***
25831 \f
25832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25833 ;;;;;;  0 0))
25834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25835
25836 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25837 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25839 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25840 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25841
25842 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
25843 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25844 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25845 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25846
25847 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'.  Each
25848 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25849 called a `subword'.  Here are some examples:
25850
25851   Nomenclature           Subwords
25852   ===========================================================
25853   GtkWindow          =>  \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25854   EmacsFrameClass    =>  \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25855   NSGraphicsContext  =>  \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25856
25857 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25858 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25859 as words.
25860
25861 \\{subword-mode-map}
25862
25863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25864
25865 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25866 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25867 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25870 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25871
25872 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25873
25874 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25875 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25876 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25877 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25878 ARG is omitted or nil.
25879
25880 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25881 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25882 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25883
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25885
25886 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25887 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25889 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25891
25892 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
25893 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25894 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25895
25896 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25897 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25898 edit them as words.
25899
25900 \\{superword-mode-map}
25901
25902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25903
25904 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25905 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25906 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25909 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25910
25911 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25912
25913 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25914 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25915 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25916 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25917 ARG is omitted or nil.
25918
25919 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25920 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25921 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25922
25923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25924
25925 ;;;***
25926 \f
25927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
25928 ;;;;;;  0 0))
25929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25930
25931 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25932 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25933 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25934 function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
25935 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25936 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25937 original message but it does require a few things:
25938
25939      1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25940
25941      2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25942         reply buffer.
25943
25944      3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25945         inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25946         original message.
25947
25948      4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25949
25950      5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25951
25952 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25953 function is called).  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25954 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25955
25956 \(fn)" nil nil)
25957
25958 ;;;***
25959 \f
25960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25962
25963 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25964
25965 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25966 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25967 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25970 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25971
25972 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25973
25974 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25975 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25977 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25978 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25979
25980 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25981 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25982 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25983
25984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25985
25986 ;;;***
25987 \f
25988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25989 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25990
25991 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25992 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25993 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25994 buffer.
25995
25996 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25997 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25998 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25999
26000 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26001
26002 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26003 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26004 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26005 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26006 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26007 buffer.
26008
26009 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26010 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26011 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26012
26013 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26014
26015 ;;;***
26016 \f
26017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 0
26018 ;;;;;;  0))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26020
26021 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26022 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26023 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26024
26025 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26026
26027 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26028 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26029
26030 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26031
26032 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26033 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26034
26035 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26036
26037 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26038 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26039
26040 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26041
26042 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26043 Insert an editable text table.
26044 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
26045 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26046 cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26047 is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26048 for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
26049 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26050 delimiting them.
26051
26052 Examples:
26053
26054 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26055
26056 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26057 location of point.
26058
26059     -!-
26060
26061 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
26062 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26063 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
26064 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26065 first cell.
26066
26067     +-----+-----+-----+
26068     |-!-  |     |     |
26069     +-----+-----+-----+
26070
26071 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26072
26073 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26074 width, which results as
26075
26076     +--------------+-----+-----+
26077     |-!-           |     |     |
26078     +--------------+-----+-----+
26079
26080 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
26081 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26082
26083     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26084     |              |      |-!-                             |
26085     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26086
26087 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26088 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26089 width information to `table-insert'.
26090
26091 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26092
26093 instead of
26094
26095 Cell width(s): 5
26096
26097 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26098 work all together.
26099
26100 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26101 first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26102
26103     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26104     |-!-           |      |                                |
26105     |              |      |                                |
26106     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26107
26108 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26109
26110     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26111     |-!-           |      |                                |
26112     |              |      |                                |
26113     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26114     |              |      |                                |
26115     |              |      |                                |
26116     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26117
26118 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26119
26120     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26121     |              |      |                                |
26122     |              |      |                                |
26123     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26124     |              |      |                                |
26125     |              |      |                                |
26126     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26127     -!-
26128
26129 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26130 when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
26131 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26132
26133     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26134     |              |      |                                |
26135     |              |      |                                |
26136     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26137     |              |      |                                |
26138     |              |      |                                |
26139     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140     |-!-           |      |                                |
26141     |              |      |                                |
26142     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26143
26144 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26145 results.
26146
26147     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26148     |              |      |                                |
26149     |              |      |                                |
26150     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26151     |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
26152     |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
26153     |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
26154     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26155     |              |      |                                |
26156     |              |      |                                |
26157     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158
26159 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26160
26161 \\{table-cell-map}
26162
26163 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26164
26165 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26166 Insert N table row(s).
26167 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26168 the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
26169 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26170 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26171
26172 \(fn N)" t nil)
26173
26174 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26175 Insert N table column(s).
26176 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26177 of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
26178 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26179 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26180
26181 \(fn N)" t nil)
26182
26183 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26184 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26185 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26186
26187 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26188
26189 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26190 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26191 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
26192 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26193 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26194 all the table specific features.
26195
26196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26197
26198 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26199
26200
26201 \(fn)" t nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26204 Recognize all tables within region.
26205 BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
26206 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26207 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26208 specific features.
26209
26210 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26211
26212 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26213
26214
26215 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26216
26217 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26218 Recognize a table at point.
26219 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26220 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26221 the table specific features.
26222
26223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26224
26225 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26226
26227
26228 \(fn)" t nil)
26229
26230 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26231 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26232 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
26233 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26234 must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26235 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26236 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26237
26238 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26239
26240 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26241
26242
26243 \(fn)" t nil)
26244
26245 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26246 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26247 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26248 cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26249 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
26250 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26251 specified.
26252
26253 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26256 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26257 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26258 and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefore, the cell
26259 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
26260 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26261 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26262 table structure.
26263
26264 \(fn N)" t nil)
26265
26266 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26267 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26268 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26269 table's rectangle structure.
26270
26271 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26274 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26275 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26276 table's rectangle structure.
26277
26278 \(fn N)" t nil)
26279
26280 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26281 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26282 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26283 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26284 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26285
26286 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26287
26288 You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
26289 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26290 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26291
26292 +-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
26293 |0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
26294 +--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
26295 |2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
26296 |  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
26297 |  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
26298 +--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
26299
26300 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26301 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
26302 |  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
26303 +--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
26304 |3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
26305 |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
26306 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26307
26308 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
26309 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26310 |  +--+  |  |  +--+  |  |  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
26311 |  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |  +--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
26312 +--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+  |5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
26313 |5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |  |  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
26314 |  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |  +--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
26315 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26316
26317 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26318
26319 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26320 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26321 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26322 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26323
26324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26325
26326 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26327 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26328 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26329
26330 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26331
26332 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26333 Split current cell vertically.
26334 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26335
26336 \(fn)" t nil)
26337
26338 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26339 Split current cell horizontally.
26340 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26341
26342 \(fn)" t nil)
26343
26344 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26345 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26346 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26347
26348 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26349
26350 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26351 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26352 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26353 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26354
26355 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26356
26357 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26358 Justify cell contents.
26359 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26360 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
26361 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26362 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26363
26364 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26365
26366 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26367 Justify cells of a row.
26368 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26369 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26370
26371 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26374 Justify cells of a column.
26375 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26376 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26377
26378 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26379
26380 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26381 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26382 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26383 that widens a cell when it is necessary.  When non-nil, typing in a
26384 cell does not automatically expand the cell width.  A word that is too
26385 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines.  The chopped
26386 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'.  This
26387 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26388 run-time.
26389
26390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26393 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26394 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26395 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26396 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26397 is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
26398 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
26399 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
26400 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26401 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
26402 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26403
26404 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26405
26406 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26407 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26408 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26409 structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26410 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26411 object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26412 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
26413 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26414 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26415 buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
26416 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26417 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26418 untouched.
26419
26420 References used for this implementation:
26421
26422 HTML:
26423         URL `http://www.w3.org'
26424
26425 LaTeX:
26426         URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26427
26428 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26429         URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26430         URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26431
26432 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26433
26434 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26435 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26436 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
26437 empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
26438 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26439 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
26440 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
26441 number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
26442 traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
26443 entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26444 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26445 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26446 insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
26447 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26448 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26449 structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26450 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26451
26452 Example:
26453
26454   (progn
26455     (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26456     (table-forward-cell 15)
26457     (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26458     (table-forward-cell 16)
26459     (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26460     (table-forward-cell 1)
26461     (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26462
26463   (progn
26464     (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26465     (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26466     (table-forward-cell 1)
26467     (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26468
26469 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26470
26471 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26472 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26473 Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
26474 contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
26475 consists from cells of same height.
26476
26477 \(fn N)" t nil)
26478
26479 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26480 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26481 Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
26482 the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
26483 column must consists from cells of same width.
26484
26485 \(fn N)" t nil)
26486
26487 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26488 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26489 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
26490 specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26491 The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
26492 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26493 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26494 delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
26495 columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26496 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26497 the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
26498 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26499 justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26500 width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26501 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26502
26503
26504 Example 1:
26505
26506 1, 2, 3, 4
26507 5, 6, 7, 8
26508 , 9, 10
26509
26510 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26511 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
26512 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26513 specified as 5.
26514
26515 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26516 |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
26517 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26518 |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
26519 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26520 |     |  9  | 10  |     |
26521 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26522
26523 Note:
26524
26525 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26526 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26527 of each row is optional.
26528
26529
26530 Example 2:
26531
26532 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26533 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26534 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26535 name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
26536 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26537
26538 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26539 requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
26540
26541 Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
26542                       expression and raw delimiter regular
26543                       expression, it parses the specified text
26544                       area and extracts cell items from
26545                       non-table text and then forms a table out
26546                       of them.
26547
26548 Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
26549                       creates a single cell table.  The text in
26550                       the specified region is placed in that
26551                       cell.-*-
26552
26553 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26554 like this.
26555
26556 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26557 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26558 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26559 |                                                                 |
26560 |Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
26561 |                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26562 |                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
26563 |                      area and extracts cell items from          |
26564 |                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26565 |                      of them.                                   |
26566 |                                                                 |
26567 |Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
26568 |                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26569 |                      the specified region is placed in that     |
26570 |                      cell.                                      |
26571 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26572
26573 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26574 paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
26575 independently.
26576
26577 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26578 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26579 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26580 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26581 |Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
26582 |                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26583 |                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
26584 |                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
26585 |                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26586 |                     |of them.                                   |
26587 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26588 |Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
26589 |                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26590 |                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
26591 |                     |cell.                                      |
26592 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26593
26594 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26595 contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
26596 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26597
26598 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26599
26600 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26601 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26602 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table.  This command
26603 converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
26604 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26605
26606 \(fn)" t nil)
26607
26608 ;;;***
26609 \f
26610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26612
26613 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26614 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26615
26616 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26617
26618 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26619 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26620
26621 \(fn)" t nil)
26622
26623 ;;;***
26624 \f
26625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26626 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26627
26628 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26629 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26630 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26631 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26632 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26633 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26634 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26635
26636 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26637 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26638 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26639 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26640
26641 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26642 \\{tar-mode-map}
26643
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26645
26646 ;;;***
26647 \f
26648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26650
26651 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26652 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26653 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26654 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26655 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26656 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26657
26658 Variables controlling indentation style:
26659   `tcl-indent-level'
26660     Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26661   `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26662     Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26663
26664 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26665 documentation for details):
26666   `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26667     Controls action of TAB key.
26668   `tcl-auto-newline'
26669     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26670     and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26671   `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26672     If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26673     word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26674
26675 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
26676 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26677 already exist.
26678
26679 \(fn)" t nil)
26680
26681 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26682 Run inferior Tcl process.
26683 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26684 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26685
26686 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26687
26688 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26689 Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
26690 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26691
26692 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26693
26694 ;;;***
26695 \f
26696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26698
26699 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26700 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26701 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26702 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26703
26704 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26705 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
26706 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26707 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26708 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26709
26710 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26711
26712 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26713 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26714 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26715 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26716
26717 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26718
26719 ;;;***
26720 \f
26721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26723
26724 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26725 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26726 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26727 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26728 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26729 the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26730
26731 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26732
26733 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26734 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26735 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26736 commands to use in that buffer.
26737
26738 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26739
26740 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26741
26742 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26743 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26744
26745 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26746
26747 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26748 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26749 PORT is the path or name of the serial port.  For example, this
26750 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix.  On Windows, this could be
26751 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26752 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second.  9600
26753 is a common value.  SPEED can be nil, see
26754 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26755 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26756 use in that buffer.
26757 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26758
26759 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26760
26761 ;;;***
26762 \f
26763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26764 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
26765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26766
26767 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26768 Start coverage on function under point.
26769
26770 \(fn)" t nil)
26771
26772 ;;;***
26773 \f
26774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26776 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26777
26778 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26779 Play the Tetris game.
26780 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26781 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26782 as to form complete rows.
26783
26784 tetris-mode keybindings:
26785    \\<tetris-mode-map>
26786 \\[tetris-start-game]   Starts a new game of Tetris
26787 \\[tetris-end-game]     Terminates the current game
26788 \\[tetris-pause-game]   Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26789 \\[tetris-move-left]    Moves the shape one square to the left
26790 \\[tetris-move-right]   Moves the shape one square to the right
26791 \\[tetris-rotate-prev]  Rotates the shape clockwise
26792 \\[tetris-rotate-next]  Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26793 \\[tetris-move-bottom]  Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26794
26795 \(fn)" t nil)
26796
26797 ;;;***
26798 \f
26799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 53104
26800 ;;;;;;  0 0))
26801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26802
26803 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26804 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26805
26806 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26807
26808 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26809 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26810 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26811 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26812 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26813
26814 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26815
26816 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26817 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26818 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26819 if it matches the first line of the file,
26820 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26821
26822 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26823
26824 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26825 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26826 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26827 if the variable is non-nil.")
26828
26829 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26830
26831 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26832 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26833
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26835
26836 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26837 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26838 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26839 See the documentation of that variable.")
26840
26841 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26842
26843 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26844 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26845 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26846 See the documentation of that variable.")
26847
26848 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26849
26850 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26851 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26852 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26853 See the documentation of that variable.")
26854
26855 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26856
26857 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26858 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26859 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26860 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26861 If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26862
26863 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26864
26865 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26866 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26867 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26868 If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26869
26870 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26871
26872 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26873 User defined LaTeX block names.
26874 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26875
26876 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26877
26878 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26879 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26880 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26881 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26882
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26884
26885 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26886 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26887 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26888 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26889
26890 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26891
26892 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26893 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26894 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26895 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26896
26897 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26898 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26899 for example,
26900
26901     (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26902          '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26903
26904 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26905 use.")
26906
26907 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26908
26909 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26910 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26911 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26912 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26913 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26914
26915 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26916
26917 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26918
26919 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26920 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26921 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26922
26923 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26924
26925 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26926 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26927 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26928 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26929 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26930
26931 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26932
26933 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26934 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26939 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26940
26941 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26942
26943 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26944 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26945 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26946 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26947 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
26948 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26949 says which mode to use.
26950
26951 \(fn)" t nil)
26952
26953 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26954
26955 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26956
26957 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26958
26959 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26960 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26961 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26962 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26963 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26964
26965 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26966 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26967 running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26968 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26969 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26970 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26971 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26972
26973 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26974 mismatched $'s or braces.
26975
26976 Special commands:
26977 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26978
26979 Mode variables:
26980 tex-run-command
26981         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26982 tex-directory
26983         Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26984         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26985 tex-dvi-print-command
26986         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26987 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26988         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26989         argument) to print a .dvi file.
26990 tex-dvi-view-command
26991         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26992 tex-show-queue-command
26993         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26994         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26995
26996 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26997 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
26998 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26999
27000 \(fn)" t nil)
27001
27002 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27003 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27004 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27005 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27006 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27007
27008 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27009 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27010 running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27011 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27012 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27013 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27014 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27015
27016 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27017 mismatched $'s or braces.
27018
27019 Special commands:
27020 \\{latex-mode-map}
27021
27022 Mode variables:
27023 latex-run-command
27024         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27025 tex-directory
27026         Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27027         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27028 tex-dvi-print-command
27029         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27030 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27031         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27032         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27033 tex-dvi-view-command
27034         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27035 tex-show-queue-command
27036         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27037         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27038
27039 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27040 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
27041 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27042
27043 \(fn)" t nil)
27044
27045 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27046 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27047 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27048 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27049 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27050
27051 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27052 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27053 running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27054 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27055 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27056 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27057 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27058
27059 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27060 mismatched $'s or braces.
27061
27062 Special commands:
27063 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27064
27065 Mode variables:
27066 slitex-run-command
27067         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27068 tex-directory
27069         Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27070         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27071 tex-dvi-print-command
27072         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27073 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27074         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27075         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27076 tex-dvi-view-command
27077         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27078 tex-show-queue-command
27079         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27080         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27081
27082 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27083 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27084 `slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27085 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27086
27087 \(fn)" t nil)
27088
27089 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27090
27091
27092 \(fn)" nil nil)
27093
27094 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27095 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27096
27097 \(fn)" t nil)
27098
27099 ;;;***
27100 \f
27101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27102 ;;;;;;  0 0))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27104
27105 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27106 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27107 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27108 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27109
27110 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27111 and don't split the file if large.  You can use `Info-tagify' and
27112 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27113
27114 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27115
27116 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27117 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27118 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27119 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
27120 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27121
27122 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27123
27124 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27125 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27126 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27127 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27128
27129 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27130 creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27131 is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
27132 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27133
27134 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27135 if large.  You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27136
27137 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27138
27139 ;;;***
27140 \f
27141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21291 53104
27142 ;;;;;;  0 0))
27143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27144
27145 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27146 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27147
27148 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27149
27150 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27151 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27152
27153 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27154
27155 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27156 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27157
27158   It has these extra commands:
27159 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27160
27161   These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27162 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27163 the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
27164 modified version of TeX input format.
27165
27166   Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27167 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
27168 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27169 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27170
27171   You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27172 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27173 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27174 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27175 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27176 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27177 in the Texinfo file.
27178
27179   In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27180 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
27181 commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
27182 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27183 move forward past the closing brace.
27184
27185 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27186 updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
27187
27188   * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27189   * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27190   * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27191
27192 Here are the functions:
27193
27194     texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
27195     texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27196     texinfo-sequential-node-update
27197
27198     texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27199     texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27200     texinfo-master-menu
27201
27202     texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27203
27204 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27205 which menu descriptions are indented.
27206
27207 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27208 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27209 in the region.
27210
27211 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27212 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27213 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27214 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27215
27216 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27217 be the first node in the file.
27218
27219 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27220 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27221
27222 \(fn)" t nil)
27223
27224 ;;;***
27225 \f
27226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27227 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
27228 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27229
27230 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27231 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27232 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27233 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27234
27235 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27236
27237 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27238 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27239
27240 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27241
27242 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27243 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27244
27245 \(fn)" t nil)
27246
27247 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27248
27249
27250 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27251
27252 ;;;***
27253 \f
27254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27256
27257 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27258 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27259 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27260 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27261 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27262 `line', and `page'.
27263
27264 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27265
27266 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27267 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27268 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27269 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27270 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27271 `line', and `page'.
27272
27273 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27274 valid THING.
27275
27276 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27277 positions of the thing found.
27278
27279 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27280
27281 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27282 Return the THING at point.
27283 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27284 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27285 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27286 `line', `number', and `page'.
27287
27288 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27289 strip text properties from the return value.
27290
27291 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27292 a symbol as a valid THING.
27293
27294 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27295
27296 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27297 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27298
27299 \(fn)" nil nil)
27300
27301 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27302 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27303
27304 \(fn)" nil nil)
27305
27306 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27307 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27308
27309 \(fn)" nil nil)
27310
27311 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27312 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27313
27314 \(fn)" nil nil)
27315
27316 ;;;***
27317 \f
27318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27319 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27320
27321 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27322 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27323
27324 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27325
27326 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27327 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27328 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27329 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27330
27331 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27332
27333 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27334 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27335
27336 \(fn)" t nil)
27337
27338 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27339 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27340
27341 \(fn)" t nil)
27342
27343 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27344
27345 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27346 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27347
27348 \(fn)" t nil)
27349
27350 ;;;***
27351 \f
27352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27353 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
27354 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27355
27356 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27357 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27358 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27359
27360 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27361
27362 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27363 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27364
27365 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27366
27367 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27368 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27369 The returned string has no composition information.
27370
27371 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27374 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27375
27376 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27377
27378 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27379 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27380
27381 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27382
27383 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27384 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27385 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27386 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27387
27388 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27389
27390 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27391 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27392 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27393 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27394
27395 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27396
27397 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27398 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27399 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27400
27401 \(fn)" t nil)
27402
27403 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27404 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27405 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27406
27407 \(fn)" t nil)
27408
27409 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27410
27411
27412 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27413
27414 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27415
27416
27417 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27418
27419 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27420
27421
27422 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27423
27424 ;;;***
27425 \f
27426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27427 ;;;;;;  0 0))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27429 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27430
27431 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27432 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27433 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27434 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27435 parameters.
27436 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27437
27438 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27439
27440 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27441 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27442 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27443 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27444 parameters.
27445 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27446
27447 \(fn)" t nil)
27448
27449 ;;;***
27450 \f
27451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27452 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27453
27454 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27455 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27456
27457 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27458 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27459
27460 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27461 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27462 This display updates automatically every minute.
27463 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27464 are displayed as well.
27465 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27466
27467 \(fn)" t nil)
27468
27469 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27470 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27471 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27474 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27475
27476 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27477
27478 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27479 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27481 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27482 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27483
27484 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27485 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27486 `display-time-interval').  If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27487 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well.  This
27488 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27489
27490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27491
27492 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27493 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27494 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27495 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27496
27497 \(fn)" t nil)
27498
27499 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27500 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27501 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27502 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27503
27504 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27505
27506 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27507 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27508
27509 \(fn)" t nil)
27510
27511 ;;;***
27512 \f
27513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27514 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
27515 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27516
27517 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27518 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27519 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27520
27521 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27522 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27523        (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27524             (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27525    (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27526  (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27527
27528 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27529 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27530
27531 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27532
27533 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27534 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27535
27536 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27537
27538 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27539 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27540
27541 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27542
27543 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27544 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27545 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27546
27547 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27548
27549 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27550
27551 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27552 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27553 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27554
27555 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27556
27557 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27558 Add two time values T1 and T2.  One should represent a time difference.
27559
27560 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27563 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27564 DATE should be a date-time string.
27565
27566 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27567
27568 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27569 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27570 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27571
27572 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27573
27574 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27575 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27576
27577 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27578
27579 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27580 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27581
27582 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27583
27584 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27585 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27586 TIME should be a time value.
27587 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27588
27589 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27590
27591 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27592 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27593 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27594
27595 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27596
27597 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27598 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27599 The valid format specifiers are:
27600 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27601 %d is the number of days.
27602 %h is the number of hours.
27603 %m is the number of minutes.
27604 %s is the number of seconds.
27605 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27606 %% is a literal \"%\".
27607
27608 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27609 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27610
27611 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27612 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding.  For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27613 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27614
27615 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything.  When it is used, specifiers
27616 must be given in order of decreasing size.  To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27617 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27618
27619 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27620
27621 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27622
27623 ;;;***
27624 \f
27625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 0
27626 ;;;;;;  0))
27627 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27628 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27629 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27630 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27631 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27632 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27633 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27634 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27635 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27636
27637 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27638 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27639 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27640 every time you save the file.  Add this line to your init file:
27641     (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27642 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27643 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27644 look like one of the following:
27645       Time-stamp: <>
27646       Time-stamp: \" \"
27647 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27648       Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27649 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27650 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27651 `time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27652 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27653 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27654 the template.
27655
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27659 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27660 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27661
27662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27663
27664 ;;;***
27665 \f
27666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27667 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
27668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27669 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27670
27671 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27672 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27673 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27676 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27677
27678 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27679
27680 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27681 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27682 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27683 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27684 will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
27685 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27686 updating.  With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27687 if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27688 display (non-nil means on).
27689
27690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27691
27692 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27693 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27694 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27695 many hours in it to be worked.  If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27696 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27697 weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27698 _seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
27699 this function is called within a day.
27700
27701 PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
27702 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27703 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27704 discover the name of the project.
27705
27706 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27707
27708 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27709 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27710 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27711 begun during the last time segment.
27712
27713 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
27714 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27715 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27716 discover the reason.
27717
27718 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27719
27720 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27721 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27722 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27723 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27724 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27725
27726 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27727
27728 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27729 Change to working on a different project.
27730 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27731 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27732 time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27733 working on.
27734
27735 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27738 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27739 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27740
27741 \(fn)" nil nil)
27742
27743 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27744 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27745 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27746
27747 \(fn)" t nil)
27748
27749 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27750 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27751 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
27752 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27753 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27754 \"relative to today\".
27755
27756 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27757
27758 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27759 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27760 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
27761 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27762
27763 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27764
27765 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27766 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27767 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
27768 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27769 seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27770 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27771
27772 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27773
27774 ;;;***
27775 \f
27776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27777 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
27778 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27779
27780 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27781 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27782 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27783 the generated Quail package is saved.
27784
27785 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27786
27787 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27788 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27789 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27790 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27791 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27792  generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27793 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27794
27795 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27796
27797 ;;;***
27798 \f
27799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27801  (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27802  (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27803
27804 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27805 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27806 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27807 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27808 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27809
27810 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27811 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27812 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27813
27814 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27817 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27818 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27819 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27820 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27821
27822 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27823
27824 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27825 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27826 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
27827 in the menu in two ways:
27828    *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27829    *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27830 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27831
27832 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27833 keymap or an alist of alists.
27834 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27835 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27836
27837 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27838
27839 ;;;***
27840 \f
27841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21375
27842 ;;;;;;  36659 236206 0))
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27844
27845 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27846 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27847
27848 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27849 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27850 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27851 `todo-default-todo-file'.  Subsequent invocations from outside
27852 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27853 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27854 file was last visited.
27855
27856 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27857 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27858 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27859 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27860 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27861 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27862 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27863 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27864 for the first item.
27865
27866 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27867 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27868 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27869 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27870 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27871 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27872 file, if any.  Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27873 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27874
27875 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27876 by default.  The done items are hidden, but typing
27877 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27878 items.  With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27879 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27880
27881 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27882 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27883
27884 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27885
27886 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27887 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27888
27889 \\{todo-mode-map}
27890
27891 \(fn)" t nil)
27892
27893 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27894 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27895
27896 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27897
27898 \(fn)" t nil)
27899
27900 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27901 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27902
27903 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27904
27905 \(fn)" t nil)
27906
27907 ;;;***
27908 \f
27909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27911
27912 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27913 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27914 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27915
27916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27917
27918 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27919 Add an item to the tool bar.
27920 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27921 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
27922 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
27923 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
27924
27925 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
27926 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27927 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27928 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27929
27930 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27931 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27932
27933 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27934
27935 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27936 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27937 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27938 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
27939 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
27940 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
27941
27942 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
27943 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27944 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27945 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27946
27947 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27948
27949 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27950 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27951 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27952 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27953 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
27954 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
27955 properties to add to the binding.
27956
27957 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27958
27959 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27960 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27961
27962 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27963
27964 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27965 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27966 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27967 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27968 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
27969 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
27970 properties to add to the binding.
27971
27972 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27973 holds a keymap.
27974
27975 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27976
27977 ;;;***
27978 \f
27979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
27980 ;;;;;;  0 0))
27981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27982 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27983
27984 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27985 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27986 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27989 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27990
27991 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27992
27993 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27994 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
27995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
27996 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27997 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27998
27999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28000
28001 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28002
28003 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28004 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28005
28006 \(fn)" t nil)
28007
28008 ;;;***
28009 \f
28010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28011 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
28012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28013
28014 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28015 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28016
28017 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28018 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys.  It uses the keys you
28019 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28020 for your X server.  You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28021 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28022
28023 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28024 definitions.  If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28025 automatically.  If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28026 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt.  Here's how
28027 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28028
28029   (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28030   (tpu-edt)
28031
28032 Known Problems:
28033
28034 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28035 prompt for the same key.  This can happen when your window manager sucks
28036 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28037 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it.  You must
28038 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue.  Later, you and/or
28039 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28040
28041 \(fn)" t nil)
28042
28043 ;;;***
28044 \f
28045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28047
28048 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28049 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28050 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28051 streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28052 to a tcp server on another machine.
28053
28054 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28055
28056 ;;;***
28057 \f
28058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28059 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28061
28062 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28063 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28064
28065 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28066
28067 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28068 Helper function to get internal values.
28069 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28070
28071 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28072
28073 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28074 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28075 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28076 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28077
28078 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28079 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28080 arguments and return values.  It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28081 non-nil, and inserts its value too.  For example, you can use this
28082 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28083
28084 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist.  This buffer will
28085 popup whenever FUNCTION is called.  Do not use this function to trace
28086 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28087 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28088
28089 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28090
28091 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28092
28093 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28094 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28095 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28096 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28097
28098 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28099
28100 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28101
28102 ;;;***
28103 \f
28104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
28105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28106
28107 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28108 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28109 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28110
28111 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28112
28113 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28114 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28115
28116 It can have the following values:
28117
28118   'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28119   'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28120
28121 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28122
28123 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28124 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28125 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28126 Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28127
28128 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28129
28130 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28131 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28132 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28133 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28134
28135 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28136 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28137 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28138 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28139 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
28140 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28141 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28142 files which are not really Tramp files.
28143
28144 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28145 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28146 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28147 updated after changing this variable.
28148
28149 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28150
28151 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28152 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28153 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28154 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28155
28156 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28157
28158 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28159 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28160 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28161 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28162
28163 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28164 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28165 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28166
28167 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28168 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28169 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28170 updated after changing this variable.
28171
28172 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28173
28174 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28175 Alist of completion handler functions.
28176 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28177 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28178 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28179
28180 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28181 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28182 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28183 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28184
28185 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28186 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28187 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28188
28189 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28190 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28191
28192 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28193 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28194
28195 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28196
28197 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28198
28199
28200 \(fn)" nil nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28203 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28204
28205 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28206
28207 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28208 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28209
28210 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28211
28212 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28213 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28214
28215 \(fn)" t nil)
28216
28217 ;;;***
28218 \f
28219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28220 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28222
28223 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28224
28225
28226 \(fn)" nil nil)
28227
28228 ;;;***
28229 \f
28230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28231 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28232
28233 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28234 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28235 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28236 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28237 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28238 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28239 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28240 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28241
28242 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28243 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28244 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28245
28246 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28247 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28248 resumed later.
28249
28250 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28251
28252 ;;;***
28253 \f
28254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28255 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28256 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28257
28258 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28259
28260
28261 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28262
28263 ;;;***
28264 \f
28265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28266 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
28267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28268  (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28269  (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28270  (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28271
28272 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28273 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28274 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28275 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28276 for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28277 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28278 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28279
28280 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28281
28282 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28283 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28284 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28285 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28286
28287 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28288
28289 \(fn)" t nil)
28290
28291 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28292 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28293 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
28294 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
28295 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28296 value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
28297 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28298
28299 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
28300 write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
28301
28302 First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
28303                        \\___/\\
28304                         /    \\
28305    5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
28306
28307 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28308
28309 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28310
28311 ;;;***
28312 \f
28313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 0
28314 ;;;;;;  0))
28315 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28316
28317 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28318 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28319 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28322 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28323
28324 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28325
28326 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28327 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28328 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28329
28330 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28331 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28332 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
28333 is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28334 again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
28335 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28336 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28337
28338 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28339 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28340
28341 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28342 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28343 reset the keystroke counter.
28344
28345 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28346 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28347 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28348 break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28349
28350 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28351 schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
28352 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28353 `type-break-schedule' command.
28354
28355 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28356 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
28357 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28358 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
28359 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28360 or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28361 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28362 between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28363 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28364
28365 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28366 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28367 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28368 have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28369 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28370
28371 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28372 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
28373 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28374 approximate good values for this.
28375
28376 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28377 imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
28378
28379         `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28380         `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28381         `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28382         `type-break-warning-repeat'
28383         `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28384         `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28385
28386 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28387 a typing break occur.  They include:
28388
28389         `type-break-query-mode'
28390         `type-break-query-function'
28391         `type-break-query-interval'
28392
28393 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28394
28395 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28396 across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
28397 sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
28398 problems.
28399
28400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28401
28402 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28403 Take a typing break.
28404
28405 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28406 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28407
28408 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28409 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28410
28411 \(fn)" t nil)
28412
28413 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28414 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28415 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28416 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28417
28418 \(fn)" t nil)
28419
28420 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28421 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28422
28423 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28424 many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
28425 maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28426 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
28427 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28428 documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28429 average typing speed.)
28430
28431 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28432 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28433 length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28434 the computed maximum threshold.
28435
28436 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28437 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28438 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28439 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28440 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28441
28442 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28443
28444 ;;;***
28445 \f
28446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28447 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28448
28449 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28450 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28451 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28452 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28453 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28454
28455 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28456
28457 ;;;***
28458 \f
28459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28460 ;;;;;;  (21291 53104 0 0))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28462
28463 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28464 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28465
28466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28467
28468 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28469 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28470
28471 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28472
28473 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28474 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28475
28476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28477
28478 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28479 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28480
28481 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28482
28483 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28484 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28485
28486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28487
28488 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28489 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28490
28491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28492
28493 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28494 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28495
28496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28497
28498 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28499 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28500
28501 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28504 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28505
28506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28507
28508 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28509 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28510
28511 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28512
28513 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28514 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28515
28516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28517
28518 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28519 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28520
28521 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28522
28523 ;;;***
28524 \f
28525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28526 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
28527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28528
28529 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28530 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28531 Works by overstriking underscores.
28532 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28533 which specify the range to operate on.
28534
28535 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28536
28537 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28538 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28539 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28540 which specify the range to operate on.
28541
28542 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28543
28544 ;;;***
28545 \f
28546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 0
28547 ;;;;;;  0))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28549
28550 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28551 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28552 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28553 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28554 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28555 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28556
28557 \(fn)" nil nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28560 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28561 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28562
28563 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28564
28565 ;;;***
28566 \f
28567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28568 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28570
28571 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28572 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28573 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28574 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28575
28576 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28577
28578 ;;;***
28579 \f
28580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28581 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28582
28583 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28584 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28585 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.  If it is a string
28586 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28587 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28588
28589 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28590 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28591 with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28592 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28593 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28594 occurred.  Each pair is one of:
28595
28596 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28597 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
28598 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28599
28600 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28601 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28602 the callback is not called).
28603
28604 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28605 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28606 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28607 take effect.
28608
28609 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28610 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28611 the server.
28612 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28613 URL-encoded before it's used.
28614
28615 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28616
28617 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28618 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28619 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28620 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28621 no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28622
28623 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28624
28625 ;;;***
28626 \f
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 0
28628 ;;;;;;  0))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28630
28631 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28632 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28633 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28634
28635 URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
28636        string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28637        `url-generic-parse-url'
28638 REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
28639        string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28640        specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28641        realm
28642 TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
28643        representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28644        to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
28645        the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
28646        wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28647        what type of auth to use
28648 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28649        if one cannot be found in the cache
28650
28651 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28652
28653 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28654 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28655
28656 TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28657          This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28658          an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28659 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28660          This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28661 RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28662          This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28663          URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
28664
28665 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28666
28667 ;;;***
28668 \f
28669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28670 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28672
28673 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28674 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28675
28676 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28677
28678 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28679 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28680 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28681
28682 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28683
28684 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28685 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28686
28687 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28688
28689 ;;;***
28690 \f
28691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28693
28694 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28695
28696
28697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698
28699 ;;;***
28700 \f
28701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28702 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28703
28704 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28705 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28706 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28707
28708 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28709
28710 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28711 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL.  Return the parsed responses.
28712 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28713 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28714
28715 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate.  Default is 0, meaning
28716 it should apply only to URL.  A negative number means to use
28717 `Infinity' for the depth.  Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28718 though.
28719
28720 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28721
28722 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28723 added to the <TAG> element.  The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28724 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28725
28726 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28727
28728 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28729
28730
28731 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28732
28733 ;;;***
28734 \f
28735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 0
28736 ;;;;;;  0))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28738
28739 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28740 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28741
28742 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28743
28744 ;;;***
28745 \f
28746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28748
28749 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28750 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28751
28752 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28753
28754 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28755 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28756 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28757 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28758 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28759
28760 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28761
28762 ;;;***
28763 \f
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21358
28765 ;;;;;;  2749 405170 0))
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28767
28768 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28769 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28770 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28773 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28774
28775 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28776
28777 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28778 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28780 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
28781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28782
28783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28784
28785 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28786 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28787 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc).  ARGS are
28788 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28789
28790 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28791
28792 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28793 Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
28794 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28795 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28796 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28797 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28798 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28799 last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
28800 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28801 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28802
28803 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28806 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28807 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28808 accessible.
28809
28810 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28811
28812 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28813
28814
28815 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28816
28817 ;;;***
28818 \f
28819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21291 53104 0
28820 ;;;;;;  0))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28822  (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28823
28824 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28825  (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28826  (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28827  (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28828  (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28833 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28834
28835 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28836
28837
28838 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28839
28840 ;;;***
28841 \f
28842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 0
28843 ;;;;;;  0))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28845
28846 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28847 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28848 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28849 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28850 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28851
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28857 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28859
28860 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28861
28862
28863 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28864
28865 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28866 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28867
28868 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28869
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 0
28873 ;;;;;;  0))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28875
28876 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28877 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28878
28879 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28880
28881 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28882 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28883
28884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28885
28886 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28887
28888
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28890
28891 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28892
28893 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28894
28895 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28896
28897 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28898 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28899
28900 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 0
28905 ;;;;;;  0))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28907
28908 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28909
28910
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28914
28915
28916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28922
28923 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28924
28925
28926 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28927
28928 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28929
28930
28931 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28932
28933 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28934
28935
28936 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28937
28938 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28939
28940
28941 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28942
28943 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28944
28945
28946 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28947
28948 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28949
28950
28951 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28952
28953 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28954
28955
28956 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28957
28958 ;;;***
28959 \f
28960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
28961 ;;;;;;  0 0))
28962 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28963
28964 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28965 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28966
28967 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28970 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28971 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28972
28973 TYPE     is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28974 USER     is the user name (string or nil).
28975 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28976 HOST     is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28977          brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28978 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28979 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28980 TARGET   is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28981          subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28982 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28983          value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28984          since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28985 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28986          the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28987
28988 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28989 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28990 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28991
28992 Here is an example.  The URL
28993
28994   foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28995
28996 parses to
28997
28998   TYPE     = \"foo\"
28999   USER     = \"bob\"
29000   PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29001   HOST     = \"example.com\"
29002   PORTSPEC = 42
29003   FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29004   TARGET   = \"nose\"
29005   ATTRIBUTES = nil
29006   FULLNESS = t
29007
29008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29009
29010 ;;;***
29011 \f
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29013 ;;;;;;  0 0))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29017 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29018
29019 \(fn)" t nil)
29020
29021 ;;;***
29022 \f
29023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29024 ;;;;;;  0 0))
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29026
29027 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29028 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29029 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29030 but with limits on the degree of parallelism.  The variable
29031 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29032 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29033
29034 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29035
29036 ;;;***
29037 \f
29038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 0
29039 ;;;;;;  0))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29041
29042 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29043 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29044 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29045
29046 If t, all messages will be logged.
29047 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29048 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29049
29050 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29051
29052 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29053
29054
29055 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29056
29057 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29058
29059
29060 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29061
29062 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29063 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29064 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29065 an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
29066 conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
29067     &  ==>  &amp;
29068     <  ==>  &lt;
29069     >  ==>  &gt;
29070     \"  ==>  &quot;
29071
29072 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29073
29074 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29075 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29076 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29077
29078 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29081 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29082 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29083
29084 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29085
29086 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29087 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29088
29089 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29090
29091 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29092 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29093
29094 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29095
29096 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29097 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29098
29099 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29100
29101 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29102
29103
29104 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29105
29106 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29107
29108
29109 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29110
29111 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29112
29113 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29114 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29115
29116 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29119 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29120
29121 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29124
29125
29126 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29127
29128 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29129 Build a query-string.
29130
29131 Given a QUERY in the form:
29132 '((key1 val1)
29133   (key2 val2)
29134   (key3 val1 val2)
29135   (key4)
29136   (key5 \"\"))
29137
29138 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29139
29140 This will return a string
29141 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29142 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29143 be used.
29144
29145 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29146
29147 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29148 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29149
29150 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29151
29152 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29153 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29154 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29155 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29156 forbidden in URL encoding.
29157
29158 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29161 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29162 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29163 string.  Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29164 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29165 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29166
29167 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS.  If this
29168 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29169 allowed characters.  Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29170 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29171
29172 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29173
29174 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29175 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29176 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29177 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase.  Apart from
29178 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29179 should return it unchanged.
29180
29181 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29184 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29185 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29186 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29187
29188 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29189
29190 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29191 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29192 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29193
29194 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29197 View the current document's URL.
29198 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29199 the minibuffer.
29200
29201 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29202
29203 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29204
29205 ;;;***
29206 \f
29207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29208 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29209
29210 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29211 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29212 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29213   do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29214     to refrain from editing the file
29215   return t (grab the lock on the file)
29216   return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29217 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29218 in any way you like.
29219
29220 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29221
29222 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29223 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29224 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29225 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29226 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29227
29228 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29229 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29230
29231 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29232
29233 ;;;***
29234 \f
29235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29236 ;;;;;;  0 0))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29238
29239 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29240
29241
29242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29243
29244 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29245
29246
29247 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29248
29249 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29250
29251
29252 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29253
29254 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29255
29256
29257 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29258
29259 ;;;***
29260 \f
29261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29263
29264 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29265 Encode UTF-7 STRING.  Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29266
29267 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29268
29269 ;;;***
29270 \f
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29272 ;;;;;;  0 0))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29274
29275 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29276 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29277 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
29278 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29279
29280 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29281
29282 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29283 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29284 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29285
29286 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29287
29288 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29289 Uudecode region between START and END.
29290 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29291
29292 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29293
29294 ;;;***
29295 \f
29296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29298
29299 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29300 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29301 See `run-hooks'.")
29302
29303 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29304
29305 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29306 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29307 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29308
29309 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29310
29311 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29312 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29313 See `run-hooks'.")
29314
29315 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29316
29317 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29318 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29319 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29320 same state.  If not, signal an error.
29321
29322 For merging-based version control systems:
29323   If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29324    control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29325   If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29326    up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29327   For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29328    the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29329
29330 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29331   If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29332   If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29333    the file(s) for editing.
29334   If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29335    *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes.  If the variable
29336    `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29337    read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29338   If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29339   If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29340
29341 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29342
29343 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29344 Register into a version control system.
29345 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29346 Otherwise register the current file.
29347 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29348 level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29349
29350 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29351 `vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
29352 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29353 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29354 register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29355 first backend that could register the file is used.
29356
29357 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29358
29359 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29360 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29361
29362 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29365 Display diffs between file revisions.
29366 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29367 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29368 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29369
29370 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29371 saving the buffer.
29372
29373 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29374
29375 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29376 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29377 repository history using ediff.
29378
29379 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29380
29381 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29382 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29383 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29384 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29385 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29386
29387 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29388 saving the buffer.
29389
29390 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29391
29392 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29393 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29394 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29395 fileset with the working revision.
29396 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29397 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29398
29399 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29400 saving the buffer.
29401
29402 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29403
29404 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29405 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29406 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29407 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29408
29409 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29410
29411 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29412 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29413 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29414 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29415
29416 \(fn)" t nil)
29417
29418 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29419 Perform a version control merge operation.
29420 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29421 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29422 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29423 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29424
29425 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29426 between two revisions into the current fileset.  This asks for
29427 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the first
29428 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29429 branch.  If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29430 changes from the current branch.
29431
29432 \(fn)" t nil)
29433
29434 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29435
29436 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29437 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29438 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29439 the named configuration.  If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29440 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29441 checked out in that new branch.
29442
29443 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29444
29445 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29446 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29447 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29448 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29449 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29450 allowed and simply skipped).
29451
29452 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29453
29454 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29455 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29456 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29457 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29458 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29459
29460 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29461 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29462
29463 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29464
29465 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29466 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29467 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29468 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29469 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29470
29471 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29474 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29475 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29476
29477 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29478
29479 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29480 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29481 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29482
29483 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29486 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29487 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29488 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29489
29490 \(fn)" t nil)
29491
29492 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29493 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29494 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29495 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29496
29497 \(fn)" t nil)
29498
29499 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29500
29501 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29502 Update the current fileset or branch.
29503 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29504 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29505 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29506 list if required.  Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29507
29508 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29509 fileset to the tip revisions.  For each unchanged and unlocked
29510 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29511 on its branch.  If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29512 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29513
29514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29515
29516 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29517
29518 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29519 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29520 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
29521 permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
29522 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29523 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29524 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29525
29526 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29527
29528 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29529 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29530 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29531 \(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29532 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29533 base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29534 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29535 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29536 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29537
29538 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29539
29540 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29541 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29542 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29543 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29544
29545 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29546
29547 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29548 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29549 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29550 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29551
29552 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29553
29554 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29555 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29556 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29557 directory.
29558
29559 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29560
29561 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29562 files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
29563 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29564
29565 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29566 log entries should be gathered.
29567
29568 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29571 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29572
29573 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29574
29575 ;;;***
29576 \f
29577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29578 ;;;;;;  0 0))
29579 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29580
29581 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29582 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29583
29584 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29585 file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
29586 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29587 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
29588 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29589 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29590
29591 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29592 minibuffer.  First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29593 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29594 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
29595 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29596 should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29597 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29598 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29599
29600 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29601
29602 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29603
29604 Customization variables:
29605
29606 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29607 mode-specific menu.  `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29608 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29609 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29610
29611 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29612
29613 ;;;***
29614 \f
29615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29617  (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29618   (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29619       (progn
29620         (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29621         (vc-arch-registered file))))
29622
29623 ;;;***
29624 \f
29625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29627
29628 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29629 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29630
29631 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29632 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29633  (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29634   (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29635       (progn
29636         (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29637         (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29638
29639 ;;;***
29640 \f
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29643 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29644   "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29645   (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29646                           "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29647       (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29648       (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29649
29650 ;;;***
29651 \f
29652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29654
29655 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29656 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29657 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29658 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29659 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29660
29661 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29662 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29663 The file lines appear later.
29664
29665 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29666 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29667
29668 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29669
29670 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29671
29672 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29673
29674 ;;;***
29675 \f
29676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29677 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29679
29680 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29681 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29682 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29683 BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not already current,
29684 set it up properly and erase it.  The command is considered
29685 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29686 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29687 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29688 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29689 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29690 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29691 name or set of files).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29692 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29693 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29694 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29695
29696 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29697
29698 ;;;***
29699 \f
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29702  (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29703   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29704   (if (vc-find-root file ".git")       ; Short cut.
29705       (progn
29706         (load "vc-git" nil t)
29707         (vc-git-registered file))))
29708
29709 ;;;***
29710 \f
29711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21359 23622 725850 0))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29713  (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29714   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29715   (if (vc-find-root file ".hg")       ; short cut
29716       (progn
29717         (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29718         (vc-hg-registered file))))
29719
29720 ;;;***
29721 \f
29722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29724
29725 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29726 Name of the monotone directory.")
29727
29728 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29729 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29730  (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29731   (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29732       (progn
29733         (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29734         (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29735
29736 ;;;***
29737 \f
29738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21372 35662 356409
29739 ;;;;;;  0))
29740 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29741
29742 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29743 Where to look for RCS master files.
29744 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29745
29746 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29747
29748 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29749
29750 ;;;***
29751 \f
29752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29754
29755 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29756 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29757 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29758
29759 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29760
29761 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29762
29763 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29764 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29765 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29766 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29767
29768 ;;;***
29769 \f
29770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29772  (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29773   (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29774                                (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29775                           "_svn")
29776                          (t ".svn"))))
29777     (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29778       (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29779       (vc-svn-registered f))))
29780
29781 ;;;***
29782 \f
29783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29784 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
29785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29786 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29787  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'")  'vera-mode))
29788
29789 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29790 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29791
29792 Usage:
29793 ------
29794
29795   INDENTATION:  Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29796     The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29797     Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29798     `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29799
29800   WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION:  Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29801     for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29802     and adjusts case.  Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29803     completions.
29804
29805     Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29806     at the beginning of a line).  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29807
29808   COMMENTS:  `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29809     uncomments a region if already commented out.
29810
29811   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):  Vera keywords, predefined types and
29812     constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29813     comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29814
29815   VERA VERSION:  OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29816
29817
29818 Maintenance:
29819 ------------
29820
29821 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29822 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29823
29824 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29825
29826 Official distribution is at
29827 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29828
29829
29830                                                   The Vera Mode Maintainer
29831                                                Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29832
29833 Key bindings:
29834 -------------
29835
29836 \\{vera-mode-map}
29837
29838 \(fn)" t nil)
29839
29840 ;;;***
29841 \f
29842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29843 ;;;;;;  (21346 62196 0 0))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29845
29846 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29847 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29848 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29849 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29850 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29851
29852 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29853
29854 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29855 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29856
29857 Supports highlighting.
29858
29859 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29860 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29861
29862 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29863
29864  variable `verilog-indent-level'      (default 3)
29865    Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29866  `verilog-indent-level-module'        (default 3)
29867    Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29868    Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29869    on the left side of your screen.
29870  `verilog-indent-level-declaration'   (default 3)
29871    Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29872    Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29873  `verilog-indent-level-behavioral'    (default 3)
29874    Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29875    Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29876    function keyword.
29877  `verilog-indent-level-directive'     (default 1)
29878    Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29879  `verilog-cexp-indent'              (default 1)
29880    Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29881       if (a)
29882         begin
29883  `verilog-case-indent'              (default 2)
29884    Indentation for case statements.
29885  `verilog-auto-newline'             (default nil)
29886    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29887    mark after an end.
29888  `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline'   (default t)
29889    Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29890  `verilog-tab-always-indent'        (default t)
29891    Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29892    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29893  `verilog-indent-begin-after-if'    (default t)
29894    Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29895    if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any.  Otherwise,
29896    the begin is lined up with the preceding token.  If t, you get:
29897       if (a)
29898          begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29899    otherwise you get:
29900       if (a)
29901       begin
29902  `verilog-auto-endcomments'         (default t)
29903    Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29904    cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29905    The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29906  `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29907    Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29908    will be inserted.  Setting this variable to zero results in every
29909    end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29910    comments in tight quarters.
29911  `verilog-auto-lineup'              (default 'declarations)
29912    List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29913
29914 Variables controlling other actions:
29915
29916  `verilog-linter'                   (default surelint)
29917    Unix program to call to run the lint checker.  This is the default
29918    command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29919
29920 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29921
29922 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29923
29924     \\[verilog-auto]  Expand AUTO statements.
29925     \\[verilog-delete-auto]  Remove the AUTOs.
29926     \\[verilog-inject-auto]  Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29927
29928 Some other functions are:
29929
29930     \\[verilog-complete-word]    Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29931     \\[verilog-mark-defun]  Mark function.
29932     \\[verilog-beg-of-defun]  Move to beginning of current function.
29933     \\[verilog-end-of-defun]  Move to end of current function.
29934     \\[verilog-label-be]  Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29935
29936     \\[verilog-comment-region]  Put marked area in a comment.
29937     \\[verilog-uncomment-region]  Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29938     \\[verilog-insert-block]  Insert begin ... end.
29939     \\[verilog-star-comment]    Insert /* ... */.
29940
29941     \\[verilog-sk-always]  Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29942     \\[verilog-sk-begin]  Insert a begin .. end block.
29943     \\[verilog-sk-case]  Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29944     \\[verilog-sk-for]  Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29945     \\[verilog-sk-generate]  Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29946     \\[verilog-sk-header]  Insert a header block at the top of file.
29947     \\[verilog-sk-initial]  Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29948     \\[verilog-sk-fork]  Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29949     \\[verilog-sk-module]  Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29950     \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class]  Insert an OVM Class block.
29951     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object]  Insert an UVM Object block.
29952     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component]  Insert an UVM Component block.
29953     \\[verilog-sk-primitive]  Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29954     \\[verilog-sk-repeat]  Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29955     \\[verilog-sk-specify]  Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29956     \\[verilog-sk-task]  Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29957     \\[verilog-sk-while]  Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29958     \\[verilog-sk-casex]  Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29959     \\[verilog-sk-casez]  Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29960     \\[verilog-sk-if]  Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29961     \\[verilog-sk-else-if]  Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29962     \\[verilog-sk-comment]  Insert a comment block.
29963     \\[verilog-sk-assign]  Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29964     \\[verilog-sk-function]  Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29965     \\[verilog-sk-input]  Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29966     \\[verilog-sk-output]  Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29967     \\[verilog-sk-state-machine]  Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29968     \\[verilog-sk-inout]  Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29969     \\[verilog-sk-wire]  Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29970     \\[verilog-sk-reg]  Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29971     \\[verilog-sk-define-signal]  Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29972
29973 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29974 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29975
29976 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29977
29978 \(fn)" t nil)
29979
29980 ;;;***
29981 \f
29982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
29983 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
29984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29985
29986 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29987 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29988
29989 Usage:
29990 ------
29991
29992   TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29993     After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29994     arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
29995     `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29996     template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
29997     brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
29998     mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29999     empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
30000     electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30001
30002       Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30003     template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
30004     electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30005     setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30006
30007       Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30008     bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30009     the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30010     `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30011     conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30012
30013       Template styles can be customized in customization group
30014     `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30015
30016
30017   HEADER INSERTION:
30018     A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
30019     (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30020     See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30021
30022
30023   STUTTERING:
30024     Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30025     Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30026     option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30027     the mode line.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30028
30029       ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
30030       ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
30031       ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
30032       ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
30033       ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
30034
30035
30036   WORD COMPLETION:
30037     Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30038     word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30039     Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
30040     works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30041
30042       Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30043     expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
30044     standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30045     (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30046     beginning with \"std\").
30047
30048       Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30049     beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30050     inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30051     stop.
30052
30053
30054   COMMENTS:
30055         `--'       puts a single comment.
30056         `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30057         `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30058                    with a comment in between.
30059         `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
30060                    out following lines.
30061         `C-c C-c'  comments out a region if not commented out,
30062                    uncomments a region if already commented out.  Option
30063                    `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30064                    should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30065
30066       You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30067     variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30068     specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30069     Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30070     begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30071     non-nil.
30072
30073       Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30074     are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
30075     maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
30076     will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30077     in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
30078     multi-line comments.
30079
30080
30081   INDENTATION:
30082     `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
30083     indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
30084     always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30085     `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).  If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30086     the entire region.
30087
30088       Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30089     (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
30090     indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30091     according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30092
30093       If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30094     tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30095     and vice versa.
30096
30097       Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
30098     `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30099
30100       Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30101     comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30102     line.
30103
30104
30105   ALIGNMENT:
30106     The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30107     to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30108     separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30109     indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30110     a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30111     C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
30112     C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30113     for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30114
30115       If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30116     separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30117     aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30118     blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
30119     are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30120     is non-nil.
30121
30122       Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30123     `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30124     `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30125
30126       `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
30127     symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30128
30129
30130   CODE FILLING:
30131     Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30132     maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30133     lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30134     enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30135     blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30136     `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30137
30138
30139   CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30140     `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30141     buffer respectively.  This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30142     fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30143     command:
30144
30145       emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30146
30147
30148   PORT TRANSLATION:
30149     Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30150     copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30151     as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30152     signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30153     internal signal initializations (menu).
30154
30155       To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30156     `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
30157     see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30158
30159       A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30160     flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
30161     direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30162     outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
30163     reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30164     in subsequent paste operations.)
30165
30166       Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30167     design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30168     to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30169
30170
30171   SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30172     Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30173     subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
30174     and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30175     association list with formals).
30176
30177
30178   TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30179     A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
30180     testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30181     configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
30182     instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30183     declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
30184     names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30185     structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30186    `vhdl-testbench'.
30187
30188
30189   KEY BINDINGS:
30190     Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30191
30192
30193   VHDL MENU:
30194     All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30195
30196
30197   FILE BROWSER:
30198     The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
30199     be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30200     `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30201
30202       In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30203     browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30204
30205
30206   DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30207     The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30208     contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30209     projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30210
30211       The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30212     project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30213     `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30214
30215       In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30216     their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
30217     from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
30218     complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30219
30220       The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30221     file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
30222     hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30223     speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30224     options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30225
30226       Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30227     multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30228     required by secondary units.
30229
30230
30231   STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30232     Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30233     for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30234     instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30235     (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
30236     all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30237     and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30238       - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30239         connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30240       - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30241         inputs to this component -> input port created
30242       - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30243         outputs from this component -> output port created
30244       - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30245         considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30246
30247       Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30248     create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30249     strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30250     component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30251     browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30252
30253       Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30254     components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30255
30256       Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30257     `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30258     an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
30259     component instantiation is also supported (option
30260     `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30261
30262       Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30263     the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30264     the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
30265     configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30266     component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30267     `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30268     (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
30269     subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30270     (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
30271     can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30272     generating the configuration.
30273
30274       Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30275     declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30276     configurations in speedbar.
30277
30278       See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30279
30280
30281   SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30282     The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30283     compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
30284     option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
30285     `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30286     command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30287     information.  New compilers can be added.
30288
30289       All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30290     command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30291
30292
30293   MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30294     Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30295     routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
30296     obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
30297     customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30298
30299       Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30300     command:
30301
30302         emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30303               [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30304               -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30305
30306       The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30307     target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30308     library directory if not existent.  These target names can be customized
30309     by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'.  The Makefile also includes a
30310     target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30311     of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30312     compilation of a design specified by a configuration).  User specific
30313     parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30314     `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30315
30316     Limitations:
30317       - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30318         considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30319         not (yet) supported.
30320       - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30321         but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30322       - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30323
30324
30325   PROJECTS:
30326     Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30327     project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30328     the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
30329     description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30330     (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30331     compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30332     specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30333     `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30334
30335       Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30336     Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30337     can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
30338     Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30339     vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30340     automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30341     `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
30342     files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
30343     project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30344     This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30345     `vhdl-project-alist'.
30346
30347
30348   SPECIAL MENUES:
30349     As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30350     option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30351     (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30352     file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30353     larger than 256000).  Also, a source file menu can be
30354     added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30355     current directory for VHDL source files.
30356
30357
30358   VHDL STANDARDS:
30359     The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30360     Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30361
30362
30363   KEYWORD CASE:
30364     Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30365     and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
30366     `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30367     lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30368     types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
30369     types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30370     region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30371     `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30372
30373
30374   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30375     Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30376     function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30377     as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30378     different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30379     parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30380     highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30381
30382       Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30383     that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30384     `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30385     a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
30386     keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30387     `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30388
30389       Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30390     syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30391     option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
30392     establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30393     of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30394     visually.
30395
30396       Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30397     to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
30398     highlighted if written in lower case.
30399
30400       Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30401     highlighted using a different background color if option
30402     `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30403
30404       For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30405     customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
30406     highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30407     `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30408     option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30409
30410
30411   USER MODELS:
30412     VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30413     in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30414     electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30415
30416
30417   HIDE/SHOW:
30418     The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30419     instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30420     be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30421     the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
30422     functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30423
30424
30425   CODE UPDATING:
30426     - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30427       current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30428       Limitations:
30429         - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30430           architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30431         - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30432           Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30433         - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30434       Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30435       (used to obtain the port names).
30436       Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30437       specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30438       sensitivity lists.
30439
30440
30441   CODE FIXING:
30442     `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30443     (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30444
30445
30446   PRINTING:
30447     PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30448     used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30449     `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30450     PostScript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30451     appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30452     The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
30453     switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30454     printers.
30455
30456
30457   OPTIONS:
30458     User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
30459     accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
30460     and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30461     customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
30462     sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30463
30464       Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30465     the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30466     customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
30467     after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30468     Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30469     INSTALL file).
30470
30471       Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30472     what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30473
30474
30475   FILE EXTENSIONS:
30476     As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30477     automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
30478     \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30479
30480       (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30481
30482
30483   HINTS:
30484     - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30485       a VHDL file first, use the command:
30486
30487         emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30488
30489     - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30490
30491     - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30492
30493
30494   RELEASE NOTES:
30495     See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30496
30497
30498 Maintenance:
30499 ------------
30500
30501 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30502 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30503
30504 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30505
30506 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30507 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30508 releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
30509 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30510
30511 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30512 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30513 where the latest version can be found.
30514
30515
30516 Known problems:
30517 ---------------
30518
30519 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30520 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30521 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30522 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30523
30524
30525                                                 The VHDL Mode Authors
30526                                             Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30527
30528 Key bindings:
30529 -------------
30530
30531 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30532
30533 \(fn)" t nil)
30534
30535 ;;;***
30536 \f
30537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30539
30540 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30541 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30542 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30543 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30544
30545 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30546 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30547 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30548 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30549 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30550
30551 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30552 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30553
30554 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30555
30556 * Limitations and unsupported features
30557   - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30558     not supported.
30559   - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30560   - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30561
30562 * Modifications
30563   - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30564     pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30565     Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30566   - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30567     to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
30568     for undoing a repeated change command.
30569   - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30570     in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
30571   - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30572
30573 * Extensions
30574   - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30575     incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30576   - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30577     esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30578   - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30579     `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30580     `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
30581   - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30582
30583 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30584
30585 \(fn)" t nil)
30586
30587 ;;;***
30588 \f
30589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30590 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30592
30593 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30594 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30595
30596 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30597
30598 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30599 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30600 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30601 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30602
30603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30604
30605 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30606 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30607
30608 \(fn)" t nil)
30609
30610 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30611 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30612 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30613 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30614
30615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30616
30617 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30618 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30619
30620 \(fn)" t nil)
30621
30622 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30623
30624
30625 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30626
30627 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30628
30629
30630 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30631
30632 ;;;***
30633 \f
30634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30635 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30636
30637 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30638 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30639 If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30640
30641 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30642
30643 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30644 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30645 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30646 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30647
30648 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30649
30650 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30651 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30652
30653 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30654
30655 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30656 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30657 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30658 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30659 moving around in the buffer.
30660 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30661 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30662
30663 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30664
30665 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30666
30667 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30668 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30669 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30670 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30671
30672 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30673 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30674 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30675 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30676 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30677
30678 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30679
30680 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30681
30682 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30683 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30684 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30685 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30686 buffer.
30687
30688 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30689 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30690 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30691 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30692 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30693
30694 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30695
30696 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30697
30698 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30699 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30700 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30701 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30702 moving around in the buffer.
30703 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30704 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30705
30706 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30707
30708 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30709 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30710 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30711
30712 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30713 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30714 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits.  Setting
30715 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30716
30717 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30718 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30719 own View-like bindings.
30720
30721 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30722
30723 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30724 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30725 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30726 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30727 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30728 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30729 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30730
30731 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30732
30733 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30734
30735 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30736 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30737 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30738
30739 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30740 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30741 own View-like bindings.
30742
30743 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30744
30745 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30746 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30747 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30748 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30749 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30750 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30751 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30752
30753 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30754
30755 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30756
30757 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30758 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30759 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30760
30761 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30762 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30763 own View-like bindings.
30764
30765 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30766
30767 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30768 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30770 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30771 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30772
30773 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30774 contents are available as usual.  Kill commands insert text in
30775 kill buffers but do not delete.  Most other commands beep and
30776 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30777
30778 \\<view-mode-map>
30779
30780 The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands
30781 take prefix arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\"
30782 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30783 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30784 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30785 which initially is half a window full.  Search commands default
30786 to a repeat count of one.
30787
30788 H, h, ?  This message.
30789 Digits  provide prefix arguments.
30790 \\[negative-argument]   negative prefix argument.
30791 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30792 >       move to the end of buffer.
30793 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]   scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30794 SPC     scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30795           With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30796 DEL, S-SPC  scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30797               With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30798 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]      like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30799 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]     like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30800 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]       scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30801           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30802 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]      scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30803           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30804 RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30805 y       scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30806 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]      revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30807           Use this to view a changing file.
30808 \\[what-line]   prints the current line number.
30809 \\[View-goto-percent]   goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30810 \\[View-goto-line]      goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30811 .       set the mark.
30812 x       exchanges point and mark.
30813 \\[View-back-to-mark]   return to mark and pops mark ring.
30814           Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30815           jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30816 \\[point-to-register]   save current position in character register.
30817 '       go to position saved in character register.
30818 s       do forward incremental search.
30819 r       do reverse incremental search.
30820 \\[View-search-regexp-forward]  searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30821           ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30822           ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
30823           search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30824 \\      searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30825 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]     searches forward for last regular expression.
30826 p       searches backward for last regular expression.
30827 \\[View-quit]   quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30828           \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30829 \\[View-exit]   exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
30830           viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30831           This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30832 \\[View-exit-and-edit]  exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30833           even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30834 \\[View-quit-all]       quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30835 \\[View-leave]  quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30836 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30837
30838 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
30839 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30840 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30841 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30842 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30843 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30844 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30845 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30846 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30847
30848 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30849
30850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30851
30852 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30853 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30854 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30855 windows.  Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30856 `view-return-to-alist' after purging.  For a description of items
30857 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30858 function `view-mode-exit'.  If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30859 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30860 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30861
30862 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30863
30864 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30865
30866 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30867 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30868 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30869 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30870 buffer.  This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30871 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30872
30873 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30874 function that takes a buffer as argument.  This function will be
30875 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30876
30877 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30878
30879 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30880
30881 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30882
30883 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30884 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30885
30886 \(fn)" t nil)
30887
30888 ;;;***
30889 \f
30890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30892
30893 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30894 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30895
30896 \(fn)" nil nil)
30897
30898 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30899 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30900
30901 \(fn)" t nil)
30902
30903 ;;;***
30904 \f
30905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21291 53104 0
30906 ;;;;;;  0))
30907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30908 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30909
30910 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30911 Toggle Viper on/off.
30912 If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
30913
30914 \(fn)" t nil)
30915
30916 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30917 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30918
30919 \(fn)" t nil)
30920
30921 ;;;***
30922 \f
30923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
30924 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
30925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30926
30927 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30928 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30929 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30930 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30931 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30932 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30933 and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
30934 the beginning of the warning.")
30935
30936 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30937 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30938 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30939 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30940 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30941 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30942 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30943 also call that function before the next warning.")
30944
30945 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30946 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30947
30948 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30949 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30950 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30951 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30952
30953 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30954 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30955 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30956 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30957 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30958 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30959
30960 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30961 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30962 Default is :warning.
30963
30964 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30965               if you do not attend to it promptly.
30966 :error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30967 :warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30968               but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30969 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
30970
30971 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30972 the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
30973 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30974
30975 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30976
30977 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30978 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30979
30980 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30981
30982 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30983 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30984 \\<special-mode-map>
30985 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30986 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30987
30988 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30989 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30990 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30991 can be whatever you like.)
30992
30993 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30994 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30995
30996 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30997               if you do not attend to it promptly.
30998 :error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
30999 :warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31000 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31001
31002 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31003
31004 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31005 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31006 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31007 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31008 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31009
31010 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31011
31012 ;;;***
31013 \f
31014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31015 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31016 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31017
31018 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31019 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31020 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31021 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31022 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31023 files.  After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31024 directories to reflect your edits.
31025
31026 See `wdired-mode'.
31027
31028 \(fn)" t nil)
31029
31030 ;;;***
31031 \f
31032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31034
31035 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31036 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31037
31038 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31039 hotlist.
31040
31041 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31042 <nwv@acm.org>.
31043
31044 \(fn)" t nil)
31045
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31049 ;;;;;;  53104 0 0))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31051  (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31052  (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31053
31054 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31055
31056 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31057 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31058 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31061 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31062
31063 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31064
31065 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31066 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31068 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31070
31071 Which Function mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, the
31072 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31073 in certain major modes.
31074
31075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31076
31077 ;;;***
31078 \f
31079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 0
31080 ;;;;;;  0))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31082 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31083
31084 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31085 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31087 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31089
31090 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31091 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31092
31093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31094
31095 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31096 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31098 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31099 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31100
31101 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31102 exclusively.  For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31103 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31104 use `whitespace-mode'.
31105
31106 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31107
31108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31109
31110 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31111 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31112 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31113 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31114 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31115 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31116
31117 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31118
31119 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31120 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31122 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31123 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31124
31125 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31126 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31127
31128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31129
31130 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31131 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31132 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31133 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31134 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31135 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31136
31137 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31138
31139 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31140 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31142 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
31143 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31144
31145 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31146 visualization exclusively.  For other visualizations, including
31147 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31148 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31149
31150 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31151
31152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31153
31154 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31155 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31156
31157 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31158 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31159
31160 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31161 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31162
31163 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31164
31165   CHAR  MEANING
31166   (VIA FACES)
31167    f    toggle face visualization
31168    t    toggle TAB visualization
31169    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31170    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31171    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31172    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31173    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31174    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31175    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31176    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31177    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31178    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31179    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31180    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31181    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31182    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31183    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31184
31185   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31186    T    toggle TAB visualization
31187    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31188    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31189
31190    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31191    ?    display brief help
31192
31193 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31194 The valid symbols are:
31195
31196    face                 toggle face visualization
31197    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31198    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31199    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31200    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31201    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31202    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31203    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31204    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31205    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31206    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31207    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31208    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31209    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31210    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31211    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31212    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31213
31214    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31215    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31216    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31217
31218    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31219
31220 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31221
31222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31223
31224 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31225 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31226
31227 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31228 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31229
31230 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31231 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31232
31233 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31234
31235   CHAR  MEANING
31236   (VIA FACES)
31237    f    toggle face visualization
31238    t    toggle TAB visualization
31239    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31240    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31241    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31242    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31243    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31244    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31245    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31246    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31247    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31248    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31249    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31250    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31251    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31252    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31253    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31254
31255   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31256    T    toggle TAB visualization
31257    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31258    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31259
31260    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31261    ?    display brief help
31262
31263 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31264 The valid symbols are:
31265
31266    face                 toggle face visualization
31267    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31268    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31269    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31270    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31271    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31272    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31273    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31274    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31275    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31276    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31277    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31278    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31279    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31280    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31281    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31282    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31283
31284    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31285    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31286    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31287
31288    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31289
31290 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31291
31292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31293
31294 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31295 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31296
31297 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31298 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region.  It also
31299 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31300 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31301 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31302
31303 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31304
31305 The problems cleaned up are:
31306
31307 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31308 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31309    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31310    empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31311
31312 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31313    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31314    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31315    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31316    SPACEs.
31317    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31318    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31319    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31320    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31321
31322 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31323    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31324    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31325    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31326    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31327    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31328    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31329    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31330
31331 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31332    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31333    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31334
31335 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31336    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31337    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31338    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31339    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31340    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31341    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31342    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31343
31344 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31345 documentation.
31346
31347 \(fn)" t nil)
31348
31349 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31350 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31351
31352 The problems cleaned up are:
31353
31354 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31355    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31356    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31357    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31358    SPACEs.
31359    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31360    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31361    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31362    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31363
31364 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31365    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31366    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31367    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31368    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31369    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31370    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31371    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31372
31373 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31374    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31375    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31376
31377 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31378    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31379    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31380    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31381    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31382    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31383    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31384    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31385
31386 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31387 documentation.
31388
31389 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31390
31391 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31392 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31393
31394 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31395 non-nil.
31396
31397 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31398 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31399 `whitespace-style' to have:
31400
31401    empty
31402    trailing
31403    indentation
31404    space-before-tab
31405    space-after-tab
31406
31407 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31408 whitespace problems in buffer.
31409
31410 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31411
31412 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31413    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31414    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31415    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31416    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31417    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31418    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31419
31420 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31421    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31422    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31423    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31424    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31425    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31426    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31427
31428 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31429 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31430 cleaning up these problems.
31431
31432 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31433
31434 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31435 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31436
31437 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31438 non-nil.
31439
31440 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31441 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31442 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31443
31444    empty
31445    indentation
31446    space-before-tab
31447    trailing
31448    space-after-tab
31449
31450 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31451 whitespace problems in buffer.
31452
31453 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31454
31455 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31456    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31457    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31458    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31459    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31460    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31461    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31462
31463 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31464    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31465    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31466    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31467    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31468    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31469    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31470
31471 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31472 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31473 cleaning up these problems.
31474
31475 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31476
31477 ;;;***
31478 \f
31479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 0
31480 ;;;;;;  0))
31481 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31482
31483 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31484 Browse the widget under point.
31485
31486 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31487
31488 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31489 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31490
31491 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31492
31493 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31494 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31495
31496 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31497
31498 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31499 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31501 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31502 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31503
31504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31505
31506 ;;;***
31507 \f
31508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31509 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31510
31511 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31512 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31513
31514 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31515
31516 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31517 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31518 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31519
31520 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31521
31522 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31523 Create widget of TYPE.
31524 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31525
31526 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31527
31528 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31529 Delete WIDGET.
31530
31531 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31532
31533 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31534 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31535
31536 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31537
31538 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "       " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e   " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31539 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31540 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31541 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31542
31543 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31544 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31545
31546 \(fn)" nil nil)
31547
31548 ;;;***
31549 \f
31550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31551 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31552
31553 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31554 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31555 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31556 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31557 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31558 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31559 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31560
31561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31562
31563 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31564 Select the window above the current one.
31565 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31566 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31567 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31568 negative ARG) of the current window.
31569 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31570
31571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31572
31573 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31574 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31575 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31576 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31577 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31578 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31579 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31580
31581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31582
31583 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31584 Select the window below the current one.
31585 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31586 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31587 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31588 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31589 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31590
31591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31592
31593 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31594 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31595 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31596 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31597
31598 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31599
31600 ;;;***
31601 \f
31602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31603 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31604
31605 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31606 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31607 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31610 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31611
31612 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31613
31614 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31615 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31616 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31617 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31618 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31619 \\{winner-mode-map}
31620
31621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31622
31623 ;;;***
31624 \f
31625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31626 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31627 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31628
31629 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31630 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31631 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31632 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31633 default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31634
31635 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31636
31637 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31638 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31639 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31640 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31641 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31642 `woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31643 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31644 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31645
31646 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31647 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31648
31649 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31650
31651 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31652 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31653
31654 \(fn)" t nil)
31655
31656 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31657 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31658 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31659 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31660 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31661 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31662 decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
31663 `woman' command for further details.
31664
31665 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31666
31667 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31668 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31669
31670 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31671
31672 ;;;***
31673 \f
31674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31675 ;;;;;;  0 0))
31676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31677 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31678
31679 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31680 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31681
31682 BUGS:
31683  - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31684    are not implemented
31685  - Options for search and replace
31686  - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31687  - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31688
31689 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31690 Emacs-like.
31691
31692 \(fn)" t nil)
31693
31694 ;;;***
31695 \f
31696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31697 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31698
31699 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31700 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31701 Return the top node with all its children.
31702 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31703
31704 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
31705 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31706 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31707
31708   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31709
31710 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31711 namespace to URIs instead.
31712
31713 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31714 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31715
31716 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31717
31718   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31719
31720 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31721
31722 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31723 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31724 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31725 not contain well-formed XML.
31726
31727 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31728 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31729 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31730 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31731 element of the list.
31732 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
31733 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31734 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31735
31736   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31737
31738 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31739 namespace to URIs instead.
31740
31741 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31742 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31743
31744 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31745
31746   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31747
31748 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31749
31750 ;;;***
31751 \f
31752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
31753 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31754
31755 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31756 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31757 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31758 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31759 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31760 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31761 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31762 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31763 declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
31764 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31765
31766 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31767
31768 ;;;***
31769 \f
31770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21355 26558 898613
31771 ;;;;;;  0))
31772 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31773
31774 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31775 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31776 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31779 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31780
31781 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31782
31783 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31784 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31786 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31787 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31788
31789 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31790 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
31791 works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
31792 single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
31793 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31794 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31795
31796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31797
31798 ;;;***
31799 \f
31800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31802
31803 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31804 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31805
31806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31807
31808 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31809 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31810
31811 \(fn)" nil nil)
31812
31813 ;;;***
31814 \f
31815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31817
31818 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31819 Zone out, completely.
31820
31821 \(fn)" t nil)
31822
31823 ;;;***
31824 \f
31825 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31826 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31827 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31828 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31829 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31830 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31831 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31832 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31833 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31834 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31835 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31836 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31837 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31838 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31839 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31840 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31841 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31842 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31843 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31844 ;;;;;;  "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31845 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31846 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31847 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31848 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31849 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31850 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31851 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31852 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31853 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31854 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31855 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31856 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31857 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31858 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31859 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31860 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31861 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31862 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31863 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31864 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31865 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31866 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31867 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31868 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31869 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31870 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31871 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31872 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31873 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31874 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31875 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31876 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31877 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31878 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31879 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31880 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31881 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31882 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31883 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31884 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31885 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31886 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31887 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31888 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31889 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31890 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31891 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31892 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31893 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31894 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31895 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31896 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31897 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31898 ;;;;;;  "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31899 ;;;;;;  "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31900 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31901 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31902 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31903 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31904 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31905 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
31906 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31907 ;;;;;;  "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31908 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31909 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31910 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31911 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31912 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31913 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31914 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31915 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31916 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31917 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31918 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31919 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31920 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31921 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
31922 ;;;;;;  "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31923 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31924 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31925 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31926 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31927 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31928 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31929 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31930 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31931 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31932 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31933 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31934 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31935 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31936 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31937 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31938 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31939 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31940 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31941 ;;;;;;  "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31942 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31943 ;;;;;;  "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31944 ;;;;;;  "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31945 ;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31946 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31947 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31948 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31949 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31950 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31951 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31952 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31953 ;;;;;;  "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31954 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31955 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31956 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31957 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31958 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31959 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31960 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31961 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31962 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31963 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31964 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31965 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31966 ;;;;;;  "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31967 ;;;;;;  "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31968 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31969 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31970 ;;;;;;  "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31971 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31972 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31973 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31974 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31975 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31976 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31977 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31978 ;;;;;;  "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31979 ;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31980 ;;;;;;  "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31981 ;;;;;;  "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31982 ;;;;;;  "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31983 ;;;;;;  "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31984 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31985 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31986 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31987 ;;;;;;  "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31988 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31989 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31990 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31991 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31992 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31993 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31994 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31995 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31996 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31997 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31998 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31999 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32000 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32001 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32002 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32003 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32004 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32005 ;;;;;;  "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32006 ;;;;;;  "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32007 ;;;;;;  "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32008 ;;;;;;  "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32009 ;;;;;;  "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32010 ;;;;;;  "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32011 ;;;;;;  "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32012 ;;;;;;  "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32013 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32014 ;;;;;;  "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32015 ;;;;;;  "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32016 ;;;;;;  "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32017 ;;;;;;  "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32018 ;;;;;;  "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32019 ;;;;;;  "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32020 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32021 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32022 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32023 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32024 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32025 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32026 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32027 ;;;;;;  "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32028 ;;;;;;  "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32029 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32030 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32031 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32032 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32033 ;;;;;;  "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32034 ;;;;;;  "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32035 ;;;;;;  "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32036 ;;;;;;  "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32037 ;;;;;;  "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32038 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32039 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32040 ;;;;;;  "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32041 ;;;;;;  "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21387 3291 190295
32042 ;;;;;;  453000))
32043
32044 ;;;***
32045 \f
32046 (provide 'loaddefs)
32047 ;; Local Variables:
32048 ;; version-control: never
32049 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32050 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32051 ;; coding: utf-8
32052 ;; End:
32053 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here